BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK - PHASES 1 & 2 - 04-0042-ENCITY OF CLEARWATER
POST OFFICE BOX 4745, CLEARWATER, FLORIDA 3375$'4748
MCmncIPAL SEwcR litmpwc',100 Sotml Myrr EAvENUE, Sun-E 220, CLE&RwAm, FLORIDA 33756
TELEPHONE (727) 562-475RECE V-E ED2-4755
ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
AUG 2 6 2010
OFFICIAL RECORDS AND
LEGISLATIVE SRVCS DEPTAugust 25, 2010
Clark Hunt Construction, Inc.
Attn: Mr. Warren C. Hunt
2165 Logan Street
Clearwater, Florida 33765
Re: Beach Connector Trail & Walk - Phases 1 & 2 (04-0042-EN)
Dear Mr. Hunt:
The work of the above referenced project is completed and acceptable as of April 02, 2010.
However, if at some later date any defects appear due to construction, you will be expected to accept
the responsibility according to the Guarantee of the General Conditions which reads:
"The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to
other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one year from the date of final
acceptance".
Very truly yours,
Perry M. pez
Construc ' n Manager
City of Clearwater
/ae
cc: Michael D. Quillen, PE, Director Engineering
Brad Hubbard, Wade-Trim, Inc.
Ken Sides, PE, Senior Professional Engineer/Traffic Calming
Ed Burke, Parks Services Supervisor 1
Susan Chase, City Clerk Specialist, Office of Official Records & Leg. Services
Project File
Warranty File
?y
?¦r
"EQUAL EMPLOYMENT AND AFFIRMATIVE ACTION EMPLOYER"
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND
WALK -PHASES 1 & 2 (04-0042-EN)
FPN 4157441 & 4157442
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
AND
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
CITY OF CLEARWATER
PREPARED FOR
Clearwater
ISSUED FOR BID
MARCH/2009
ACORD
CERTIFICATE OF LIAB
LIT DATE
ffYYY)
N
I
Y INSURANCE 0
5/27/09
PRODUCER 1-813-229-9021 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION
M. E. Wilson Co., Inc. ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE
HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR
300 W. Platt St. ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW.
Ste 200
Tampa, FL 33606
INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC #
INSURED
Cl
k H
t C
t
ti
I INSURER A: BITUMINOUS FIRE & MARINE INS CO 20109
ar
un
ons
ruc
on,
nc.
INSURER B: BITUMINOUS CAS CORP
20095
2165 Logan Street INSURER C:HANOVER AMER INS CO 36064
Clearwater, FL 33765 WSURERD:
INSURER E:
CAVFRAnFA
THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING
ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR
MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH
POLICIES, AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.
INSR D' POLICY EFFECTIVE POLICYEXPIRATION
,LTR
INSR
TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER LIMITS
A GENERAL LIABILITY CLP3258849 11/19/08 11/19/09 EACH OCCURRENCE $1,000,000
X COMMERCIALGENERALLIABILITY
VAMAGET RENTED
P
REMIS S Eaoccurence
$ 300,000
CLAIMS MADE ? OCCUR MED EXP (Any one person) $10,000
0
PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $1,000,000
GENERAL AGGREGATE $2,000,000
GEN'LAGGREGATE LIMITAPPLIESPER;
- PRODUCTS -COMP/OPAGG $2,000,000
1 RO- LOC
POLICY X P
JECT F
A AUT OMOBILE LIABILITY CAP3526121 11/19/08 11/19/09 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT
$1,000,000
X ANY AUTO (Ea accident)
ALL OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY
SCHEDULED AUTOS (Per person) $
X HIREDAUTOS
BODILY INJURY
$
X NON-OWNEDAUTOS (Pereccldent)
PROPERTYDAMAGE
$
(Peraccldent)
GARAGEUABILITY AUTO ONLY-EA ACCIDENT $
H ANYAUTO OTHERTHAN EAACC $
AUTO ONLY: AGG $
A EXCESS/UMBRELLA LIABILITY CUP2582011 11/19/08 11/19/09 EACH OCCURRENCE $5,000,000
X OCCUR FICLAIMS MADE AGGREGATE $5,000,000
$
DEDUCTIBLE $
X RETENTION $ 10.000 $
B WORKERS COMPENSATION AND WC3526494 01/01/09 01/01/10 X WCSTATU- 70TH-
7
EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY
ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $1,000,000
OFFICER/MEMBEREXCLUDED7 E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $1,000,000
If yes, describe under
SPECIAL PROVISIONS below E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $1,000,000
OTHER
C Leased/Rented Equipment IHJ4517877 11/19/08 11/19/09 1,000 Ded / Limit: 300,000
Deductible: 11000
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS I VEHICLES / EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT I SPECIAL PROVISIONS
RE: Beach Connector Trail and Walk - Phase 1 & 2 (04-0042-EN) FPN 4157441 & 4157442
The City of Clearwater is Additional Insured on the General Liability as per written contract.
9.CK 1 Irl%.:A 1 C MULIJtK UANUkLLA I IUN
SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION
City of Clearwater DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 30 DAYS WRITTEN
NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL
100 S. Myrtle Avenue IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER, ITS AGENTS OR
REPRESENTATIVES.
Clearwater, FL 33756 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
USA
ACORD 25 (2001/08) SN001 m ACORD CORPORATION 1988
12012369
IMPORTANT
If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. A statement
on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).
If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may
require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate
holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).
DISCLAIMER
The Certificate of Insurance on the reverse side of this form does not constitute a contract between
the issuing insurer(s), authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it
affirmatively or negatively amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon.
ACORD 25 (2001/08)
Beach Connector Trail and Walk (Phases 1 & 2)
Contract #04-0042-EN
City of Clearwater, Florida
FPN 4157441 & 4157442
CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
SECTION I ADVERTISEMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS
SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS
SECTION IIIA SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS
SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION V CONTRACT AGREEMENT
APPENDIXIES A - 49 CFR PART 29 CERTIFICATION
B - DISCLOSURE OF LOBBYING ACTIVITIES
C - REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS FEDERAL-
AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS (FHWA-1273)
D - GEOTECHNICAL REPORT
E - SPECIAL PROVISION DISADVANTAGE
BUSINESS ENTERPRISES
Prepared in the Office of the City Engineer
SECTION I
ADVERTISEMENT
OF BID
ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2)
CONTRACT # 04-0042-EN
CLEARWATER, FLORIDA
FPN 4157441 & 4157442
Copies of the Contract Documents and Plans for this Project are available for inspection and/or
purchase by prospective bidders at the City of Clearwater's Plan Room - website address:
www.MClearwater.com/ciWrojects, on FRIDAY, MARCH 13, 2009, until no later than close of
business three (3) days preceding the bid opening. Price of Contract Documents and Plans, as
indicated on the website, reflects reproduction cost only.
The work for which proposals are invited consists of CONSTRUCTION OF 730 TONS OF
ASPHALT TRAIL AND 10,300 SQUARE FEET OF SIDEWALK WITH
MODIFICATIONS TO ADJACENT ROADWAY LIMITS AND DRAINAGE FACILITIES
TO ACCOMMODATE TRAIL AND SIDEWALK; CONSTRUCTION OF TRAIL
AMENITIES AND ADJUSTMENTS/RELOCATIONS OF EXISTING UTILITIES;
TOGETHER WITH NECESSARY APPURTENANCES.
MANDATORY Pre-Bid Conference for all prospective bidders will be held on MONDAY,
MARCH 23, 2009, at 1:30 PM, at the Municipal Services Building, First Floor, Human Resources
Training Room #130, located at 100 S. Myrtle Avenue, Clearwater, Florida. Representatives of the
Owner and Consulting Engineer will be present to discuss this Project.
Sealed proposals will be received by the Purchasing Manager, at the Purchasing Office, located
at the Municipal Services Bldg., 100 So. Myrtle Ave., 3r Floor, Clearwater, Florida 33756-
5520, until 1:30 P.M. on THURSDAY, APRIL 16, 2009, and publicly opened and read at that
hour and place for BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (04-0042-EN).
A complete bidders package containing plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits
and proposal form is available to the general public (Contractors, Sub-contractors, suppliers,
vendors, etc.) for review and purchase. However, sealed proposals will only be accepted from
those Contractors that are currently City pre-qualified Contractors in the construction
category of ASPHALTIC CONCRETE RESURFACING; CONCRETE FLAT WORK;
ROADWAY AND PARKING LOT CONSTRUCTION with a minimum pre-qualification
amount of $2,000,000.00.
Contractors wanting to pre-qualify to bid this project must do so two (2) weeks/ten (10)
workdays prior to the bid opening date.
A 10% bid bond is required for all City of Clearwater projects.
The right is reserved by the City Manager of the City of Clearwater, Florida to reject any or all bids.
The City of Clearwater, Florida
George McKibben, Purchasing Manager
(727) 562-4634
SECTION II
INSTRUCTION TO
BIDDERS
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES I & 2) (04-0042-EN)
SECTION II
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Table of Contents:
SECTION II ................................................................................................................................... i
1 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS .......................................................................... 1
2 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS .................................................................................. 1
3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE ................................. 1
4 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA ....................................................................... 2
5 BID SECURITY OR BID BOND .................................................................................... 3
6 CONTRACT TIME .......................................................................................................... 3
7 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES ...........:................................................................................. 3
8 SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT ......................................................... 3
9 SUBCONTRACTORS ...................................................................................................... 3
10 BID/PROPOSAL FORM ................................................................................................. 4
11 SUBMISSION OF BIDS .................................................................................................. 4
12 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS .................................................... 5
13 REJECTION OF BIDS .................................................................................................... 5
14 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER .............................................................................. 5
15 OPENING OF BIDS ......................................................................................................... 5
16 LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES ........................................... 6
17 IDENTICAL TIE BIDS/VENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE ............................. 6
18 AWARD OF CONTRACT ............................................................................................... 7
19 BID PROTEST .................................................................................................................. 7
20 TRENCH SAFETY ACT ................................................................................................. 8
Section II - Instructions to Bidders i Revised: 5/11/1005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2)
1 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS
(04-0042-EN)
1.1 Complete sets of the Bidding Documents are available for the sum stated in the
Advertisement for Bid from the Office of the Purchasing Manager. This amount represents
reproduction costs and is non-refundable. A complete bidders package containing plans,
specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits and bid/proposal form is available only
to pre-qualified bidders. Contractors, suppliers, or others who are not pre-qualified but who
may be a possible subcontractor, supplier, or other interested person may purchase a
"Subcontractor" package consisting of plans, specifications, and list of pay items.
1.2 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing bids. Neither the City nor
the Engineer shall be liable for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of
incomplete sets of Bidding Documents, by Bidders, sub-bidders or others.
1.3 The City, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, does so
only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and does not confer a license or grant
any other permission to use the documents for any other purpose.
2 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS
2.1 Each prospective Bidder must pre-qualify to demonstrate, to the complete satisfaction of the
City of Clearwater, that the Bidder has the necessary facilities, equipment, ability, financial
resources and experience to perform the work in a satisfactory manner before obtaining
drawings, specifications and contract documents. An application package for pre-
qualification may be obtained by contacting the City of Clearwater, Engineering
Department, Engineering Services Division at P.O. Box 4748, Clearwater, Florida 33758-
4748 (mailing address); 100 South Myrtle Avenue, Clearwater, Florida 33756-5520 (street
address only) or by phone at (727) 562-4750. All qualification data must be completed and
delivered to the Director of Engineering at the above address not later than fourteen (14)
days prior to the time set for the receipt of bids. Bidders currently pre-qualified by the City
do not have to make reapplication.
3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE
3.1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract
Documents thoroughly; (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may in
any manner affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the work; (c) consider and
abide by all applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations; and
(d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and
notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents.
3.2 In reference to the Technical Specifications and/or the Scope of the Work for identification
of those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site which have
been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of the Contract Documents, bidder may rely
upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such reports but not upon non-technical
data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or for the completeness thereof for the
purposes of bidding or construction. In reference to those drawings relating to physical
conditions of existing surface and subsurface conditions (except Underground Facilities)
which are at or contiguous to the site and which have been utilized by the Engineer in
preparation of the Contract Documents, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical
Section II - Instructions to Bidders 1 of 8 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES I & 2)
(04-0042-EN)
data contained in such drawings but not upon the completeness thereof for the purposes of
bidding or construction.
3.3 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground
Facilities at or contiguous to the site are based upon information and data furnished to the
City and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities or others, and the City does not
assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof unless expressly provided in
the Contract Documents.
3.4 Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective
Bidders on subsurface conditions, Underground Facilities, other physical conditions,
possible conditions, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to differing
conditions appear in the General Conditions.
3.5 Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any
additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any
additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface
and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost,
progress, performance or furnishing the work in accordance with the time, price and other
terms and conditions of the Contract Documents.
3.6 On request in advance, City will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such
explorations and tests at Bidder's own expense as each Bidder deems necessary for
submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its former
condition upon completion of such explorations and tests.
3.7 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access
thereto and other lands designated for use by the Contractor in performing the Work are
identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for
temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by
the Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing
structures are to be obtained and paid for by the City unless otherwise provided in the
Contract Documents.
3.8 The submission of a Bid will constitute an unequivocal representation by the Bidder that the
Bidder has complied with every requirement of these Instructions to Bidders and that,
without exception, the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required
by the Contract Documents by such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures
of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the
Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding
of all terms and conditions of performance and furnishing of the work.
4 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA
4.1 All questions as to the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed to the
Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by the Engineer in response
to such questions will be issued by Addenda, either by mail or facsimile transmission, to all
parties recorded by the Purchasing Manager as having received the Bidding Documents.
Approval shall be obtained by the Local Agency (City of Clearwater) prior to issuing
any addenda which contain a major change to the approved plans or specifications
during the advertising period. Questions received less than ten (10) days prior to the date
for opening of Bids may not be answered. Only information provided by formal written
Section II - Instructions to Bidders 2 of 8 Revised: 511112005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations of clarifications will be without
legal effect.
4.2 Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by the
City or Engineer.
5 BID SECURITY OR BID BOND
5.1 Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to the City of Clearwater in
an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the Bidder's maximum Bid price and in the form of
a certified or cashiers check or a Bid Bond (on form attached) issued by a surety meeting the
requirements of the General Conditions. A cash bid bond will not be accepted.
5.2 The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed
the Agreement and furnished the required Payment and Performance bonds, whereupon the
Bid Security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute, deliver the
Agreement and furnish the required Bonds within ten (10) days after the award of contract
by the City Commission, the City may annul the bid and the Bid Security of the Bidder will
be forfeited. The Bid Security of any Bidder whom the City believes to have a reasonable
chance of receiving the award may be retained by the City until the successful execution of
the agreement with the successful Bidder or for a period up to ninety (90) days following bid
opening. Security of other Bidders will be returned approximately fourteen (14) days after
the Bid opening.
5.3 The Bid Bond shall be issued in the favor of the City of Clearwater by a surety company
qualified to do business in, and having a registered agent in the State of Florida.
6 CONTRACT TIME
6.1 The number of consecutive calendar days within which the work is to be completed is set
forth in the Technical Specifications.
7 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
7.1 Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Contract Agreement.
8 SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
8.1 The contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described in the
Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or
"or equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications
that a substitute or "or equal" item may be furnished or used, application for its acceptance
will not be considered by the Engineer until after the effective date of the Contract
Agreement. The procedure for submittal of any such application is described in the General
Conditions and as supplemented in the Technical Specifications.
9 SUBCONTRACTORS
9.1 If requested by the City or Engineer, the Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so
requested, shall, within seven (7) days after the date of the request, submit to the Engineer
an experience statement with pertinent information as to similar projects and other evidence
of qualification for each Subcontractor, supplier, person and organization to be used by the
Section II - Instructions to Bidders 3 of 8 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2)
(04-0042-EN)
Contractor in the completion of the Work. The amount of subcontract work shall not exceed
fifty percent (50%) of the Work except as may be specifically approved by the Engineer. If
the Engineer, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed
Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization, he may, before recommending award
of the Contract.
Agreement to the City Commission, request the Successful Bidder to submit an acceptable
substitute without an increase in Contract Price or Contract Time. If the Successful Bidder
declines to make any such substitution, the City may award the contract to the next lowest
and most responsive Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers, and
other persons and organizations. Declining to make requested substitutions will not
constitute grounds for sacrificing the Bid security to the City of any Bidder. Any
Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization listed by the Contractor and to whom
the Engineer does not make written objection prior to the recommendation of award to the
City Conniiission will be deemed acceptable to the City subject to revocation of such
acceptance after the Effective Date of the Contract Agreement as provided in the General
Conditions.
9.2 No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, supplier, person or
organization against whom he has reasonable objection.
10 BID/PROPOSAL FORM
10.1 The Bid/Proposal Form is included with the Contract Documents and shall be completed in
ink or by typewriter. All blanks on the Bid/Proposal Forms must be completed. The Bidder
must state in the Bid/Proposal Form in words and numerals without delineation's, alterations
or erasures, the price for which he will perform the work as required by the Contract
Documents. Bidders are required to bid on all items in the Bid/Proposal form. The lump
sum for each section or item shall be for furnishing all equipment, materials, and labor for
completing the section or item as per the plans and contract specifications. Should it be
found that quantities or amounts shown on the plans or in the proposal, for any part of the
work, are exceeded or should they be found to be less after the actual construction of the
work, the amount bid for each section or item will be increased or decreased in direct
proportion to the unit prices bid for the listed individual items.
10.2 Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-
president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the
corporate seal shall be affixed. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be
shown below the Signature. If requested, the person signing a Bid for a corporation or
partnership shall produce evidence satisfactory to the City of the person's authority to bind
the corporation or partnership.
10.3 Bids by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general
partner, whose title shall appear under the signature and the official address of the
partnership shall be shown below the signature.
10.4 All names shall be typed or printed below the signature.
11 SUBMISSION OF BIDS
11.1 Sealed Bids shall be submitted at or before the time and at the place indicated in the
Advertisement for Bids and shall be submitted in the bid envelope provided with the bid
Section II - Instructions to Bidders 4 of 8 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2)
(04-0042-EN)
documents. If forwarded by mail, the Bid shall be enclosed in another envelope with the
notation "Bid Enclosed" on the face thereof and addressed to the City of Clearwater,
attention Purchasing Manager. Bids will be received at the office indicated in the
Advertisement until the time and date specified. Telegraphic or facsimile bids received by
the Purchasing Manager will not be accepted.
12 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS
12.1 Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in the
manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered as described in the Advertisement of
Bids. A request for withdrawal or a modification shall be in writing and signed by a person
duly authorized to do so. Withdrawal of a Bid will not prejudice the rights of a Bidder to
submit a new Bid prior to the Bid Date and Time. After expiration of the period for
receiving Bids, no Bid may be withdrawn or modified.
12.2 After a bid is received by the City, the bidder may request to modify the bid for
typographical or scrivener's errors only. The bidder must state in writing to the City that a
typographical or scrivener's error has been made by the bidder, the nature of the error, the
requested correction of the error, and what the adjusted bid amount will be if the correction
is accepted by the City. The City reserves the right with FDOT concurrence to accept,
reject, or modify any bid.
13 REJECTION OF BIDS
13.1 To the extent permitted by applicable State and Federal laws and regulations, the City
reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any and all informalities. Grounds
for the rejection of a bid include but are not limited to a material omission, unauthorized
alteration of form, unauthorized alternate bids, incomplete or unbalanced unit prices, or
irregularities of any kind. Also, the City .e o es the ~~& to _ eet any Bid if the city
believes that it not be in the best ii#er-est of the publie te mffikee wan_ anw-ar-d to th-at
fiaaa&4 ability or- fails to meet &-ky ether- peFt4ieent st-andd-aWd or- eFiter-ia established by ____
Cit)- The City reserves the right to decide which bid is deemed to be the lowest and best in
the interest of the public.
14 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER
14.1 Any or all bids will be rejected if there is any reason for believing that collusion exists
among the bidders, the participants in such collusion will not be considered in future
proposals for the same work. Each bidder shall execute the Non-Collusion Affidavit
contained in the Contract Documents.
15 OPENING OF BIDS
15.1 Bids will be opened and read publicly at the location and time stated in the Advertisement
for Bids. Bidders are invited to be present at the opening of bids. The Local Agency (City
of Clearwater) shall forward tabulations of bids certified by a responsible official to
FDOT. The tabulation shall show: (1) Bid item details for at least the low three
acceptable bids and (2) the total amounts of all other acceptable bids.
Section II - Instructions to Bidders 5 of 8 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
16 LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES
16.1 The Contractor shall secure all licenses and permits (and shall pay all permit fees) except as
specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The Contractor shall comply
with all Federal and State Laws, County and Municipal Ordinances and regulations, which
in any manner effect the prosecution of the work. City of Clearwater building permit fees
and impact fees will be waived except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical
Specifications.
16.2 The Contractor shall assume all liability for the payment of royalty fees due to the use of any
construction or operation process, which is protected by patent rights except as specifically
stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The amount of royalty fee, if any, shall be
stated by the Contractor.
16.3 The Contractor shall pay all applicable sales, consumer, use and other taxes required by law.
The Contractor is responsible for reviewing the pertinent State Statutes involving the sales
tax and sales tax exemptions and complying with all requirements.
17 IDENTICAL TIE BIDS/VENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE
17.1
Dfug Free WeEkplaee, in the event efid-effifl-tieffil tie bids, pr-efer-emee &ha4l be given te hidders
distFi btAiea
di
i > ,
spens
ng, >
> >
ki
the eemmedit ies-er
e
en
et al sencie-e s that ar-Aundef bi d
the em lo
ee will
wef
ng on
th
te
;
of th
bid
b .-
-
a
u
1A
W
t
a
d 41
1
tif of
th
l ,
p
eeffi,ie
an y
0
tiea of-
e
fflURS
-
e
a
e
y -
-
emffia
s
n -
- no
y e mW
e5w y
or- of an ,
sefAfe
t
a
1
b > >
a vielfflti
state
fef y in the
nee
su
s
m
1a > ,
_
_
Section 11- Instructions to Bidders 6 of 8 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2)
(04-0042-EN)
who is so eeffiieted.
18 AWARD OF CONTRACT
18.1 Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of words.
Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of work and unit prices will be resolved in
favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of
figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum.
18.2 In evaluating the Bids, the City will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or
not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, unit prices, and other data as may
be requested in the Bid/Proposal form. The City may consider the qualifications and
experience of Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by
the Contractor for the Work. The City may conduct such investigations as the City
deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility,
qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and
other persons, and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents to the City's satisfaction within the prescribed time.
18.3 If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsible, responsive
Bidder whose evaluation by the City indicates to the City that the award will be in the
best interest of the City.
18.4 Award of contract will be made for that combination of base bid and alternate bid items
in the best interest of the City, however, unless otherwise specified all work awarded will
be awarded to only one Contractor.
19 BID PROTEST
19.1 RIGHT TO PROTEST: Any actual bidder who is aggrieved in connection with the
solicitation or award of a contract may seek resolution of his/her complaints initially with
the Purchasing Manager, and if not satisfied, with the City Manager, in accordance with
protest procedures set forth in this section.
19.2 PROTEST PROCEDURE:
A. A protest with respect to the specifications of an invitation for bid or request for
proposal shall be submitted in writing a minimum of five (5) work days prior to the
opening of the bid or due date of the request for proposal. Opening dates for bids or
due dates for requests for proposal will be printed on the bid/request document itself.
B. Protests in respect to award of contract shall be submitted in writing a maximum of
five (5) work days after notice of intent to award is posted, or is mailed to each
bidder, which ever is earlier. Notice of intent to award will be forwarded to bidders
upon telephonic or written request. Protests of recommended award should cite
Section 11 -- Instructions to Bidders 7 of 8 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2)
(04-0042-EN)
specific portions of the City of Clearwater Code of Ordinances that have allegedly
been violated.
C. Exceptions to the five (5) day requirements noted in both A and B above may be
granted if the aggrieved person could have not been reasonably expected to have
knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening, posting of
intent to award, or due date for requests for proposals. Request for exceptions
should be made in writing, stating reasons for the exception.
D. The Purchasing Manager shall respond to the formal written protest within five
business days of receipt. The Purchasing Manager's response will be fully
coordinated with the appropriate Department Director and the Assistant City
Manager.
E. If the protestor is not satisfied with the response from the Purchasing Manager,
he/she may then submit in writing within five business days of receipt of that
response his/her reason for dissatisfaction, along with copies of his/her original
formal protest letter and the response from the Purchasing Manager, to the City
Manager.
F. The City Manager as Purchasing Agent for the City has the final authority in the
matter of protests. The City Manager will respond to the protestor within ten work
days of receipt of the appeal.
19.3 STAY OF PROCUREMENT DURING PROTEST: In the event of a timely protest, the
Purchasing Manager shall not proceed with the solicitation or award of contract until all
administrative remedies have been exhausted or until the City Manager makes written
determination that the award of contract without delay is necessary to protect the best
interest of the City.
20 TRENCH SAFETY ACT
20.1 The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the Florida Trench Safety Act (Sections
553.60-553.64, Florida Statutes) and the provisions of the Occupational Safety and
Health Administration's (OSHA) excavation safety standards, 29 C.F.R.s 1926.650
Subparagraph P, or current revisions of these laws.
Section 11 - Instructions to Bidders 8 of 8 Revised: 5/11/2005
SECTION III
GENERAL
CONDITIONS
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES I & 2) (04-0042-EN)
SECTION III
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Table of Contents:
SECT ION III ................................................................................................................................ .. i
GENERAL CONDITIONS ....................................................................................................... .. i
1 DEFINITIONS ................................................................................................................. .1
2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS .......................................................................................... . 4
2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE ........................... . 4
2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS ........................................................................................... . 4
2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING
THE PROJECT ............................................................................................................... . 4
2.4 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION .................................................................... . 5
2.5 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE ....................................................................... . 5
3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT ........................................................................ . 5
3.1 INTENT .......................................................................................................................... . 5
3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES ................................................. . 6
4 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS;
REFERENCE POINTS ................................................................................................... . 6
4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS ........................................................................................ . 6
4.2 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS ........................................................................... . 6
4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES .................................... . 7
4.4 REFERENCE POINTS ................................................................................................... . 7
5 BONDS AND INSURANCE ........................................................ ............................... . 7
5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND .............................. . 7
5.2 INSURANCE ........................................... ------ ...... ....................................... R
5 .2.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE .......................................................... . 9
5 .2.2 PUBLIC LIABILITYAND PROPERTYDAMAGE COVERAGE ............................. . 9
5.2.3 COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY .................................................... 10
5 .2.4 CSAT RAILROAD INSURANCE POLICIES ........................................................... 10
5.3 WAIVER OF RIGHTS .................................................................................................. 12
6 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES ..................................................................... 12
6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE ............................................................. 12
6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT ............................................................... 13
6.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS .............................................................. 13
6.4 RESPONSIBILITY FOR SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS........ 14
6.5 USE OF PREMISES ...................................................................................................... 14
6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES ................................... 15
6.7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS ...................................................................................... 15
6.8 PERMITS ....................................................................................................................... 16
Sectionl ll.doc i Revised: 5/09/2007
Section III - General Conditions
6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION ..................................................................................... 16
6.10 EMERGENCIES ............................................................................................................ 17
6.11 DRAWINGS .................................................................................................................. 17
6..11.1 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES ....................................................................... 17
611.2 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS ............................................................................................ 18
6.11.3 CAD STANDARDS .................................................................................................. 20
6 11.4 DELIVERABLES: .................................................................................................... 21
6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE ........................... 21
6.13 CONTINUING THE WORK ........................................................................................ 22
6.14 INDEMNIFICATION .................................................................................................... 22
7 OTHER WORK .............................................................................................................. 23
7.1 RELATED WORK AT SITE ........................................................................................ 23
7.2 COORDINATION ......................................................................................................... 24
8 OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY ...................................................................................... 24
9 ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION .............................................. 24
9.1 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE ................................................................................... 24
9.2 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS ........................................................ 24
9.3 REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK ........................................................................ 25
9.4 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS .................................. 25
9.5 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES ........................................................................................ 25
9.6 LIMITATIONS ON ENGINEER'S RESPONSIBILITIES ........................................... 26
10 CHANGES IN THE WORK .......................................................................................... 26
11 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE ................................................................... 27
11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE .................................................................... 27
11.2 ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT ....................... 28
11.3 UNIT PRICE WORK ................................................................................................. 28
12 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME .................................................................... 28
13 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE
OF DEFECTIVE WORK ............................................................................................... 29
13.1 TESTS AND INSPECTION .......................................................................................... 29
13.2 UNCOVERING THE WORK ........................................................................................ 30
13.3 ENGINEER MAY STOP THE WORK ........................................................................ 30
13.4 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK ........................................ 30
13.5 WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD ...................................................................... 31
13.6 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK ................................................................... 31
13.7 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK ....................................................... 31
14 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION ......................................... 32
14.1 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT ........................................................... 32
14.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE ............................................................... 32
14.3 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS ................................ 33
14.4 PARTIAL UTILIZATION ............................................................................................ 33
14.5 FINAL INSPECTION ................................................................................................... 34
14.6 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT ................................................................... 34
Sectionlll.doc 11 Revised: 9/26/2007
Section III - General Conditions
14.7 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE ................................................................... 35
14.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS ................................................................................................. 35
15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION .................................................... 35
15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK ...................................................................... 35
15.2 OWNER MAY TERMINATE ...................................................................................... 36
15.3 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE ........................................... 37
16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION .............................................................................................. 37
17 MISCELLANEOUS ....................................................................................................... 37
17.1 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS ................................................................. 37
17.2 GIVING NOTICE .......................................................................................................... 38
17.3 NOTICE OF CLAIM ..................................................................................................... 38
17.4 PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED ..................................... 38
17.5 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT ................................................................................. 38
17.6 RENEWAL OPTION .................................................................................................... 38
SectionIII.doc iii Revised: 9/26/2007
Section III - General Conditions
DEFINITIONS
Addenda
Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct
or change the Bidding Requirements or the contract documents.
Agreement
The written contract between OWNER and CONTRACTOR covering the Work to be
performed; other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part
thereof as provided therein.
Application for Payment
The form accepted by ENGINEER which is to be used by CONTRACTOR in requesting
progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting
documentation as is required by the Contract Documents.
Approve
The word approve is defined to mean satisfactory review of the material, equipment or
methods for general compliance with the design concepts and with the information given
in the Contract Documents. It does not imply a responsibility on the part of the Engineer
to verify in every detail conformance with the Drawings and Specifications.
Bid
The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the
prices for the work to be performed.
Bidding Documents
The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and the
proposed Contact Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids).
Bonds
Performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security.
Change Order
A written order to Contractor signed by Owner and Contractor authorizing an addition,
deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract
Time issued on or after the effective date of the Agreement.
City
The City of Clearwater, Florida.
Contract Documents
The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), Contractor's Bid
(including documentation accompanying the bid and any post-Bid documentation
submitted prior to the execution of the Agreement) when attached as an exhibit to the
Agreement, the Bonds, Instructions to Bidders, these General Conditions, any
Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings, any other exhibits
identified in the Agreement, together with all Modifications issued after the execution of
the Agreement.
Contract Price
The Contract price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments)
payable by Owner to Contractor for performing the Work.
SectionIII.doc I Revised: 9/26/2007
Section III - General Conditions
Contract Time
The number of days or the date stated in the Agreement for the completion of the Work.
Contractor
The Person with whom the Owner has entered into the Agreement.
Day
A calendar day of twenty-four hours measured from midnight to the next midnight.
Defective
An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory,
faulty or deficient, or does not conform to the Contract Documents or does not meet the
requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the
Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to Engineers recommendation of final
payment.
Drawings
The drawings, which will be identified in Technical Specifications or the Agreement,
which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been
prepared or approved by Engineer and are referred to in the contract documents. Shop
drawings are not Drawings as so defined.
Engineer
The duly appointed representative of the City Manager of the City of Clearwater. For the
purposes of this contract, the City Engineer or his duly appointed representative.
Engineer's Consultant
A Person having a contract with Engineer to furnish services as Engineer's independent
professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as
such in the Supplementary Conditions.
Furnish
The words "furnish", "furnish and install", "install", and "provide" or words of similar
meaning shall be interpreted, unless otherwise specifically stated, to mean "furnish and
install complete in place and ready for service".
Inspection
The term "inspection" and the act of inspecting means examination of construction to
ensure that it conforms to the design concept expressed in the Drawings and
Specifications. These terms shall not be construed to mean supervision, superintending or
overseeing.
Laws and Regulations
Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and orders of any kind
of governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction.
Liens
Liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances upon real property or personal
property.
Milestone
A principal event specified in the contract Documents relating to an intermediate
completion date or time prior to the final completion date.
SectionlIl.doc 2 Revised: 9/26/2007
Section III - General Conditions
Notice to Proceed
Owner
A written notice given by the Owner to the Contractor fixing the date on which the
Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform his
obligations under the Contract Documents.
The City of Clearwater, Florida
Person
A natural person or a corporation, partnership, firm, organization, or other artificial
entity.
Project
The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents
may be the whole or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
Partial Utilization
Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which is
intended (or a related purpose) prior to Final Completion of all the Work.
Shop Drawing
All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are specifically prepared by
or for Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustrations, brochures, standard
schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other information prepared by a
supplier and submitted by Contractor to illustrate material or equipment for some portion of the
Work.
Specifications
Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of
materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the
Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto.
Subcontractor
A person having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the
performance of a part of the Work at the site.
Substantial Completion
The Work (or a specified part thereof) which has progressed to the point where, in the
opinion of Engineer, as evidenced by Engineer's definitive certificate of Substantial
Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract documents, so
that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended;
or if no such certificate is issued, when the Work is complete and ready for final payment
as evidenced by the Engineer's recommendation of final payment. The terms
"substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the
Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof.
Supplementary Conditions
The part of the Contract which amends or supplements these General Conditions.
Supplier
A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman or vendor having a direct
contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to
be incorporated in the Work by the Contractor.
SectionIII.doc 3 Revised: 9/26/2007
Section III - General Conditions
Surety
Any person, firm or corporation which is bound with Contractor and which engages to be
responsible for Contractor and his acceptable performance of the Work by a Bid,
Performance or Payment Bond.
Underground Facilities
All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such
facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities which have been
installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity,
gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable
television, sewage and drainage removal or treatment, traffic or other control systems or
water.
Unit Price Work
Work
Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices.
The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof
required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result
of performing or furnishing labor and incorporating materials and equipment into the
construction, and performing or furnishing services and furnishing documents, all as
required by the Contract Documents.
Work Change Directive
A written directive to Contractor, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement
and signed by the Engineer, ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or
responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be
performed or emergencies. Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or
Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or
documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued
Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract
Price or Contract Times.
2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS
2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE
When Contractor delivers the executed Agreements to Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to
Owner such Bonds and Certificates of Insurance as Contractor may be required to furnish by this
contract.
2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS
Engineer shall furnish to Contractor four copies of Contract Documents for execution.
Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction.
2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIMEINOTICE TO
PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT
The Contract Time will commence on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Contractor
shall start to perform the work on the date the Contract Time commences to run. No work shall
be done at the site prior to the date that the Contract Time commences to run.
SectionIII.doc 4 Revised: 9/26/2007
Section III -- General Conditions
2.4 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION
Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the
Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable
field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error or
discrepancy which Contractor may discover; and shall obtain a written interpretation or
clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any work effected thereby; however,
Contractor shall not be liable to Owner for failure to report any conflict, error or discrepancy in
the Drawings or Specifications, unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof or should
reasonably have known thereof.
No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent or employee of Owner or Engineer,
either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or
obligations herein contained. Contractor shall not commence any work at any time without
approved insurance required by these General Conditions. Failure to obtain this insurance will be
the sole responsibility of the Contractor.
2.5 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
Within twenty days of Award of Contract and before the start of the Work, the Engineer may
schedule a conference to be attended by Contractor, Engineer and others as appropriate to
establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedule
of the Work and general Contract procedures.
3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT
3.1 INTENT
The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between the Owner and the Contractor
concerning the Work. They may be altered only by written agreement. The Contract Documents
are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. It is the intent of
the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereof) to be
constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment
which may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or
from trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and
performed whether or not specifically called for. When words or phrases, which have a well-
known technical or construction industry or trade meaning, are used to describe Work, materials
or equipment, such words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning.
Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by the Engineer.
Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or
association, or to the code, Laws or Regulation of any governmental authority, whether such
reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification, manual or
code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids except as may be otherwise
specifically stated in the Contract Documents. However, no provision of any referenced standard
specification, manual or code (whether or not specially incorporated by reference in the
responsibilities of Owner or Contractor as set forth in the Contract Documents) shall change the
duties and responsibilities of Owner, Contractor or Engineer, or any of their agents or employees
from those set forth in the Contract Documents. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract
shall be issued by Engineer. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be
inserted in these Contract documents shall be deemed to be inserted herein, and they shall be
sectionlll.doc 5 Revised: 9/26/2007
Section III - General Conditions
read and enforced as through it were included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise, any
such provision is not inserted, or if not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either
party, the Contract Documents shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion.
The various Contract Documents shall be given precedence, in case of conflict, error or
discrepancy, as follows: Modifications, Contract Agreement, Addenda, Supplementary
Conditions, General Conditions, Drawings, Technical Specifications. In a series of Modifications
or Addenda the latest will govern.
3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES
If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or
discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any
provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any
such standard, specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor
shall report it to the Engineer in writing at once, and Contractor shall not proceed with the Work
affected thereby (except in an emergency) until an amendment or supplement to Contract
Documents has been issued by one of the methods provided in these General Specifications,
provided however, that Contractor shall not be liable to Owner or Engineer for failure to report
any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless Contractor knew or reasonably should
have known thereof.
4 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL
CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS
4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS
Owner shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is
to be Performed, rights-of-way, easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are
designated for the use of contractor. Owner shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of
general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which contractor
will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent structures or permanent
changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by Owner, unless otherwise provided
in the Contract Documents.
4.2 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS
Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions and Technical Specifications for
identification of those reports of investigations and tests of subsurface and latent physical
conditions at the site or otherwise affecting cost, progress or performance of the Work which
have been relied upon by Engineer in preparation of the Drawings and Specifications. Such
reports are not guaranteed as to accuracy or completeness and are not part of the Contract
Documents. Contractor shall promptly notify Engineer in writing of any subsurface or latent
physical conditions at the site, or in an existing structure, differing materially from those
indicated or referred to in the Contract Documents. Engineer will promptly review those
conditions and advise if further investigation or tests are necessary. Owner or Engineer shall
obtain the necessary additional investigations and tests and furnish copies to the Engineer and
Contractor. If Engineer finds that the results of such investigations or tests indicate that there are
subsurface or latent physical conditions, which differ materially from those, indicated in the
SectionIII.doc 6 Revised: 9/26/2007
Section III - General Conditions
contract Documents, and which could not reasonably have been anticipated by Contractor, a
work change or Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions.
4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES
The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing
Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to
Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless otherwise
expressly provided in the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for
the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and the cost of all the following
will be included in the Contract Price and contractor shall have full responsibility for: (i)
reviewing and checking all such information and data, (ii) locating all Underground Facilities
shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, (iii) coordination of the Work with the owners of
such Underground Facilities during construction, and (iv) the safety and protection of all such
Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. The
Contractor is required to call the LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER
prior to any excavation per State regulations and to notify any utility owners who are not a
member of the LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER prior to any
excavation. The LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER is an agency for the
protection and location of utilities prior to any excavation and contact number is available in
local telephone directory.
4.4 REFERENCE POINTS
Engineer shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction, which
in Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor
shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference
points and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of Owner.
Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires
relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the
accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by professionally qualified personnel.
The Contractor is referred to the Technical Specifications for more specific information
regarding the provision of construction surveys. Excessive stake replacement caused by
negligence of Contractor's forces, after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the
Engineer, will be charged to the Contractor at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be
computed for actual time on the project. All-time shall be computed in one-hour increments with
a minimum charge of one hour.
5 BONDS AND INSURANCE
5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND
Contractor shall furnish a Performance and Payment Bond, in an amount at least equal to the
Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all Contractor's
obligations under the Contract Documents. This bond shall remain in effect at least one year after
the date when final payment becomes due, unless a longer period of time is prescribed by laws
and regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other Bonds as
are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the
Contract Documents and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of
"Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as
SectionIII.doc 7 Revised: 9/26/2007
Section III - General Conditions
Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff,
Bureau of Government Financial Operations, U.S. Treasury Department. All bonds signed by an
agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agents' authority to act. All bonds shall
be deemed to contain all of the Conditions of Section 255.05, Florida Statutes, even if such
language is not directly contained within the bond and the Surety shall be licensed and qualified
to do business in the State of Florida. The Owner reserves the right to reject any surety. If the
Surety on any Bond furnished by the Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its
right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases
to meet the requirements of these Contract Documents, the Contractor shall within five days after
notice thereof substitute another Bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to the
Owner.
5.2 INSURANCE
Contractor shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the
Work being performed and furnished and as will provide protection from claims set forth below
which may arise out of or result from Contractor's performance and furnishing of the Work and
Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed or
furnished by Contractor, and Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly
employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts
any of them may be liable for the following: (i) Claims under worker's compensation, disability
benefits and other similar employee benefit acts; (ii) Claims for damages because of bodily
injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees; (iii) Claims for
damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than
Contractor's employees; (iv) Claims for damages insured by customary personal injury liability
coverage which are sustained by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related
to the employment of such person by Contractor, or by any other person for any other reason; (v)
Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible
property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and (vi) Claims for
damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the
ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. The Contractor shall deliver to Owner, with
copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of
insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by Owner or any other additional insured)
which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with this paragraph. The
policies of insurance so required by this paragraph to be purchased and maintained shall: (i)
include as additional insured (subject to any customary exclusion in respect of professional
liability) City of Clearwater and any other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary
Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insured, and include coverage for the
respective officers and employees of all such additional insures; (ii) include completed
operations insurance; (iii) include contractual liability insurance covering Contractor's indemnity
obligations in Article for Contractor's Responsibilities; (iv) contain a provision or endorsement
that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal refused until at
least thirty days prior written notice has been given to the Owner, and Contractor and to each
other additional insured identified in the Supplemental Conditions to whom a certificate of
insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the Contractor as
described in this paragraph); (v) remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times
thereafter when Contractor may be correcting, removing or replacing defective Work in
accordance with Article for Correction of Defective Work; (vi) with respect to completed
operations insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims-made basis, shall remain in
SectionlIl.doc 8 Revised: 9/26/2007
Section III - General Conditions
effect for at least two years after final payment. Contractor shall furnish Owner and each other
additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance
has been issued evidence satisfactory to Owner and any such additional insured, of continuation
of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter and (vii) Name and telephone number
of the authorized insurance agent for the Insurer.
The limits of liability for the insurance required shall provide coverage for not less than the
following amounts or greater where required by laws and regulations:
5.2.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE
Contract Award Amount
Under $1,000,000. Contract Award Amount
$1,000,000. and Over
(1) Workers' Compensation Statutory Statutory
(2) Employer's Liability $500,000. $1,000,000.
5.2.2 PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE
Comprehensive General Liability including Premise/Operations; Explosion, Collapse and
Underground Property Damage; Products/Completed Operations, Broad Form Contractual,
Independent Contractors; Broad Form Property Damage; and Personal Injury liabilities:
Contract Award Amount Contract Award Amount
Under $1,000,000. $1,000,000. and Over
(1) Bodily Injury: $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each
Occurrence Occurrence
$1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual
Aggregate Aggregate
(2) Property Damage: $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each
Occurrence Occurrence
$1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual
Aggregate Aggregate
(3) Personal Injury, with $1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual
employment exclusion deleted Aggregate Aggregate
SectionIII.doc 9 Revised: 9/26/2007
Section III - General Conditions
5.2.3 COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY
including all owned (private and others), hired and non-owned vehicles:
Contract Award Amount
Under $1,000,000. Contract Award Amount
$1,000,000. and Over
(1) Bodily Injury $500,000. Each Person $1,000,000. Each Person
$500,000. Each Accident $1,000,000. Each Accident
(2) Property Damage $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each
Occurrence Occurrence
Receipt and acceptance by the Owner of the Contractor's Certificate of Insurance, or other
similar document does not constitute acceptance or approval of amounts or types of coverages,
which may be less than required by these Contract Documents. Owner shall not be responsible
for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to protect the interests of Contractor,
Subcontractors or others in the Work. The Owner may at its option require a copy of the
Contractor's Insurance Policy(s). All insurance policies required within this Contract Document
shall provide full coverage from the first dollar of exposure unless otherwise stipulated. No
deductibles will be accepted without prior approval from the Owner.
Longshore and Harbor Worker's Compensation Act: Section 32 of the Act, 33 U.S.C. 932,
requires an employer, with employees in maritime employment, to secure the payment of
benefits under the Act either by insuring with an insurance carrier authorized by the U.S.
Department of Labor, or to be authorized by the U.S. Department of Labor as a self-insurer.
For General Contractors: Section 4(a) of the Act provides that every employer shall be liable
for and shall secure the payment to his employees of the compensation payable under Sections 7,
8, and 9 of the Act. In the case of an employer who is a subcontractor, only if such subcontractor
fails to secure the payment of compensation shall the contractor be liable for and be required to
secure the payment of compensation.
5.2.4 COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY
1. Commercial General Liability coverage at their sole cost and expense with limits of not
less than $5,000,000.00 in combined single limits for bodily injury and/or property
damage per occurrence, and such policies shall name CSXT as an additional named
insured.
2. Statutory Worker's Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance with limits of not
less than $1,000,000.00, which insurance must contain a waiver of subrogation against
CSXT and its affiliates.
Commercial automobile insurance with limits of not less than $500,000.00 combined
single limit fro bodily injury and/or property damage per occurrence, and such policies
shall name CSXT as an additional named insured.
4. Railroad protective liability insurance with limits of not less than $5,000,000.00
combined single limit for bodily injury and/or property damage per occurrence and an
Sectionlll.doc 10 Revised: 9/26/2007
Section III - General Conditions
aggregate annual limit of $10,000,000.00, which insurance shall satisfy the following
additional requirements.
a. The insurer must be financially stable and rated B+ or better in Best's Insurance
Reports.
b. The Railroad Protective Insurance Policy must be on the ISO/RIMA form of
Railroad Protective Insurance - Insurance Services Office (ISO) form CG 00 35.
c. CSX Transportation must be named as the named insured on the Railroad
Protective Insurance Policy.
d. Name and Address of Contractor and Agency must be shown on the Declarations
page.
e. Description of operations must appear on the Declarations page and must match
the Project description, including project of contract identification nlunbers.
f. Authorized endorsements must include the Pollution Exclusion Amendment -.GC
28 31, unless using form CG 00 35 version 96 and later.
g. Authorized endorsements may include:
i. Broad Form Nuclear Exclusion - IL 00 21
ii. 30-day Advance Notice of Non-renewal or cancellation
iii. Required State Cancellation Endorsement
iv. Quick Reference or Index - CL/IL 240
h. Authorized endorsements may not include:
i. A Pollution Exclusion Endorsement except CG 28 31
ii. A Punitive or Exemplary Damages Exclusion
iii. A "Common Policy Conditions" Endorsement
iv. Any endorsement that is not named in Section 4 (f) or (g) above.
v. Policies that contain any type of deductible
5. Such additional or different insurance as CSXT may require.
Additional Terms
1. Contractor must submit its original insurance policies and two copies and all notices and
correspondence regarding the insurance policies to:
Janet Ganske
Account Executive
Harden and Associates
806 Riverside Avenue
Jacksonville, FL 32203
2. Neither Agency nor Contractor may begin work on the Project until it has received
CSXT's written approval of the required insurance policies.
SectionIII.doc I 1 Revised: 9/26/2007
Section III - General Conditions
5.3 WAIVER OF RIGHTS
Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Article on Insurance
will protect Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other
persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or
additional insured in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages
caused by the perils covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that
in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against
any of the insured or additional insured thereunder, Owner and Contractor waive all rights
against each other and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents for all losses and
damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils covered by such policies
and any other property insurance applicable to the work; and, in addition, waive all such rights
against Sub-contractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities
identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured under
such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the
rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance otherwise
payable under any policy so issued. In addition, Owner waives all rights against Contractor,
Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and the officers, directors, employees and
agents of any of them for: (i) loss due to business interruption, loss of use or other consequential
loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to Owner's property or the Work caused
by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other peril, whether or not insured by Owner and; (ii)
loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of or resulting
from fire or other insured peril covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed
Project or part thereof by Owner during partial utilization, after substantial completion or after
final payment.
6 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES
6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE
Contractor shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting
such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the
Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the
means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction, but Contractor shall not
be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means,
method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and
expressly required by the Contract Documents.
Contractor shall be responsible to see that the completed work complies accurately with the
Contract Documents. Contractor shall keep on the work at all times during its progress a
competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without notice to Owner and
Engineer except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be Contractor's
representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All
communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to Contractor.
Contractor shall employ only competent persons to do the work and whenever Engineer shall
notify Contractor, in writing, that any person on the work appears to be incompetent, unfaithful,
disorderly, or otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall be removed from the project and shall
not again be employed on it except with the written consent of Engineer.
SectionIII.doc 12 Revised: 9/26/2007
Section III - General Conditions
Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for additional engineering and inspection costs incurred as
a result of overtime work in excess of the regular working hours or on the Owner's normally
approved holidays. At Owner's option, overtime costs may either be deducted from the
Contractor's monthly payment request or deducted from the Contractor's retention prior to
release of final payment or the Engineer may elect to receive a monthly check from the
Contractor in the amount of the overtime costs. Minimum number of chargeable hours for
inspection costs on weekends or holidays shall be four hours. The cost of overtime inspection per
hour shall be $40.00 per hour.
Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat and sanitary condition, such sanitary
accommodations for the use of Contractor's employees as may be necessary to comply with the
requirements of Laws and Regulations and the Engineer.
6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out and construct
the work as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good
discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of
persons or the work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated
in the Contract Documents, all work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours
and Contractor will not permit overtime work or the performance of work on Saturday, Sunday,
or any legal holiday without Owner's consent given after prior notice to Engineer.
Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, Contractor shall furnish and assume full
responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and
machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities,
temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing,
performance, testing, start-up and completion of the Work.
All materials and equipment installed in the Work shall be of good quality and new, except as
otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by Engineer, Contractors shall furnish
satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the quality of materials and
equipment. The Contractor shall provide suitable and secure storage for all materials to be used
in the Work so that their quality shall not be impaired or injured. Materials that are improperly
stored, may be rejected by the Engineer without testing.
All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and
conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturer, fabricator,
supplier, or distributor, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents.
6.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS
Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents
by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or
description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the
specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent or
"or equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material
or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by Engineer. If in Engineer's sole discretion an
item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and
sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by
Engineer for approval. If in the Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment
proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or equal" item, it may be considered as a
Sectionlll.doc 13 Revised: 9/26/2007
Section III - General Conditions
proposed substitute item. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as required by the
Engineer to allow the Engineer to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is
essentially equivalent to that named and is an acceptable substitute therefore. Request for review
of proposed substitute and "or equal" will be not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other
than Contractor.
Request for substitute and "or equal" items by Contractor must be submitted in writing to
Engineer and will contain all information as Engineer deems necessary to make a determination.
All data provided by Contractor in support of any proposed substitute or "or equal" item will be
at Contractor's expense. Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each proposal or
submittal made per this paragraph. Engineer will be sole judge of acceptability.
6.4 RESPONSIBILITY FOR SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND
OTHERS
Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the
Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a
direct or indirect contract with Contractor just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own
acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such
Subcontractor, Supplier or other person any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer
and any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of
Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor,
Supplier or other person. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating
the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the
work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. Contractor shall require all
Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons performing or furnishing any of the work to
communicate with the Engineer through Contractor.
The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not
control Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the
work to be performed by any specific trade.
All work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an
appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically
binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract
Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer.
Contractor shall not pay or employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization
whether initially or as a substitute, against whom Owner or Engineer may have reasonable
objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person
or organization to furnish or perform any of the work against whom Contractor has reasonable
objection.
Owner or Engineer will not undertake to settle any differences between Contractor and his
Subcontractors or between Subcontractors.
6.5 USE OF PREMISES
Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the
operations of works to the site and land areas identified in and permitted by the Contract
Documents on other land areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, right-of-way, permits and
easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or
SectionIII.doc 14 Revised: 9/26/2007
Section III - General Conditions
other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any
such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting
from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant
because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party
by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceed in
or at law. Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify
and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and their officials, directors,
employees and agents from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or
resulting from any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant
against Owner, Engineer or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or
based upon Contractor's performance of the Work.
During the progress of the Work, Contractor shall keep the premises free from accumulations of
waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the
Work or at intervals established by the Engineer, Contractor shall remove all waste materials,
rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction
equipment and machinery and surplus materials. Contractor shall restore to original condition all
property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents.
6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES
Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the
performance of the work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process,
product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular
invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in
the performance of the work and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is
subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to
others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner in the Contract Documents.
To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold
harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents
and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and
damages arising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident
to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any
invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents, and shall
defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights.
Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other taxes required to be paid by Contractor in
accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the State of Florida and other governmental
agencies, which are applicable during the performance of the work.
6.7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS
Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to
furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by
applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Engineer shall be responsible for
monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. If Contractor performs any
work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor
shall bear all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or arising out of such work: however,
it shall not be Contractor's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and
SectionIII.doc 15 Revised: 9/26/2007
Section III - General Conditions
Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of
Contractor's obligations to Owner to report and resolve discrepancies as described above.
6.8 PERMITS
Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for
all construction permits and licenses. Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining
such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees
necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids.
Contractor shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the work, and Owner shall
pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant investment
fees.
Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, City of Clearwater Building Permit Fees will
be waived.
6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION
Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions
and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for
the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: (i)
all persons on the work site or who may be affected by the work, (ii) all the Work and materials
and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site;, and (iii) other
property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements,
roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation
or replacement in the course of construction. In the event of temporary suspension of the work,
or during inclement weather, or whenever Engineer may direct; Contractor shall, and shall cause
Subcontractors, to protect carefully the Work and materials against damage or injury from the
weather. If, in the opinion of Engineer, any portion of Work or materials shall have been
damaged or injured by reason of failure on the part of the Contractor or any Subcontractors to so
protect the Work, such Work and materials shall be removed and replaced at the expense of
Contractor. The Contractor shall initiate and maintain an accident prevention program which
shall include, but shall not be limited to the establishment and supervision of programs for the
education and training of employees in the recognition, avoidance and prevention of unsafe
conditions and acts. Contractor shall provide first aid services and medical care to his employees.
The Contractor shall develop and maintain an effective fire protection and prevention program
and good housekeeping practices at the site of contract performance throughout all phases of
construction, repair, alteration or demolition. Contractor shall require appropriate personal
protective equipment in all operations where there is exposure to hazardous conditions. The
Engineer may order that the work stop if a condition of immediate danger to Owner's employees,
equipment or if property damage exists. This provision shall not shift responsibility or risk of
loss for injuries of damage sustained from the Contractor to the Owner, and the Contractor shall
remain solely responsible for compliance with all safety requirements and for the safety of all
persons and property at the site of Contract performance. The Contractor shall instruct his
employees required to handle or use toxic materials or other harmful substances regarding their
safe handling and use. The Contractor shall take the necessary precautions to protect pedestrians
and motorists from harm, and to prevent disruptions of such traffic due to construction activity.
Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having
jurisdiction for safety of persons or property and to protect them from damage, injury or loss;
and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor
SectionIII.doc 16 Revised: 9/26/2007
Section III - General Conditions
shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when
prosecution of the work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection,
removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property
caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any
other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish
any of the work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by
Contractor. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall
continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner
and Contractor that the Work is acceptable.
6.10 EMERGENCIES
In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or
adjacent thereto, Contractor, with or without special instruction or authorization from Owner or
Engineer, is obligated to act to prevent damage, injury or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer
prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or
variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If Engineer determines that a
change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in
response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to
document the consequences of such action.
6.11 DRAWINGS
6.11.1 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES
Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings to Engineer for review and approval as called for in the
Technical Specifications or required by the Engineer. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will
be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria,
materials and similar data to show Engineer the materials and equipment Contractor proposes to
provide and to enable Engineer to review the information. Contractor shall also submit Samples
to Engineer for review and approval. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample,
Contractor shall have determined and verified: (i) all field measurements, quantities, dimensions,
specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar
information with respect thereto, (ii) all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication,
shipping, handling, storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work,
and (iii) all information relative to Contractor's sole responsibilities in respect to means,
methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and
programs incident thereto. Contractor shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop
Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples with the requirements of the Work
and the Contract Documents. Each submittal will bear a stamp or specific written indication that
Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to
Contractor's review and approval of that submittal. At the time of submission, Contractor shall
give Engineer specific written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample
submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a
written communication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific
notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to Engineer for review .and
approval of each such variation.
Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and Samples will be only to determine if the
items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to
SectionIII.doc 17 Revised: 9/26/2007
Section III - General Conditions
the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of
the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated the Contract Documents. Engineer's
review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of
construction (except where a particular means method, technique, sequence or procedure of
construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety
precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will
not. indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. Contractor shall make
corrections required by Engineer, and shall return the required number of corrected copies of
Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall
direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer
on previous submittals.
Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve Contractor from
responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless
Contractor has in writing called Engineer's attention to each such variation at the time of
submission and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written
notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor
will any approval by the Engineer relieve the Contractor from responsibility for complying with
the requirements of paragraph above discussing field measurements by the Contractor.
6.11.2 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS
The Contractor shall keep and maintain one set of blueprints, As-Built Drawings, in good order
and legible condition to be continuously marked-up at the job site. The Contractor shall mark and
annotate neatly and clearly all project conditions, locations, configurations and any other changes
or deviations which may vary from the details represented on the original Contract Plans,
including revisions made necessary by Addenda, Shop Drawings, and Change Orders during the
construction process. The Contractor shall record the horizontal and vertical locations, in the
plan and profile, of all buried utilities that differ from the locations indicated or which were not
indicated on the Contract Plans and buried (or concealed), construction and utility features which
are revealed during the construction period.
The As-Built Drawings shall be available for inspection by the Engineer at all times during the
progress of the Project.
The As-Built Drawings shall be reviewed by the City Inspector for accuracy and compliance
with the requirements of "As-Built Drawings" prior to submittal of the monthly pay requests.
The pay requests shall be rejected if the marked-up blueline prints do not conform to the "As-
Built Drawings" requirements. As-Built Drawings shall be submitted to the City Inspector for
approval upon completion of the project and prior to acceptance of final pay request.
Prior to placing new potable water mains in service, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer
intersection drawings, as specified for the water mains.
The City's acceptance of the "As-Built Drawings" does not relieve the Contractor of the sole
responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the As-Built Drawings.
6.11.2.1 General
The Contractor shall prepare an "AS-BUILT SURVEY" per chapter 61G17-6, Florida
Administrative Code (see definition below), signed and sealed by a Florida registered land
surveyor. The contractor will deliver to the City two hard copies of signed and sealed As-Built
Drawings and an AutoCAD file.
SectionlMdoc 18 Revised: 9/26/2007
Section III - General Conditions
6IG17-6.002 Definition: (10)(a) As-Built Survey: a survey performed to obtain horizontal
and/or vertical dimensional data so that constructed improvements may be located and
delineated: also know as Record Survey.
This survey shall be clearly titled "As-Built Survey" and shall be signed and sealed by a Florida
registered land surveyor. The survey must be delivered to the City of Clearwater Construction
Division upon substantial completion of the project. If this condition is not met, the City will
procure the services of a Professional Surveyor and Mapper registered in the State of Florida and
will back charge the contractor a fee of $1,800 per day or any portion thereof to provide the City
with the required As-Built Survey.
6.11.2.2 Sanitary and Storm Sewer Piping Systems
1. Manholes and inlets shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation)
based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the
construction plans. New sanitary service connections and replaced sanitary service
connections shall be dimensioned to the nearest downstream manhole. All manholes,
cleanouts and catch basin invert and rim elevations, manhole and catch basin dimensions,
pipe sizes, and pipe material shall also be noted on the plan view and also on the profile if
one exists.
2. Pipe materials and areas of special construction shall be noted.
6.11.2.3 Pressure Pipe construction (Water, Reclaimed Water, Forcemain)
All pipes shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the
approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction
plans. Coordinates shall be at all pipe bends, tees, valves, reducers, and deflections. Also all new
and replaced service connections for potable and reclaimed water will be located as described
above. Additionally there must be survey coordinates no further than 100 feet apart on linear
type construction and shall denote top of pipe elevation at those points.
6.11.2.4 Electrical and Control Wiring
The as-built drawings shall include all changes to the original Contract Plans. The as-built
drawings shall also include the size, color, and number of wires and conduit. For projects where
this information is too voluminous to be contained on the blueline prints, the Contractor shall
prepare supplemental drawings, on same size sheets as the blueline prints, showing the additional
conduit runs, 1-line diagrams, ladder diagrams, and other information. The wiring schematic
diagrams shall show termination location and wiring identification at each point on the ladder
diagram.
6.11.2.5 Horizontal and Vertical Control
The As-Built survey shall be based on the original datum used for the construction design plans
or if required by the City the datum shall be referenced to the North American Datum of 1983/90
(horizontal) and the North American Vertical Datum of 1988. The unit of measurement shall be
the United States Foot. Any deviation or use of any other datum, (horizontal and or vertical),
must be approved by the City of Clearwater Engineering Department.
Sectionlll.doc 19 Revised: 9/26/2007
Section III - General Conditions
6.11.2.6 Standards
The As-Built survey shall meet the Minimum Technical Standards per Chapter 61G17 and the
Clearwater CAD STANDARDS set forth below. In addition to locating all improvements that
pertain to the as-built survey it is the requirement of the City to have minimum location points at
every change in direction and no more than 100 feet apart on all pressure pipes.
6.11.2.7 Other
The As-Built drawings shall reflect any differences from the original Contract Plans, in the same
level of detail and units of dimensions as the Plans.
6.11.3 CAD STANDARDS
6.11.3.1 Layer Naming
6.11.3.1.1
PrAf1xAC and SufFxas
DI prefix denotes digitized or scanned entities
EP prefix denotes existing points - field collected
EX prefix denotes existing entities - line work and symbols
PR prefix denotes proposed entities - line work and symbols
FU prefix denotes future entities (proposed but not part of this contract) - line
work and symbols
TX suffix denotes text --- use for all text, no matter the prefix
6.11.3.1.2 La er Naming Definitions:
GAS gas lines and appurtenances
ELEC power lines and appurtenances
PHONE telephone lines and appurtenances
CABLE cable TV lines and appurtenances
BOC curbs
WALK sidewalk
WATER water lines and appurtenances, sprinklers
STORM storm lines and appurtenances
TREES trees, bushes, planters
SANITARY sanitary lines and appurtenances
FENCE all fences
BLDG buildings, sheds, finished floor elevation
DRIVE driveways
EOP edge of pavement without curbs
SectionIII,doc 20 Revised: 9/26/2007
Section III - General Conditions
TRAFFIC signal poles, control boxes
TOPBANK top of bank
TOESLOPE toe of slope
TOPBERM top of berm
TOEBERM toe of berm
SEAWALL seawall
CONCSLAB concrete slabs
WALL walls, except seawall
SHORE shoreline, water elevation
CL centerline of road
CLD centerline of ditch
CLS centerline of swale
CORNER property corners, monumentation
BENCH benchmark, temporary benchmarks
Other layers may be created as required, using above format.
6.11.3.2 Layer Properties
All layers will use standard AutoCAD linetypes, bylayer.
All layers will use standard AutoCAD colors, bylayer.
All text will use standard AutoCAD fonts.
6.11.3.3 Text Styles
Text style for EX layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 0°, and a text height of .008
times the plot scale.
Text style for PR and FU layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 22.5°, and a text
height of .010 times the plot scale.
6.11.4 DELIVERABLES:
The as-built survey shall be produced on vellum or bond material, 24" x 36" at a scale of 1 "=20'
unless approved otherwise. The consultant shall deliver all drawing files in digital format.
Acceptable file formats include: DWG, DXF of a shape file.
Please address any questions regarding format to Mr. Tom Mahony, at (727) 562-4762 or e-mail
address Tom.MahonyamyClearwater.com.
6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE
Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner, Engineer and Engineer's Consultants that all Work
will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Contractor's
warranty and guarantee hereunder includes defects or damage caused by abuse, vandalism,
5ectionIII.doc 21 Revised: 9/26/2007
Section III -- General Conditions
modification or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers. Until
the acceptance of the Work by the Owner, the Work shall be under the charge and care of the
Contractor, and he shall take every necessary precaution against injury or damage to any part
thereof by action of the elements, or from any other cause whatsoever, arising from the execution
or non-execution of the Work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair and make good, at his own
expense, all injuries or damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any cause before its
completion and final acceptance by the Owner. In addition, "the Contractor shall remedy any
defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom
whieh appear- within a period of eRe year- fiem dhe date e_f-:_fi_na4 aseeptall
Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes improper maintenance and operation by
Owner's employees and normal wear and tear under normal usage for any portion of the Work,
which has been partially accepted by the Owner for operation prior to final acceptance by the
Owner. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of
Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's
obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: (i) observations by
Engineer, (ii) recommendation of any progress or final payment by Engineer, (iii) the issuance of
a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by Owner to contractor under the
Contract Documents, (iv) use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner, (v) any
acceptance by Owner or any failure to do so, (vi) any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or
Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of Acceptance by the Engineer.
6.13 CONTINUING THE WORK
Contractor shall carry on the work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or
disagreements with Owner. No work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any
disputes or disagreements, except as Owner or Contractor may otherwise agree in writing.
6.14 INDEMNIFICATION
Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the
officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and
against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of
engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other
dispute resolution costs) caused by, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work,
provided that any such claim, cost, loss or damage: (i) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness,
disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the work itself),
including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and (ii) is caused in whole or in part by any
negligent act or omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person directly or
indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or anyone for whose
acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not caused in part by any negligence or
omission of a person or entity indemnified hereunder or whether liability is imposed upon such
indemnified party by Laws and Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such person.
If, through acts of neglect on the part of Contractor, any other Contractor or any Subcontractor
shall suffer loss or damage on the work, Contractor shall settle with such other Contractor or
Subcontractor by agreement or arbitration if such other Contractor or Subcontractor will so
settle. If such other Contractor or Subcontractor shall assert any claim against Owner on such
account of any damage alleged to have been sustained, Owner shall notify Contractor, who shall
indemnify and save harmless Owner against any such claim. In any and all claims against Owner
Sectionlll.doc 22 Revised: 9/26/2007
Section III - General Conditions
or Engineer or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers, directors, or employees by
any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of Contractor, any
Subcontractor, any
Supplier, any person directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of
the work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation
under this paragraph shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of
damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such Sub-contractor,
Supplier or other person or organization under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts
or other employee benefit acts. The indemnification obligations of Contractor under this
paragraph shall not extend to the liability of Engineer and Engineer's Consultants, officers,
directors, employees, or agents caused by the professional negligence, errors or omissions of any
of them.
7 OTHER WORK
7.1 RELATED WORK AT SITE
Owner may perform other work related to the Project at the site by Owner's own forces, or let
other direct contracts therefore which shall contain General Conditions similar to these, or have
other work performed by utility owners. If the fact that such other work is to be performed was
not noted in the Contract Documents, then: (i) written notice thereof will be given to Contractor
prior to starting any such other work, and (ii) Contractor may make a claim therefore if
Contractor believes that such performance will involve additional expense to Contractor or
requires additional time and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof.
Contractor shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract and each
utility owner (and Owner, if Owner is performing the additional work with Owner's employees)
proper and safe access to the site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of
materials and equipment and the execution of such other work and shall properly connect and
coordinate the work with theirs. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,
Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting and patching of the work that may be required to make its
several parts come together properly and integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not
endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering their work and will
only cut or alter their work with the written consent of Engineer and the others whose work will
be affected. The duties and responsibilities of Contractor under this paragraph are for the benefit
of such utility owners and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable provisions for
the benefit of Contractor in said direct contracts between Owner and such utility owners and
other contractors. Should the Contractor cause damage to any other contractor on the Project, the
contractor agrees, upon due notice, to settle with such contractor by agreement or arbitration, if
he will so settle. If such other contractor sues the Owner on account of any damage alleged to
have been so sustained, the Owner shall notify the Contractor, who shall defend such
proceedings at his own expense, and if any judgment against the Owner arises therefrom the
Contractor shall pay or satisfy the judgment and pay all costs incurred by the Owner.
If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor's work depends upon work performed
by others under this Article. Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly report to
Engineer in writing any delays, defects or deficiencies in such other work that render it
unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Contractor's work. Contractor's
failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for
SectionIII.doc 23 Revised: 9/26/2007
Section III - General Conditions
integration with Contractor's work except for latent or nonapparent defects and deficiencies in
such other work.
7.2 COORDINATION
If Owner contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site, the
following will be set forth in the Scope of Work: (i) the person who will have authority and
responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be
identified; (ii) the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be
itemized; and (iii) the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. Unless
otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Owner shall have sole authority and
responsibility in respect of such coordination.
8 OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY
Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, Owner shall issue all communications
to Contractor through Engineer.
Owner shall furnish the data required of Owner under the Contract Documents promptly and
shall make payments to Contractor promptly when they are due as provided in these General
Conditions.
Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in the Article on Changes In The
Work.
Owner's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in the
Article on Tests and Inspections.
In connection with Owner's right to stop work or suspend work, see the Article on Engineer may
Stop the Work. The Article on Suspension of Work and Termination deals with Owner's right to
terminate services of Contractor under certain circumstances.
The Owner shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for,
Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety
precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws
and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. Owner will not be
responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents.
9 ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION
9.1 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE
Engineer will be Owner's representative during the construction period. The duties and the
responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Engineer as Owner's representative during
construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written
consent of Owner and Engineer.
9.2 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS
Engineer will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of
the requirements of the Contract Documents (in the form of Drawings or otherwise) as Engineer
may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable
SectionlILdoc 24 Revised: 9/26/2007
Section III - General Conditions
from Contract Documents. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on
Owner and Contractor. If Contractor believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies
an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and the parties are unable to agree to
the amount or extent thereof, if any, Contractor may make a written claim therefore as provided
in the Articles for Change of Work and Change of Contract Time.
9.3 REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK
Engineer will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which Engineer believes to be
defective, or that Engineer believes Will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the
Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed
Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. Engineer will also have
authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work whether or not the Work is
fabricated, installed or completed.
9.4 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS
In connection with Engineer's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see articles on Shop
Drawings and Samples. In connection with Engineer's authority as to Change Orders, see the
articles on Changes of Work, Contract Price and Contract Time. In connection with Engineer's
authority as to Applications for Payment, see the articles on Payments to Contractor and
Completion.
9.5 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES
Engineer will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge
of the acceptability of the work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the
acceptability of the work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents
pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the work and Claims under the Articles for
Changes of Work, Changes of Contract Time and Changes of Contract Price will be referred
initially to Engineer in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with this
paragraph. Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter will be delivered by the
claimant to Engineer and the other party to the Agreement promptly (but in no event later than
thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise thereto, and written supporting
data will be submitted to Engineer and the other party within sixty days after the start of such
occurrence or event unless Engineer allows an additional period of time for the submission of
additional or more accurate data in support of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing
party shall submit any response to Engineer and the claimant within thirty days after receipt of
the claimant's last submittal (unless Engineer allows additional time). Engineer will render a
formal decision in writing within thirty days after receipt of the opposing party's submittal, if
any, in accordance with this paragraph. Engineer's written decision on such claim, dispute or
other matter will be final and binding upon Owner and Contractor unless (i) an appeal from
Engineer's decision is taken within thirty days of the Engineers decision, or the appeal time
which may be stated in a Dispute Resolution Agreement between the Owner and Contractor for
the settlement of disputes or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into,
a written notice of intention to appeal from Engineer's written decision is delivered by Owner or
Contractor to the other and to Engineer within thirty days after the date of such decision and a
formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to
exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have With respect to such claim,
5ectionIII.doc 25 Revised: 9/26/2007
Section III - General Conditions
dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty days of
the date of such decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by Owner and Contractor.
When functioning as interpreter and judge, Engineer will not show partiality to Owner or
Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in
good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by Engineer with respect to any such
claim, dispute or other matter will be a condition precedent to any exercise by Owner or
Contractor of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract
Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other matter
pursuant the Article on Dispute Resolution.
9.6. LIMITATIONS ON ENGINEER'S RESPONSIBILITIES
Neither Engineer's authority or responsibility under this paragraph or under any other provision
of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Engineer in good faith either to exercise or
not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise or performance of any
authority or responsibility by Engineer shall create, impose or give rise to any duty owed by
Engineer to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization or to
any surety for or employee or agent of any of them.
Engineer will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for
Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety
precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws
and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the work. Engineer will not be
responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the work in accordance with the
Contract Documents.
Engineer will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor,
any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the work.
Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all
maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and certificates of
inspection, tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered by the
Contractor will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements
of the Contract Documents and, in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and approvals that
the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents.
The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph shall also apply to
Engineer's Consultants and assistants.
10 CHANGES IN THE WORK
Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, Owner may, at any time or
from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions, deletions
or revisions will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work Change
Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work
involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents
(except as may otherwise be specifically provided).
If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the
Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Time that should be allowed as a result of a
Work Change Directive, a claim may be made therefore as provided in these General Conditions.
SectionIII.doc 26 Revised: 9/26/2007
Section III - General Conditions
Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the
Contract Time with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract
Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in these General Conditions
except in the case of an emergency as provided or in the case of uncovering work as provided in
article for Uncovering Work.
Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders or Written Amendments
recommended by Engineer covering:
changes in the work which are (i) ordered by Owner (ii) required because of acceptance of
defective work under the article for Acceptance of Defective Work or correcting defective
Work under the article for Owner May Correct Defective Work or (iii) agreed to by the
parties;
changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties; and
changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which embody the substance of any written
decision rendered by Engineer pursuant to the article for Decisions on Disputes;
provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any
such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable
Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on the Work and
adhere to the progress schedule as provided in the article for Continuing the Work.
If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the work or the provisions of the Contract
Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time) is required by the
provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's
responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly.
11 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE
11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE
The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments)
payable to Contractor for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations
assigned to or undertaken by Contractor shall be at Contractor's expense without change in the
Contract Price. The Contract Price may only be adjusted by a Change Order or by a Written
Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on a written notice
of claim stating the general nature of the claim, to be delivered by the party making the claim to
the other party and to Engineer promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of
the occurrence or event giving rise to the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with
supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after the start of such occurrence or event
(unless Engineer allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data
in support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the
claimed adjustment covers all known amounts to which the claimant is entitled as a result of said
occurrence or event. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not
submitted in accordance with this paragraph. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order
or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: (i) where
the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application
of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (ii) where the Work involved is not
covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum
(which may include an allowance for overhead and profit), (iii) where the Work is not covered
Sectionlll.doc 27 Revised: 9/26/2007
Section III - General Conditions
by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement is reached to establish unit
prices for the Work.
11.2 ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT
It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the
Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be furnished and performed for such
sums as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. Contractor agrees that: (i) the allowances
include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment
required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and (ii)
Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead,
profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract
Price and not in the allowances and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the
foregoing will be valid.
Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Engineer
to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances and all the
Work actually performed by the Contractor, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly
adjusted.
11.3 UNIT PRICE WORK
Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work,
initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to
the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of unit price work times
the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of
items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of
Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and
classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by Engineer. Each unit
price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover
Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. Owner or Contractor may
make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price if: (i) the quantity of any item of Unit Price
Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of
such item indicated in the Contract Documents; and (ii) there is no corresponding adjustment
with respect to any other item of Work; and (iii) if Contractor believes that Contractor is entitled
to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or Owner
believes that Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree
as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. On unit price contracts, the Owner endeavors
to provide adequate unit quantities to satisfactorily complete the construction of the project. It is
expected that in the normal course of project construction and completion that not all unit
quantities will be used in their entirety and that a finalizing change order which adjusts contract
unit quantities to those unit quantities actually used in the construction of the project will result
in a net decrease from the original Contract Price. Such reasonable deduction of final Contract
Price should be anticipated by the Contractor in his original bid.
12 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME
The Contract Time (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written
Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be based on
written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Engineer
promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the occurrence of the event giving rise to
SectionllI,doc 28 Revised: 9/26/2007
Section III - General Conditions
the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim with
supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after such occurrence (unless Engineer
allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim) and
shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire
adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence
of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be determined
by Engineer. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) will be valid if not
submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph.
All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement.
Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the work within the Contract Time
(or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Time (or Milestones)
may be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a claim is made
therefore as provided in the article for Changes in the
Work. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts by
Owner, acts of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by the
article for Other Work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of God.
Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be
delays within the control of Contractor.
Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times
(or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both Owner and Contractor, an extension of
the Contract Time (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be
Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall Owner be liable to
Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person, or to any surety for or employee
or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused by or
within the control of Contractor, or (ii) delays beyond the control of both parties including,but
not limited to fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God or acts by utility
owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by paragraph for Other
Work.
13 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR
ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK
13.1 TESTS AND INSPECTION
Contractor shall give Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required
inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to
facilitate required inspections or tests.
Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform
all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents. The costs for these
inspections, tests or approvals shall be borne by the Contractor except as otherwise provided in
the Contract Documents.
If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof)
specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such
public body including all City Building Departments and City Utility Departments, Contractor
shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals,
pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Engineer the required certificates of inspection
SectionIlLdoc 29 Revised: 9/26/2007
Section III - General Conditions
or approval. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, City permit and impact fees will
be waived. Contractor shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all
costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for Owner's and Engineer's
acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, or of materials, mix
designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for
incorporation of the Work.
If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected tested or approved is covered by
Contractor without written concurrence of Engineer, it must, if requested by Engineer, be
uncovered for observation. Uncovering Work as provided in this paragraph shall be at
Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention
to cover the same and Engineer has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such
notice.
13.2 UNCOVERING THE WORK
If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Engineer, it must, if requested by
Engineer, be uncovered for Engineer's observation and replaced at Contractor's expense.
If Engineer considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Engineer or
inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Engineer's request, shall uncover, expose or
otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as Engineer may require, that
portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is
found that such Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages
caused by, arising out of or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection
and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all
costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate
decrease in the Contract Price for the costs of the investigation, and, if the parties are unable to
agree as to the amount thereof, may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change
in Contract Price. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be
allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones),
or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing,
replacement and reconstruction; and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent
thereof, Contractor may make a claim therefore as provided the article for Change in Contract
Price and Change of Contract Time.
13.3 ENGINEER MAY STOP THE WORK
If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable
materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed
Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Engineer may order Contractor to stop the Work,
or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of
Engineer to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Engineer or Owner to
exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor or any surety or other party. If the Engineer stops
Work under this paragraph, Contractor shall be entitled to no extension of Contract Time or
increase in Contract Price.
13.4 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK
If required by Engineer, Contractor shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work,
whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Engineer,
SectionIlI.doc 3U Revised: 9/26/2007
Section III -- General Conditions
remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all
claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such correction or removal
(including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others).
13.5 WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD
G
A t
h
ll
Owner's
aeeer-dmee with ef
fae
> er- s
a >
if ithas
ho
on
j
t
d b
O
e
v
i A
t fir
th
it v
d
! it
it
h
1A I
d
th
At i
:
R n
A
t 4 n
A
fiq
ti d 4
r-a
ee
a
y
wn or-, r-em
-
e -
-m-
e s
- e ffin
- r- ep
ae e w
-
-
e
x--
- -
s
-
- -
- -
- e
ve a n
( )
lti
th
f
if G
t t
d
t tl l
ith th
t f h
resu
ng
er-e
fem.
eff
f
i
h
d ae
er-
oes no
l
ld pr-emp
y e
i
i eans o
emp
y w
e
k
f i
d
0 s
, uc
h
t ,
h
or-
n an emefgeney w
ere
e ay wou
eaus e ser
ous r s
o
ess or-
amage, A% er- may
a ve e
t
v ees s-l
(
d d
t th
W'
k r
ki
th
f
) h b
e
r
r t d
--k
an
A
l
d
d
t amage
o o
hi
h er-
ef
th
t --esu
ng
er-e
Fem
i
i
d he
d
- as
ith e
-a- ee
r-
r-e
eet te ee
su e
-,
eh
-F r-ep
aee
un
eF
1A4PXk
4;vi1J hA tA*tondwi- for
m s paFagr-ap
;-additi
l e eeFFeu
i
d
f en per
o
reun
er
w
ffee
r- aft
r-
h ti
n sp
r- vevnev al a nd
-
- ona
pe r
o
o
ene ee
yea
e
sae e e
13.6 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK
If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, Owner prefers
to accept it, Owner may do so.
Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to Owner's evaluation of
and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by Engineer as to
reasonableness). If any such acceptance occurs prior to Engineer's recommendation of final
payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract
Documents with respect to the Work; and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in
the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may
make a claim therefore as provided in article for Change of Contract Price. If the acceptance
occurs after the Engineer's recommendation for final payment an appropriate amount will be paid
by Contractor to Owner.
13.7 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK
If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Engineer to correct
defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Engineer in accordance
with the article for Correction and Removal of Defective Work or if Contractor fails to perform
the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any
other provision of the Contract Documents, Owner may, after seven days' written notice to
Contractor, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under
SectionIII.doc 31 Revised: 9/26/2007
Section III - General Conditions
this paragraph Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and
remedial action, Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the site, take possession of all
or part of the Work, and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, take possession of
Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site, and incorporate
in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which Owner has paid
Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's
representatives, agents and employees, Owner's other contractors, and Engineer and Engineer's
Consultants access to the site to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this
paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising
such rights and remedies will be charged against Contractor and a Change Order will be issued
incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and
Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are
unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in the
article for Change of Contract Price. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not
be limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by
correction, removal or replacement of Contractor's defective Work. Contractor shall not be
allowed an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) because of any delay in the
performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by Owner of Owner's rights and remedies
hereunder.
14 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION
Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units
completed.
14.1 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT
Contractor shall submit (not more often than once a month) to Engineer for review an
Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of
the 25th of each month and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the
Engineer and the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents,
payment will not be made for materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work. Payment
will only be made for that portion of the Work, which is fully installed including all materials,
labor and equipment. A retainage of not less than five (5%) of the amount of each Application
for Payment for the total of all Work completed to date will be held until final completion and
acceptance of the Work covered in the Contract Documents. No progress payment shall be
construed to be acceptance of any portion of the Work under contract.
In addition to all other payment provisions set out in this contract, the Engineer may require the
Contractor to produce for the Owner, within fifteen days of the approval of any progress
payment, evidence and/or payment affidavit that all subcontractors and suppliers have been paid
any sum or sums then due. A failure on the part of the contractor to provide the report as required
herein shall result in further progress or partial payments being withheld until the report is
provided.
14.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE
Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by
any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to Owner no
later than the time of payment, free and clear of liens. No materials or supplies for the Work shall
be purchased by Contractor or Subcontractor subject to any chattel mortgage or under a
Sectionlll.doc 32 Revised: 9/26/2007
Section III - General Conditions
conditional sale contact or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller.
Contractor warrants that he has good title to all materials and supplies used by him in the Work,
free from all liens, claims or encumbrances. Contractor shall indemnify and save Owner
harmless from all claims growing out of the lawful demands of Subcontractors, laborers,
workmen, mechanics, materialmen, and furnisher's of machinery and parts thereof, equipment,
power tools, and all supplies incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this Contract.
Contractor shall at Owner's request, furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the
nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged, or waived. If Contractor fails to do
so, then Owner may, after having served written notice on said Contractor either pay unpaid
bills, of which Owner has written notice, or withhold from the Contractor's unpaid compensation
a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to pay any and all such lawful claims until
satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon
payment to Contractor shall be resumed in accordance with the terms of this Contract, but in no
event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed to impose any obligations upon Owner to
the Contractor or the Surety. In paying any unpaid bills of the Contractor, Owner shall be
deemed the agent of Contractor and any payment so made by Owner shall be considered as
payment made under the Contract by Owner to Contractor, and Owner shall not be liable to
Contractor for any such payment made in good faith.
14.3 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS
Engineer will within twenty days after receipt of each Application for payment, either indicate a
recommendation of payment and present Application to Owner, or return the Application to
Contractor indicating Engineer's reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case,
Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. Engineer may
refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment to the Owner. Engineer may also
refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the
results of subsequent inspections or test, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to
such extent as may be necessary in Engineer's opinion to protect Owner from loss because: (i)
the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or
replacement, (ii) the Contract Price has been reduced by amendment or Change Order, (iii)
Owner has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work, or (iv) Engineer has
actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in the article on Suspension
of Work and Termination.
Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by the Engineer because:
(i) claims have been made against Owner on account of Contractor's performance or furnishing
of the Work, (ii) Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has
delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such
Liens, (iii) there are other items entitling Owner to a set-off against the amount recommended, or
(iv) Owner has actual knowledge of any of the events described in this paragraph. The Owner
shall give Contractor immediate notice of refusal to pay with a copy to the Engineer, stating the
reasons for such actions, and the Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld,
or any adjustment thereto agreed to by Owner and Contractor, when Contractor corrects to
Owner's satisfaction the reasons for such action.
14.4 PARTIAL UTILIZATION
Use by Owner at Owner's option of any substantially completed part of the Work which (i) has
specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) Owner, Engineer and Contractor
5ectionIII.doc 33 Revised: 9/26/2007
Section III - General Conditions
agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by Owner
for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the
remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Final Completion of all the Work subject
to the following:
Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit Owner to use any such part of the
Work which Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If
Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor will certify to
Owner and Engineer that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request Engineer to
issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Contractor at any time
may notify Owner and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work
ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate
of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such
request, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to
determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be
substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner and Contractor in writing giving the reasons
therefore. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions
of the articles for Substantial Completion and Partial Utilization will apply with respect to
certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility
in respect thereof and access thereto.
14.5 FINAL INSPECTION
Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is
coriiplete, Engineer will make a final inspection with Owner and Contractor and will notify
Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is
incomplete or defective. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to
complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies.
14.5 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
After Contractor has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of Engineer and has
delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions,
schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance required by the
paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, certificates of inspection, marked-up record documents as
may be required in the Contract Documents and other documents, Contractor may make
application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final
Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (I) all
documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of
insurance required by paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, (ii) consent of the surety, if any or if
necessary, to final payment, and (iii) complete and legally effective releases or waivers
(satisfactory to Owner) of all Liens arising out of or filed in connection with the Work. In lieu of
such releases or waivers of Liens and as approved by Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts or
releases in full and an affidavit of Contractor that: (i) the releases and receipts include all labor,
services, material and equipment for which a Lien could be filed, and (ii) all payrolls, material
and equipment bills and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which Owner or
Owner's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any
Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, Contractor may furnish
a Bond or other collateral satisfactory to Owner to indemnify Owner against any Lien.
Sectionlll,doc 34 Revised: 9/26/2007
Section III - General Conditions
Prior to application for final payment, Contractor shall clean and remove from the premises all
surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, and temporary structures, and shall restore in an
acceptable manner all property, both public and private, which has been damaged during the
prosecution of the Work, and shall leave the Work in a neat and presentable condition.
14.7 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE
If through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if
Engineer so confirms, Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's final Application for payment
and recommendation of Engineer, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the
balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance
to be held by Owner for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage
stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph for
Bonds and Insurance, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that
portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Engineer
with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and
conditions governing final payment, except that such payment shall not constitute a waiver of
claims.
If on the basis of Engineer's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection,
and Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation,
all as required by the Contract Documents, Engineer is satisfied that the Work has been
completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled,
Engineer will indicate in writing his recommendation of payment and present the Application to
Owner for payment. Thereupon Engineer will give written notice to Owner and Contractor that
the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of this article. Otherwise, Engineer will return
the Application to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final
payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the
Application. If the Application and accompanying documentation are appropriate as to form and
substance, Owner shall, within sixty-five days after receipt thereof pay contractor the amount
recommended by Engineer.
14.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS
The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: a waiver of all claims by Owner
against Contractor, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing
after final inspection, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any
special guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor's continuing obligations under the
Contract Documents; and a waiver of all claims by Contractor against Owner other than those
previously made in writing and still unsettled.
15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION
15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK
At any time and without cause, Engineer may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a
period of not more than ninety days by notice in writing to Contractor, which will fix the date on
which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor
shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or
Sectionlll.doc 35 Revised: 9/26/2007
Section III - General Conditions
both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes an approved claim
therefore as provided in the articles for Change of Contract Price and Change of Contract Time.
15.2 OWNER MAY TERMINATE
Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events; if Contractor persistently fails
to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to,
failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere
to the progress schedule as adjusted from time to time);
if Contractor disregards Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction;
.if Contractor disregards the authority of Engineer;
if Contractor otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract
Documents; or if the Work to be done under this Contract is abandoned, or if this
Contract or any part thereof is sublet, without the previous written consent of Owner, or
if the Contract or any claim thereunder is assigned by Contractor otherwise than as
herein specified, or at any time Engineer certifies in writing to Owner that the rate of
progress of the Work or any part thereof is unsatisfactory or that the work or any part
thereof is unnecessarily or unreasonably delayed.
Owner may, after giving Contractor (and the surety, if any), seven days' written notice and, to the
extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of Contractor, exclude
Contractor from the site and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools,
appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent
they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion),
incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which Owner has
paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as Owner may deem
expedient. In such case Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the
Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and
damages sustained by Owner arising out of or resulting from completing the Work such excess
will be paid to Contractor.
If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the
difference to Owner. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by Owner will be reviewed
by Engineer as to their reasonableness and when so approved by Engineer incorporated in a
Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph Owner
shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed.
Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by Owner, the termination will not affect
any rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue.
Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by Owner will not release Contractor from
liability.
Upon seven days' written notice to Contractor and Engineer, Owner may, without cause and
without prejudice to any other right or remedy of Owner, elect to terminate the Agreement. In
such case, Contractor shall be paid (without duplication of any items):
for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract
Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable
sums for overhead and profit on such Work;
SectionIII.doc 36 Revised: 9/26/2007
Section III - General Conditions
for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services
and filrnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in
connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and
profit on such expenses;
for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts
with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and for reasonable expenses directly
attributable to termination.
Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other
economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination.
15.3 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE
If, through, no act or fault of Contractor, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety
days by Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or Engineer fails to act on
any Application for Payment within sixty days after it is submitted or Owner fails for sixty days
to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven days'
written notice to Owner and Engineer, and provided Owner or Engineer do not remedy such
suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from Owner
payment on the same terms as provided in the article for Owner May Terminate. However, if the
Work is suspended under an order of court through no fault of the Owner, the Contractor shall
not be entitled to payment except as the Court may direct. In lieu of terminating the Agreement
and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Engineer has failed to act on an
Application for Payment within thirty days after it is submitted, or Owner has failed for thirty
days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may upon seven day's
written notice to Owner and Engineer stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due
Contractor. The provisions of this article are not intended to preclude Contractor from making
claim under paragraphs for Change of Contract Price or Change of Contract Time or otherwise
for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's stopping Work as permitted by this
article.
16 DISPUTE RESOLUTION
If and to the extent that Owner and Contractor have agreed on the method and procedure for
resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreement, such dispute resolution
method and procedure will proceed. If no such agreement on the method and procedure for
resolving such disputes has been reached, subject to the provisions of the article for Decisions on
Disputes, Owner and Contractor may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise
have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute
provided, however, that nothing herein shall require a dispute to be submitted to binding
arbitration.
17 MISCELLANEOUS
17.1 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS
The form of all submittals, notices, change orders and other documents permitted or required to
be used or transmitted under the Contract Documents shall be determined by the Engineer
subject to the approval of the Owner.
SectionIII.doc 37 Revised: 9/26/2007
Section III - General Conditions
17.2 GIVING NOTICE
Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, notice
will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member
of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered or sent by
registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of
the notice.
17.3 NOTICE OF CLAIM
Should Owner or Contractor suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error,
omission or any act of the other party or of any of the other party's officers, employees or agents
or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to the
other party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The
provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the
provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose.
17.4 PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED
Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and damages," the phrase shall include in
each case, but not be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other
professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs.
17.5 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT
The Contractor shall not assign this contract or any part thereof or any rights thereunder without
the approval of the Owner, nor without the consent of surety unless the surety has waived its
rights to notice of assignment.
17.6 RENEWAL OPTION
R
4
b
-
it
ti
t
bid
i
fl
h 4 the sole dissfetion 4 the Gi
d ad m ust he
enewa
s
e
i-q-
fle
a
en
e
.
av ",
e a
ma a
anee Af th
t
f
d
4
h
ti
f
9
1; &AA
Ceti ar
ter-
Fmieed b
1
21
alke,
11 ,
We
ae
efy per-
ofm
an
-
e sa
s
-1 .
-
-
-
-
a
y
e -
5ectionlll.doc 38 Revised: 9/26/2007
SECTION 111-A
SUPPLEMENTAL
CONDITIONS
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL, AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
SECTION IIIA
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
1. FDOT SPECIFICATIONS:
The Florida Department of Transportation (FDOT) "Standard Specifications for
Road and Bridge Construction" - 2007 are hereby included by reference, are
complementary, and govern similar City of Clearwater Technical Specifications. In all
articles of said specifications, change references to "Department' or "FDOT' to read
"CITY', except where reference is made to the FDOT Qualified Products List (QPL).
For all items referenced therein, use the appropriate English units of measurement and
corresponding pay items. It should be noted that references to Index Numbers within
Article 33 of the City of Clearwater Technical Specifications are referring to the FDOT
"Design Standards," AVAILABLE AT THE FDOT WEBSITE
hILtp://www.dot.state.fl.us/rddesiwVrd/RTDS/08/2008Standards.
Note: Should a discrepancy occur between FDOT specifications and City of
Clearwater specifications, FDOT specification requirements shall govern.
2. FEDERAL AID REQUIREMENTS:
This is a Federal Aid project, and the following FHWA items and associated FDOT
specifications are emphasized:
Annual audits will be performed as long as the project is in process. These audits are to
comply with section 5.04 of the LAP Agreement.
Bonding and prequalification, 23 CFR 635.110 - (Code of Federal Regulations)
Buy America, section 6-12.2
Change Orders, 23 CFR 635.410
Participation in contract claim awards and settlements, 23 CFR 635.124
Contractor Purchased Equipment for state or local ownership will not be allowed nor
reimbursed per the requirements of 23 CFR 140, 49 CFR 18.3
Persons who are debarred or suspended from participating in federal financial or non-
financial assistance benefits under federal programs and activities shall be excluded
from this contract. The CONTRACTOR shall provide certification per 49 CFR 29 (see
Appendix A).
Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE), comply with FDOT's DBE Program Plan
with a race neutral goal of 8.1 %. DBE's must be certified under the Florida Unified
Section_I I IA_Supplem ental.doc
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2)
(04-0042=EN)
Certification Program Directory (hfto://www.bipincwebapI)s.com/biznetflorida/). Refer to
Appendix E - Special Provision DBE
Equal Employment Opportunity, section 7-1.1 and Executive Order 11246 (available at
the FDOT website URL=http://www.dot.state.fl.us/specifications office/federal/deo11246.pfd).
Equipment Rental Rates, section 8-2.
Foreign Contractor and Supplier Restriction, section 6-12.2.
Local hiring preference in accordance with 23 CFR 635.117, paragraph (2) Indian
preference does not apply to this contract.
FHWA-1273 (included within these Supplementary Conditions)
Liquidated damages, 23 CFR 635.127
Conform to requirements of 49 CFR 20 regarding the use of payments received for work
performed in this contract (complete and submit Disclosure of Lobbying Activities
certification on Federal-Aid projects form included within these Supplementary
Conditions)
Avoid using suppliers of goods and services of countries that deny market access to US
Contractors, in accordance with 49 CFR 30.
Bid solicitation for this project conforms to 23 CFR 112. It is understood that no
addendum will be issued nor shall project work begin without prior authorization from
the FDOT District LAP Administrator. Also, the following non collusion provision is to be
adhered to:
Each bidder shall file a statement executed by, or on behalf of the person, firm,
association or corporation submitting the bid certifying that such person, firm
association or corporation has not, either directly or indirectly, entered into any
agreement, participated in any collusion, or otherwise taken any action, in
restraint of free competitive bidding in connection with the submitted bid. Failure
to submit the executed statement as part of the bidding documents will make the
bid non responsive and not eligible for award consideration.
Owner Force Account / Cost Effective Justification, 23 CFR 635B under 635.205
Direct or indirect payment for any premium or royalty of patented or proprietary material,
specification or process set forth in project plans and specifications will only be made in
accordance with 23 CFR 635.411
Prevailing Minimum Wage, section 7-16 is expanded by the following: for this contract,
payment of predetermined minimum wages applies. Obtain the applicable General
Decision (Wage tables) through the FDOT website and ensure that employees receive
Section _111A Supplemental-doc
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES I & 2) (04-0042-EN)
the minimum wages applicable. Review the General Decisions for all classifications
necessary to complete the project. Request additional classifications through the
Engineer's office when needed. When multiple wage tables are assigned to a Contract,
general guidance of their use and examples of construction applicability is available on
the FDOT website. Contact the FDOT's Wage Rate Coordinator before bidding if there
are still questions concerning the applicability of multiple wage tables. The URL for
obtaining the Wage Rate Decisions is www.dot.state.fl.us/construction/wacie.htm. or
www.wdol.gov/. Contact the FDOT's Wage Rate Coordinator at (850) 414-4251 if the
FDOT website cannot be accessed or there are questions.
Progress Payments, 23 CFR 635.122
Prohibition against Convict Produced materials, section 6-12.1.
The project contract will be advertised for bid in accordance with 23 CFR 635.112 (e);
no public agency shall be permitted to bid in competition or to enter into subcontracts
with private contractors.
Use of publicly-owned equipment is not allowed in this contract unless it conforms to the
exception criteria in 23 CFR 635.106
Records Retention, 49 CFR 18.42
In accordance with 49 CFR 18.36, salvage credits will not be allowed in this contract.
The Standardized Changed Conditions per 23 CFR 635.109 apply to this contract.
Per 23 CFR 635.409, preferences for state and local materials will not be allowed in this
contract.
Subcontracting, 23 CFR 635.116
Termination of contract, 23 CFR 635.125
Time extensions, 23 CFR 635.121
3. PERMITS:
The following permits are will be provided to the Contractor at the time of the pre-
construction conference:
Southwest Florida Water Management District, Environmental Resource General
Permit, Permit Not Required, Inquiry Number: EX4522
FDOT Utility Permit No:#2008-H-799-204 (Water Fountain); Utility Permit
No:#2008-H-799-201 (6" PVC Conduit); and Special Use permit No.:#2008-K-
799-49.
CSX Railroad permits pending review
Section-1 I IA_suppl em ental.doc
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2)
(04-0042-EN)
FDEP - Public Water Supply Distribution System Extension, Not Required, per
Rule 62-555.314, FAC.
The Contractor is responsible for obtaining any necessary National Pollutant and
Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permits.
4. AS-BUILT & RECORD CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS:
The Contractor is to provide line, grade and record drawings per Article 2 of Section IV,
Technical Specifications and As-built drawing requirements contained in Article 6.11 of
Section III, General Conditions.
Section_I I IA_Supplem ental.doc
SECTION IV
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
BEACH CONNECTORTRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
SECTION IV
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Table of Contents:
SECTION IV .................................................................................................................................. i
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ............................................................................................. .. i
1 SCOPE OF WORK ...........................................................................................................1
1.1 SCOPE DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................. 1
1.2 SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS .......................................................................... 5
1.3 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST .................................................................................. 8
2 LINE, GRADE AND RECORD DRAWINGS .............................................................. 10
2.1 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR ............. 10
2.2 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CITY ............................... 10
3 DEFINITION OF TERMS ............................................................................................. 10
4 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK ...............................................................11
5 EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK .........................................................11
6 CONCRETE .................................................................................................................... 12
7 EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK ........................................ 13
7.1 EXCAVATION .............................................................................................................. 13
7.2 FORMS ......................................................................................................................... 13
8 REINFORCEMENT ....................................................................................................... 13
8.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 13
9 OBSTRUCTIONS ........................................................................................................... 13
10 RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS
AND STREET PAVEMENT .......................................................................................... 14
11 WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS ................................................................ 14
12 DEWATERING ............................................................................................................... 15
13 SANITARY MANHOLES .............................................................................................. 15
13.1 BUILT UP TYPE .......................................................................................................... 15
13.2 PRECAST TYPE .......................................................................................................... 16
13.2.1 MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS) ........................................ 16
13.3 DROP MANHOLES ..................................................................................................... 17
13.4 FRAMES AND COVERS ............................................................................................ 17
13.5 MANHOLE COATINGS .............................................................................................. 17
13.6 CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES ............................................................................. 17
14 BACKFILL ...................................................................................................................... 17
15 STREET CROSSINGS, ETC ........................................................................................ 18
SectionIV.doc i Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
16 RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER, STORM DRAINAGE
STRUCTURES ................................................................................................................ 18
16.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 18
17 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL ..................................................................... 18
17.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 18
17.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 18
18 UNDERDRAINS ............................................................................................................. 19
18.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 19
18.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 19
19 STORM SEWERS ............................... ....................................................................... 19
19.1 AS BUILT INFORMATION ......................................................................................... 20
19.2 TESTING ...................................................................................................................... 20
19.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 20
20 SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS .............................................................. 20
20.1 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................ 20
20.1.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE ........................................................................................ 20
20.1.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE ............................................................................................. 21
20.2 INSTALLATION .......................................................................................................... 21
20.2.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE ........................................................................................ 21
20.2.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE ............................................................................................. 22
20.3 AS BUILT DRAWINGS ............................................................................................... 22
20.4 TESTING ...................................................................................................................... 22
20.4.1 TESTING OF GRAVITYSEWERS ........................................................................ 22
20.4.2 TESTING OF FORCE MAINS .............................................................................. 22
20.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 22
20.5.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE ........................................................................................ 22
20.5.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE ............................................................................................. 23
21 DRAINAGE ..................................................................................................................... 23
22 ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE .......................................................................... 23
22.1 BASE ............................................................................................................................ 23
22.1.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE ................... 25
22.1.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE ............................... 25
22.2 SUBGRADE ................................................................................................................. 25
22.2.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ................................................................................ 25
22.2.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ............................................................................................ 25
23 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS ................................................................... 26
23.1 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE ........................................................................................... 26
23.1.1 AGGREGATE ........................................................................................................ 26
23.1.2 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS ................................................................................. 26
23.2 HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT &
QUALITY ASSURANCE ............................................................................................ 26
SectionIV.doc ii Revised: 5/11/2 005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
23.3 ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES .................................................................... 27
23.4 ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS ............................... 27
23.5 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS .................................................... 28
23.6 CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION .............................................................. 28
23.6.1 CRACKS ................................................................................................................ 28
23.6.2 POTHOLES ........................................................................................................... 28
23.7 ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES ............................................................................... 28
23.8 ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS ............................................................ 29
23.9 SUPERPAVE ASPHALTIC CONCRETE .................................................................... 30
23.10 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 30
23.11 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 30
24 ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT .................................. 30
25 GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS .............................................................. 31
25.1 IRRIGATION ................................................................................................................ 31
25. 1.1 DESCRIPTION ..................................................................................................... 31
25.1.2 PRODUCTS .......................................................................................................... 33
25.1.3 EXECUTION ......................................................................................................... 37
25.2 LANDSCAPE ............................................................................................................... 40
25.2.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................. 40
25.2.2 PRODUCTS .......................................................................................................... 45
25.2.3 EXECUTION ......................................................................................................... 49
26 HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING ................................................... 55
26.1 INTENT ........................................................................................................................ 55
26.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY ........................ 56
26.3 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................ 56
26.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION ................................................................... 57
26.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION ....................................................................................... 57
26.6 LINER INSTALLATION ............................................................................................. 57
26.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION ..................................................................................... 57
26.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION ....................................................................................... 58
26.9 PAYMENT .................................................................................................................... 58
27 PLANT MIX DRIVEWAYS ........................................................................................... 58
27.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 58
27.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 58
28 REPORTING OF TONNAGE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS ................................ 58
29 CONCRETE CURBS ..................................................................................................... 59
29.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 59
29.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 59
30 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS ......................................................... 59
30.1 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS .......................................................................................... 59
30.2 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS ......................................................................................... 59
30.3 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 60
SectionIV.doc iii Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
30.4 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 60
31 SODDING ........................................................................................................................ 60
32 SEEDING ........................................................................................................................: 60
33 STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM
STRUCTURES ................................................................................................................ 61
33.1 BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES ................................................................................ 61
33.2 PRECAST TYPE .......................................................................................................... 61
33.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 62
34 MATERIAL USED ......................................................................................................... 62
35 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ...................................... 62
36 STREET SIGNS .............................................................................................................. 62
37 AUDIO/VIDEO TAPE OF WORK AREAS ................................................................. 62
37.1 AUDIONIDEO TAPE OF WORK AREA SHALL BE PREPARED BY THE CITY 62
37.2 AUDIONIDEO TAPE OF ALL WORK AREAS SHALL BE PREPARED BY THE
CONTRACTOR ........................................................................................................... 62
3 7.2.1 CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE A UDIO/VIDEO TAPE ......................................... 62
37.2.2 SCHEDULING OFAUDIO/VIDEO TAPE ........................................................... 62
37.2.3 PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS ................................................................. 63
37.2.4 EQUIPMENT ........................................................................................................ 63
37.2.5 RECORDED INFORMATION, AUDIO ................................................................ 63
3 7.2.6 RECORDED INFORMATION VIDEO ................................................................. 63
37.2.7 VIEWER ORIENTATION ...................................................................................... 63
37.2.8 LIGHTING ............................................................................................................ 64
37.2.9 SPEED OF TRAVEL ............................................................................................. 64
37.2.10 VIDEO LOG/INDEX ............................................................................................. 64
37.2.11 AREA OF COVERAGE ......................................................................................... 64
3 7.2.12 COSTS OF VIDEO SER VICES ............................................................................. 64
38 EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL ................................................................... 64
38.1 STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS ................................................................. 64
38.2 PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES ............................. 65
38.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS .................................... 65
38.4 SEDIMENT TRAPPING MEASURES ........................................................................ 65
38.5 SEDIMENTATION BASINS ....................................................................................... 65
38.6 WORKING IN OR CROSSING WATERWAYS OR WATERBODIES ...................... 65
38.7 SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS .................................................................... 66
38.8 UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION ....................................................... 66
38.9 MAINTENANCE ......................................................................................................... 66
38.10 COMPLIANCE ............................................................................................................. 66
39 UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING ................................................................. 69
40 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE .................... 69
41 WATER MAINS AND APPURTENANCES ................................................................ 70
SectionIV.doc iv Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
(04-0042-EN)
41.1 SCOPE .......................................................................................................................... 70
41.2 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................ 70
41.2.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................. 70
41.2.2 PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS ..................................................................... 70
41.2.3 GATE VALVES ...................................................................................................... 72
41.2.4 VALVE BOXES ...................................................................................................... 72
41.2.5 HYDRANTS ........................................................................................................... 72
41.2.6 SERVICE SADDLES ............................................................................................. 73
41.2.7 TESTS, INSPECTIONAND REPAIRS .................................................................. 74
41.2.8 BACKFLOWPREVENTERS ................................................................................ 74
41.2.9 TAPPING SLEEVES ............................................................................................. 75
41.2.10 BLOW OFF HYDRANTS ...................................................................................... 75
41.3 CONSTRUCTION .................................................... _ _.................................-......... 75
41.3.1 MATERIAL HANDLING ....................................................................................... 75
41.3.2 PIPE LAYING ....................................................................................................... 75
41.3.3 SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS ......................................... 77
41.3.4 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES ............................................................... 77
41.4 TESTS ........................................................................................................................... 78
41.4.1 HYDROSTATIC TESTS ......................................................................................... 78
41.4.2 NOTICE OF TEST ................................................................................................ 78
41.5 STERILIZATION ......................................................................................................... 78
41.5.1 STERILIZING AGENT .......................................................................................... 78
41.5.2 FLUSHING SYSTEM ............................................................................................ 78
41.5.3 STERILIZATION PROCED URE .......................................................................... 78
41.5.4 RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS ............................................................................ 78
41.5.5 BACTERIAL TESTS .............................................................................................. 79
41.6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ........................................................................... 79
41.61 GENERAL ............................................................................................................. 79
41.62 FURNISHAND INSTALL WATER MAINS ........................................................... 80
41.6.3 FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS ................................................................... 80
41.6.4 FURNISII AND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES AND
CO VERS ................................................................................................................ 80
41.65 FURNISHAND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS ....................................................... 80
42 GAS SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS .............................................................................. 81
43 TENNIS COURTS .......................................................................................................... 81
43.1 PAVED TENNIS COURTS .......................................................................................... 81
43.1.1 SOIL TREATMENTS ............................................................................................. 81
43.1.2 BASE COURSE ..................................................................................................... 81
43.1.3 PRIME COAT ....................................................................................................... 81
43.1.4 LEVELING COURSE ............................................................................................ 81
43.1.5 SURFACE COURSE ............................................................................................. 81
43.1.6 COLOR COAT ...................................................................................................... 82
43.2 CLAY TENNIS COURTS ............................................................................................ 83
43.2.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................. 83
43.2.2 SITE PREPARATION ............................................................................................ 84
43.2.3 SLOPE ..................................................................................................................84
SectionIV,doc V Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
43.2.4 BASE CONSTRUCTION ....................................................................................... 85
43.2.5 PERIMETER CURBING ....................................................................................... 85
43.2.6 SURFACE COURSE ............................................................................................. 85
43.2.7 ROOT BARRIER ................................................................................................... 85
43.2.8 FENCING ............................................................................................................ 86
43.2.9 WINDSCREENS .................................................................................................... 86
43.2.10 COURTEQUIPMENT .......................................................................................... 86
43.2.11 SHADE STRUCTURE ........................................................................................... 88
43.2.12 WATER SOURCE (Potable) .................................................................................. 88
43.2.13 CONCRETE .......................................................................................................... 88
43.2.14 EXISTING SPORT TENNIS CO URT LIGHTING ................................................. 88
43.2.15 WATER COOLER .................................................................................................. 89
43.2.16 DEMONSTRATION ........................................................... .................................. 89
43.2.17 WARRANTY ........................................................................................................... 89
44 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL ......................................................................... 90
44.1 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL ......... 90
44.2 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN .............................................................. 90
44.2.1 WORK ZONE SAFETY ......................................................................................... 90
44.3 ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES ....................................................................... 91
44.3.1 ALL ROADWAYS ................................................................................................... 91
44.3.2 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL COLLECTORS ................. 91
44.33 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS......................................................... 91
44.3.4 MAJOR ARTERIALS ............................................................................................. 91
44.4 APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN...... ................ ......... ... 92
44.5 INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION .................... 92
44.6 PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL ............................................. 92
44.7 CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR............ 92
45 CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE LINING .............................................................................. 93
45.1 INTENT ........................................................................................................................ 93
45.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTORANSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY ........................ 93
45.3 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................ 93
45.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION ................................................................... 93
45.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION. ........ w.w ........................................................................... 94
45.6 LINER INSTALLATION ............................................................................................. 94
45.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION ..................................................................................... 94
45.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION ....................................................................................... 94
45.9 PAYMENT .................................................................................................................... 95
46 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYETHYLENE SLIPLINING ..................................... 95
46.1 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................ 95
461.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS ........................................................................................... 95
461.2 QUALITYCONTROL ........................................................................................... 95
461.3 SAMPLES ...........................................................................:.................................. 95
461.4 REJECTION .......................................................................................................... 96
46.2 PIPE DIMENSIONS ..................................................................................................... 96
46.3 CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES ................................................................................. 96
SectionIV.doc A Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
463.1 HANDLING OF PIPE ........................................................................................... 96
463.2 REPAIR OF DAMAGED SECTIONS ................................................................... . 96
46 3.3 PIPE JOINING .................................................................................................... . 96
463.4 HANDLING OF FUSED PIPE ............................................................................. 96
46.4 SLIPLINING PROCEDURE ...................................................................................... .. 96
464.1 PIPE REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS ...................................................... 96
464.2 CLEANING AND INSPECTION ........................................................................... 97
464.3 INSERTION SHAFT AND EXCAVATIONS .......................................................... 97
464.4 INSERTION OF THE LINER ................................................................................ 97
464.5 CONFIRMATION OF PIPE SIZES ...................................................................... 98
464.6 UNDERDRAIN CONNECTIONS IF REQUIRED ................................................ 98
464.7 BACKFILLING ..................................................................................................... 98
464.8 POINT REPAIR .................................................................................................... . 98
46.4.9 CLEAN UP OPERATIONS ................................................................................... 98
47 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYVINYL CHLORIDE RIBBED PIPE ...................... 98
47.1 SCOPE ........................................................................................................................ .. 98
47.2 MATERIALS .............................................................................................................. .. 99
47.3 PIPE ............................................................................................................................ .. 99
47.4 JOINING SYSTEM .................................................................................................... .. 99
47.5 FITTINGS ................................................................................................................... ..99
48 GUNITE SPECIFICATIONS ...................................................................................... .. 99
48.1 PRESSURE INJECTED GROUT .............................................................................. .. 99
48.2 REHABILITATION OF CORRUGATED METAL PIPE WITH GUNITE ............... .. 99
48.3 COMPOSITION ......................................................................................................... 100
48.4 STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................ 100
48:5 MATERIALS .............................................................................................................. 100
48.6 WATER ....................................................................................................................... 100
48.7 REINFORCEMENT ................................................................................................... 100
48.8 STORAGE OF MATERIALS .................•................................................................... 101
48.9 SURFACE PREPARATION ....................................................................................... 101
48.10 PROPORTIONING ..................................................................................................... 101
48.11 MIXING ...................................................................................................................... 101
48.12 APPLICATION ........................................................................................................... 102
48.13 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS ....................................................................................... 102
48.14 SURFACE FINISH ..................................................................................................... 102
48.15 CURING ..................................................................................................................... 103
48.16 ADJACENT SURFACE PROTECTION ................................................................... 103
48.17 INSPECTION ............................................................................................................. 103
48.18 EQUIPMENT ............................................................................................................. 103
49 SANITARY AND STORM MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION ......................... 104
49.1 SCOPE AND INTENT ............................................................................................... 104
49.2 PAYMENT .................................................................................................................. 104
49.3 FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS .......................................................................... 104
49.3.1 MATERIALS ........................................................................................................ 104
49.3.2 INSTALLATIONAND EXECUTION .................................................................. 105
5ectionlV.doc vii Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section 1V - Technical Specifications
49.4 STRONG SEAL MS-2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM .............................................. 105
49.4.1 MATERIALS ........................................................................................................ 106
49.5 INFILTRATION CONTROL ...................................................................................... 106
49.6 GROUTING MIX ....................................................................................................... 106
49.7 LINER MIX ................................................................................................................ 106
49.8 WATER ....................................................................................................................... 107
49.9 OTHER MATERIALS ................................................................................................ 107
49.10 EQUIPMENT ............................................................................................................. 107
49.11 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION ....................................................................... 108
49.11.1 PREPARATION ................................................................................................... 108
49.11.2 MIXING ............................................................................................................... 108
49.11.3 SPRAYING .......................................................................................................... 108
49.11.4 PRODUCTTESTING ......................................................................................... 109
49.11.5 CURING .............................................................................................................. 109
49.11.6 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE ...................................................... 109
49.12 INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM ....... 109
49.12.1 SCOPE ................................................................................................................ 109
49.12.2 MATERIALS ........................................................................................................ 109
49.12.3 INSTALLATIONAND EXECUTION .................................................................. .112
50 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS .......................................................................... .114
50.1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE ............................................................................................ .114
50.2 TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE ............................................... .114
50.3 FIXED SIGN .............................................................................................................. .114
50.4 PORTABLE SIGNS .................................................................................................... .114
50.5 SIGN COLORING ...................................................................................................... .114
50.6 SIGN PLACEMENT ...................................................................................................115
50.7 SIGN MAINTENANCE ..............................................................................................115
50.8 TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN .........................................................................................115
51 IN-LINE SKATING SURFACING SYSTEM .............................................................115
51.1 SCOPE .........................................................................................................................115
51.2 SURFACE PREPARATIONS ......................................................................................116
51.2.1 ASPHALT ............................................................................................................ .116
51.2.2 CONCRETE .........................................................................................................116
51.2.3 COURT PATCHBINDER MIX ........................................................................... .116
51.3 APPLICATION OF ACRYLIC FILLER COAT ........................................................ ..116
51.4 APPLICATION OF FORTIFIED PLEXIPAVE ......................................................... ..116
51.5 PLEXIFLOR APPLICATION ................................................................................... ..117
51.6 PLAYING LINES ...................................................................................................... ..117
51.7 GENERAL ................................................................................................................. ..117
51.8 LIMITATIONS ........................................................................................................... ..117
52 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION ........................ ..118
52.1 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION PERFORMED BY CITY .......................................... ..118
52.2 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION PERFORMED BY CONTRACTOR ........................ ..118
53 GABIONS AND MATTRESSES ..................................................................................119
SectionlV.doc viii Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
53.1 MATERIAL ......................................................................
53.1.1 GABIONAND RENO MATTRESS MATERIAL........
53.1.2 GABIONAND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL:....
53.1.3 MATTRESS WIRE .....................................................
53.1.4 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC .............................................
53.2 PERFORMANCE .............................................................
(04-0042-EN)
...........................................119
...........................................119
.......................................... 122
.......................................... 122
.......................................... 122
.......................................... 122
54 LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS ..........................................................123
54.1 SCOPE ........................................................................................................................ 123
54.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK ........................................................................................ 124
54.3 WORK METHODS .................................................................................................... 124
54.3.1 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING ....................................................................... 124
54.3.2 DUTIES PER SERVICE VISIT ........................................................................... 124
54.4 LITTER ....................................................................................................................... 124
54.5 VISUAL CHECK ....................................................................................................... 124
54.6 PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING .......................................................... 124
54.7 PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY DATE, ETC.)..... 125
54.8 DEBRIS REMOVAL .................................................................................................. 125
54.9 TRAFFIC CONTROL ................................................................................................ 125
54.10 PEDESTRIAN SAFETY ............................................................................................ 125
54.11 PLANT FERTILIZATION .......................................................................................... 125
54.12 WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA ......................................................... 125
54.13 MULCH CONDITION ............................................................................................... 125
54.14 IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR .................................................................... 126
54.15 LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL ..................................................... 126
54.16 PALM FERTILIZATION ............................................................................................ 126
54.17 FREEZE PROTECTION ............................................................................................ 126
54.18 LEVEL OF SERVICE ................................................................................................. 126
54.19 COMPLETION OF WORK ....................................................................................... 126
54.20 INSPECTION AND APPROVAL .............................................................................. 127
54.21 SPECIAL CONDITIONS ........................................................................................... 127
55 MILLING OPERATIONS ...........................................................................................127
55.1 EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE ...................................... 127
55.2 ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS .......................................................... 127
55.3 SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS ................................................................................. 128
55.4 DISPOSABLE MATERIALS ..................................................................................... 128
55.5 ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES .................. 128
55.6 ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES ............................................................ 129
55.7 TYPES OF MILLING ................................................................................................ 129
55.8 MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS .............................................................................. 129
55.9 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .................................................................................... 129
55.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT ............................................................................................... 129
56 CLEARING AND GRUBBING ................................................................................... 129
56.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .................................................................................... 130
56.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ............................................................................................... 130
SectionIV.doc ix Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
57 RIPRAP ......................................................................................................................... 130
57.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT .................................................................................... 130
57.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ............................................................................................... 130
58 TREATMENT PLANT SAFETY ................................................................................ 130
58.1 HAZARD POTENTIAL ............................................................................................. 130
58.2 REQUIRED CONTRACTOR TRAINING ................................................................ 131
59 TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS ........................................... 131
59.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ....................................................... 131
60 SIGNING AND MARKING ......................................................................................... 131
60.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ....................................................... 132
61 ROADWAY LIGHTING .............................................................................................. 132
61.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ....................................................... 132
62 TREE PROTECTION .................................................................................................. 132
62.1 TREE BARRICADES ................................................................................................ 132
62.2 ROOT PRUNING ....................................................................................................... 133
62.3 PROPER TREE PRUNING ........................................................................................ 134
63 PROJECT WEB PAGES .............................................................................................. 134
63.1 WEB PAGES DESIGN ............................................................................................... 134
63.2 WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES ..................................................................... 135
63.3 THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE ....................................................... 135
63.4 MAPS AND GRAPHICS ........................................................................................... 135
63.5 INTERACTIVE FORMS ........................................................................................... 135
63.6 POSTING .................................................................................................................... 135
63.7 WEB PAGES UPDATES ............................................................................................ 135
SectionIV.doc x Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
SCOPE OF WORK
1.1 SCOPE DESCRIPTION
Project Name: BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2)
Project Number: 04-0042-EN
SCOPE OF WORK - Construction of a fifteen (15) foot wide asphalt trail with concrete header
curb along the Memorial Causeway for approximately 4,780 feet and eight (8) foot wide
asphalt/concrete walk along Bay Avenue and Turner Street for approximately 2,200 feet.
Construction of trail amenities, associated drainage facilities and adjustment/relocation of
existing utilities to accommodate the walkway alignment.
BUILDING PERMITS -- The Contractor shall obtain a City of Clearwater Clearing and
Grubbing permit prior to construction commencement. Applications for the permit shall be
coordinated by the Contractor and submitted as soon as possible after the award of contract
so that the permit may be obtained as soon as possible. Necessary drawings will be provided
for the Contractor's use.
CLEARING & GRUBBING- Clearing and Grubbing shall include, but is not limited to,
cutting, chipping, removing and disposing of small trees less than 6-inch diameter, stumps,
brush hedges, roots, corduroy, logs, matted roots, other vegetation and debris, the stripping
and removing of existing ground cover and organic material for all construction, also the
protection of plant life, existing structures and improvements not designated for removal,
also the relocation of mail boxes, also the backfill, backfilling of holes. Excess fill dirt shall
be stored off site for future use by the City. Off site location for excess fill disposal will be
determined at the pre-construction conference.
PAVEMENT - Base and asphalt areas which are inaccessible to a roller (curbs, manholes, etc.)
shall be compacted by power driven tamps. All pavement asphalt shall be constructed in one
layer. The finished surface shall be uniform texture and compacted. Asphalt to be type SP
Structural Course (Traffic A).
TRAFFIC AND ACCESS CONTROL - The Contractor must provide traffic control in an
acceptable manner for pedestrian traffic to move around the work areas. The Contractor is to
take any and every necessary effort to protect the safety of the work, workmen and general
public from harm. The Contractor shall submit a traffic control plan to the City for approval
prior to construction commencement. The contractor shall be required to provide traffic
control in accordance with F.D.O.T. Roadway and Traffic Design Standards, January 2008 or
latest edition, and F.D.O.T. Standard Specifications for Roads and Bridges, January 2007 or
latest edition. Traffic Control procedures shall also be in compliance with the Manual on
Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) 2003 or latest edition.
SectionIV.doc Page 1 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
CERTIFIED WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR. - The City requires that
the Supervisor or Foreman controlling the work for the Contractor on the Project have a
current International Municipal Signal Association, Work Zone Traffic Control Safety
Certification or Worksite Traffic Supervisor Certification from the American Traffic Safety
Association with additional current Certification from the Florida Department of
Transportation. The Certified supervisor will be on the Project site at all times while work is
being conducted.
STORAGE AREAS - Storage/Staging of material is not permitted on site. Written permission
is required for use of private property for staging area.
CONTACT PERSON - The City designates the responsible City employee in charge of the
project to Project Manager, Mr. Ken Sides, 100 S. Myrtle Ave., Clearwater, FL 33758-4748,
(Phone) 727-562-4792.
SCHEDULE OF WORK, NOTICE TO PROCEED AND CONTRACT TIME - Notice to
proceed will be given to start work on the Beach Connector Trail and Walk (Phases 1& 2)
project upon execution of contract. Two Hundred and Forty Days (240) will be allowed
for construction.
RECORD DRAWINGS -- The Contractor shall provide a set of marked "record" construction
drawings and an electronic as-built survey of all work prior to final payment.
EROSION CONTROL - The Contractor will be required to place sediment traps, such as rock
bags around all curb inlets and hay/straw bales around all ditch bottom inlets within the
scope of the project and to maintain them until the project is completed. Silt fence shall be
placed along the right-of-way where roadway reconstruction is proposed within the scope of
the project and maintained until the project is completed. The Contractor is to perform all
construction activity so as to prevent soil erosion into adjacent roadways or drainage features
in accordance with City standards.
SOUTHWEST FLORIDA WATER MANAGEMENT DISTRICT PERMITS - This project
is exempt. Inquiry number: EX4522
CSX RAILROAD RIGHT-OF-WAY UTILIZATION PERMIT - This project is being
reviewed by CSX Railroad, their response is pending. Copies of the permit will be supplied to
the Contractor at the pre-construction conference.
SectionIV.doc Page 2 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES I & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
FDOT SPECIAL USE AND UTILITY PERMITS - This project is being reviewed by FDOT,
their response is pending. Copies of the permits will be supplied to the Contractor at the pre-
construction conference.
TREE REMOVAL AND BARRICADES - Trees shall not be removed unless specifically
tagged for removal by the Engineer. Tree barricade construction and maintenance will be the
responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor will be responsible to root prune existing
trees to remain in place either in advance of construction or in coordination with the
Contractor's work schedule.
VIDEO TAPE - Video taping of the construction area will be made by the Contractor prior to
start of construction.
PROJECT SIGN - The project signs shall be fixed and located at the following locations:
Fixed Si Locations
Along the Memorial Causeway (Phase 1)
At the north end of Bay Avenue (Beginning of Phase 2)
At the East end of Turner Street (End of Phase 2)
WORK ITEM PAYMENT - Work for which a specific pay item is not provided should be
included in the most appropriate pay item given.
OVERTIME INSPECTION - Note that the Engineering Division does not have sufficient
funding to allow for normal overtime inspection. If required, the Contractor will be charged
$40.00 per hour for construction inspection. Contractor is encouraged to do anything, which
requires immediate inspection during normal working hours. Contractor may work on items,
which do not require immediate inspection at his discretion.
UNDERGROUND UTILITIES - All underground utilities shall be located by the Contractor
prior to construction. Relocation and Installation of new utilities, if necessary, will be by
others.
ABOVEGROUND UTILITIES --- Progress Energy and Verizon will be required to
relocate/remove utility poles at the following four (5) locations:
Progress Engg
Station 176+52 (Relocate guy anchor pole) - Bay Avenue
Station 192+70 (Remove temporary service pole) - Turner Street
Station 194+79 (Relocate anchor pole w/2 service wires) - Turner Street
Station 197+24 (Remove service pole) - Turner Street
Sectioniv.doc Page 3 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV -- Technical Specifications
Verizon
Station 180+56 (Relocate guy anchor) - Bay Avenue
ARMOR TILE CERTIFICATION - The Contractor is required to provide proof of
certification from the manufacturer to install Armor-Tile Detectable Warning Surface Tile at the
time of the bid submittal or presenting it after contract award.
CSX RAILROAD INSURNACE - The Contractor will be required to carry additional
insurance in the amount of 5 million/10 million for work within the CSX railroad right-of-way
along East Avenue.
Insurance Policies.
Refer to Section III - General Conditions Sub Section 5.2.3 CSXT Railroad
SectionIV.doc Page 4 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
1.2 SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS
INLAID REFLECTORIZED THERMOPLASTIC PAVEMENT MARKING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
(04-0042-EN)
This Specification covers "DuraThcrm" Pre-cut Reflectorized Thermoplastic Pavement Marking
material for inlay into HMA primarily used in delineating pedestrian crosswalks, refer to FDOT
Qualified Products List Specification 523 Patterned/Textured Pavement
This work shall consist of placing, inlaying and heat bonding Pre-cut Reflectorized
Thermoplastic pavement marking material on a Plant-mix Asphalt surface which has been
imprinted with shallow depressions, such that the thermoplastic material is flush with the asphalt
surface, to replicate the design as shown on the plans or described in the supplemental
specifications, primarily to delineate a pedestrian cross-walk.
The thermoplastic markings shall be provided pre-cut in sizes to conform to the specified pattern,
widths and shapes.
The material shall be packaged in accordance with accepted commercial standards and, when
stored in a cool dry area indoors, shall be suitable for use for one year after the date of purchase.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
Pre-Cut Reflectorized Thermoplastic Pavement Marking Material
DuraTherm thermoplastic material manufactured by Integrated Paving Concepts, Inc.(tel. 800-
688-5652) or approved equal.
Composition
The thermoplastic material shall consist of a mixture of high quality polymeric materials,
pigments, and glass beads, with a reflective layer of glass beads bonded to the top surface.
Color
The white material shall be no darker or yellowier than 17778 of the Federal Standard Number
595a Colors. The yellow material shall conform to the FHWA Yellow Color Tolerance Chart.
SectionlV.doc Page 5 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
Frictional Resistance
The surface of the thermoplastic material shall provide an initial minimum skid resistance value
of 35 British Pendulum Number (BPN) when tested according to ASTM E-303.
Softening Point
The softening point shall be measured by the Ring and Ball method as described in ASTM D-36-
95(2000). Acceptable range shall be 210 - 250 °F (100 -120 °C).
Bond Strength
The bond strength shall be measured by Cross-Cut Test as described in ASTM D3359. A
minimum of 50% of surface shall exhibit attached particles of asphalt.
Thickness
The thermoplastic material, including beads, shall be a minimum of 90 mils thick.
Marking
Shipping boxes of the thermoplastic material shall be marked to show (1) the name of the
manufacturer; (2) place of manufacture; (3) batch or lot number; and (4) date of manufacture
(month and year)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 General
Pre-cut Reflectorized Thermoplastic Pavement Marking Material shall be furnished and installed
by the Contractor at the locations and with the proper dimensions as shown in the plans or as
directed by the Engineer at the appropriate time after the completion of the Plant-Mix asphalt
surface.
The surface shall be clean and free of all dust, silt and debris.
Placement shall be in accordance with the Manufacturers recommendations and the installers
shall possess an appropriate Certification from the Manufacturer.
3.02 Imprinting
Layout and imprint the pattern into the surface of the HMA shall be as per the drawings or
specifications. Imprinting shall be carried out after the paving is completed. The asphalt surface
shall be re-heated to make the upper portion of the asphalt surface pliable enough to accept the
imprint of the template. The application of heat to existing asphalt surface shall be done using
reciprocating infra-red re-heating equipment. Direct flame heaters and non-reciprocating heaters
shall not be allowed to be used for this purpose, except in transition areas and for spot treatment.
The temperature of the asphalt surface shall be regularly monitored during the reheating process,
to avoid over heating and degradation of the asphalt cement. Once the asphalt has reached
imprinting temperature, the templates shall be placed in position and pressed into the surface
using vibratory plate compactors.
SectionIV.doc Page 6 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
1.3 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST
Project Name: BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2)
Project Number: 04-0042-EN
The following Articles of the Technical Specifications will apply to this contract if marked "X"
as shown below:
1 ® Scope Of Work
2.1 Line, Grade And Record Drawings - by Contractor
2.2 ? Line, Grade And Record Drawings - by City
3 ® Definition Of Terms
4 ® Order And Location Of The Work
5 Excavation For Underground Work
6 Concrete
7 ® Excavation And Forms For Concrete Work
8 ® Reinforcement
9 ® Obstructions
10 Restoration Or Re lacement Of Driveways, Curbs, Sidewalks And Street Pavement
11 Work In Easements Or Parkways
12 ® Dewatering
13 ? Sanitary Manholes
14 ® Backfill
15 Street Crossings, Etc.
16 ® Raising Or Lowering Of Sanitary Sewer, Storm Drainage Structures
17 Unsuitable Material Removal
18 ® Underdrains
19 ® Storm Sewers
20 Sanitary Sewers And Force Mains
21 Drainage
22 ® Roadway Base And Sub grade
23 ® Asphaltic Concrete Materials
24 ® Adjustment To The Unit Bid Price For Asphalt
25 General Planting Specifications
26 ? Hd a Deformed - Reformed Pipe Lining
27 ® Plant Mix Driveways
28 ? Report ing Of Tonnage Of Recycled Materials
29 Concrete Curbs
30 ® Concrete Sidewalks And Driveways
31 Sodding
32 Seeding
33 ® Storm Manholes, Inlets, Catch Basins Or Other Storm Structures
34 Material Used
35 Conflict Between Plans And Specifications
36 ® Street Si 2s
37.1 ? AudioNideo Tape Of Work Areas - by City
37.2 ® AudioNideo Tape Of Work Areas - by Contractor
SectionIV.doc Page 8 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
3.03 Application of Pre-cut, Reflectorized Thermoplastic Panels
The pre-cut panels shall be placed in position on completely dry asphalt, within the imprinted
area. Heat shall be gently applied to the surface using reciprocating infrared heaters, slowly
raising the surface temperature until the thermoplastic material in the panels starts to liquefy and
flow, but no higher than 325° F. Once the thermoplastic material has liquefied, the heat source
shall be removed and the surface allowed to cool to ambient temperature. Direct flame heaters
and non-reciprocating heaters shall not be allowed to be used for this purpose, except in
transition areas and for spot treatment. Only once the asphalt surface and the thermoplastic has
reached ambient temperature may the road be opened to traffic.
3.04 SAMPLING AND TESTING
A 4 square foot pre-cut sample of each lot or batch of each color shall be made available for
testing to the Materials Laboratory if required.
PART 4 - METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
4.01 MEASUREMENT
Inlaid Pre-cut Reflectorized Thermoplastic Pavement Marking Material will be measured by the
square foot, as indicated in the proposal.
4.02 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment for Inlaid Pre-cut Reflectorized Thermoplastic Pavement Marking at the Contract price
per square foot shall be compensation for all costs of imprinting pattern into the surface of the
HMA, furnishing and installing the material.
Payment will be made on the basis of the following schedule:
Item Unit
Inlaid Pre-cut Reflectorized Thermoplastic Pavement Marking Square Foot
SectionlV.doc Page 7 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2)
Section IV -- Technical Specifications
(04-0042-EN)
38 Erosion And Siltation Control
39 ? Utility Tie In Location Marking
40 ® Award Of Contract, Work Schedule And Guarantee
41 ® Water Mains and Appurtenances
42 Gas System Specifications
43 Tennis Courts
44 ® Work Zone Traffic Control
45 ? Cured-In-Place Pipe Lining
46 Specifications for Polyethylene Sli lining
47 Specifications for Polyvinyl Chloride Ribbed Pipe
48 Gunite Specifications
49 Sanitary and Storm Manhole Liner Restoration
50 Project Information Signs
51 In-Line Skating Surfacing System
52.1 ? Resident Notification of Start of Construction - b City
52.2 Resident Notification of Start of Construction - by Contractor
53 Gabions and Mattresses
54 ? Lawn Maintenance Specifications
55 ? Milling Operations
56 Clearing and Grubbing
57 1 7 Ri ra
58 1 7 Treatment Plant Safety
59 E] I Traffic Signal Equipment and Materials
60 ® Signing And Markin
61 ? Roadway Lighting
62 Tree Protection
63 Project Web Pages
TIME: 240 DAYS
SectionIV.doc Page 9 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
2 LINE GRADE AND RECORD DRAWINGS
2.1 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE
CONTRACTOR
(04-0042-EN)
Benchmarks to be used shall be those as shown on the plans. Control points (for alignment only)
shall be established by the Engineer. Contractor shall submit cut sheets for all underground work
24 hours in advance of commencement of the work for checking. Checking of cut-sheets does
not relieve the Contractor of any responsibilities for any errors or conflicts whatsoever. Cut
sheets shall be submitted in triplicate. The Contractor shall provide three complete sets of Record
construction drawings prior to final payment being made.
2.2 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CITY
At the completion of all work the contractor shall be responsible to have furnished to the project
inspector a replacement of the wooden lath and stakes used in the construction of this project.
Excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces, after initial line and
grade have been set, as determined by the City Engineer, will be charged to the Contractor at the
rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be
computed in one-hour increments. Minimum charge is $100.00. The City will generate the
project Record construction drawings.
3 DEFINITION OF TERMS
For the purpose of these Technical Specifications the following definition of terms shall apply:
City
City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, FL.
Engineer
The City Engineer of the City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida, or his authorized
representative.
Contractor
The person, firm or corporation with whom this contract or agreement has been made by
the City of Clearwater or its duly authorized representative.
Inspector
An authorized representative of the City Engineer of Clearwater, assigned to make
official inspections of the material furnished and the work performed by the Contractor.
F.D.O.T.
The Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction as
5ectionlV.doc Page 10 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
Specifications
issued by the Florida Department of Transportation (latest English edition).
A.A. S.H. T. O.
American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials.
A. W.S.
American Welding Society
A. S. T.M.
American Society for Testing Materials
A.S.A.
American Standards Association
A.N.S.L
American National Standards Institute
A. W. W.A.
American Water Works Association
O.S.H.A.
A. C.I.
Occupational Safety & Health Administration
American Concrete Institute
(04-0042-EN)
Representative of Contractor
The Contractor shall assign a responsible person or persons, one of whom shall be at the
construction site at all times that work is progressing. The names and positions of these
persons shall be submitted to the City Engineer at the time of the pre-construction
conference. This person or persons shall not be changed without written approval of City
Engineer.
Estimated Quantities
The Contractor's attention is called to the fact that the estimate of quantities as shown on
the Proposal Sheet is approximate and is given only as a basis of calculation upon which
the award of the contract is to be made. The City does not assume any responsibility that
the final quantities will remain in strict accordance with estimated quantities nor shall the
contractor plead misunderstandings or deception because of such estimate of quantities or
of the character or location of the work or of other conditions or situations pertaining
thereto.
4 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK
The City reserves the right to accept and use any portion of the work whenever it is considered to
the public interest to do so. The Engineer shall have the power to direct on what line or street the
Contractor shall work and order thereof.
5 EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK
The contractor is responsible to take all necessary steps to conduct all excavation in a manner
which provides for the successful completion of the proposed work while at all times
maintaining the safety of the workmen, the general public and both public and private property.
SectionIV.doc Page I1 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
The contractor's methods of work will be consistent with the standard practices and requirements
of all appropriate Safety Regulatory Agencies, particularly the Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA) requirements for excavation. Unless otherwise specifically stated in
these plans and specifications, the methods of safety control and compliance with regulatory
agency safety requirements are the full and complete responsibility of the contractor.
For the purposes of the Contractor's safety planning in the bidding process, the contractor is to
consider all excavation to be done in the performance of this contract to be in soil classified as
OSHA "Type C". The Contractor's attention is called to specific requirements of OSHA for
excavation shoring, employee entry, location of excavated material adjacent to excavation, the
removal of water from the excavation, surface encumbrances and in particular the requirement of
a "Competent Person" to control safety operations. The Contractor will identify his Competent
Person to City staff at the start of construction.
City staff are required from time to time to perform inspections, tests, survey location work, or
other similar activity in an excavation prepared by the contractor. City staff in conformance with
the OSHA Excavation Safety Requirements are to only enter an excavation in compliance with
these OSHA standards. The City's staff reserve the option to refuse entry into the Contractor's
excavation if, in the opinion of the City's staff, the entry into the Contractor's excavation is
unsafe or does not conform OSHA requirements. If this circumstance occurs, the contractor must
either provide the necessary safety requirements or provide alternate means for . the
accomplishment of the City's work at the Contractor's expense.
The restoration quantities, if any, contained in the bid proposal for this contract to not contain
sufficient quantities to allow the contractor to perform excavation work using strictly the "open
cut" method whereby no shoring systems are used and trench side slopes are cut to conform to
OSHA safety requirements without a shoring system. In addition to safety reasons, the
Contractor is required to use excavation and trench-shoring methods in compliance with all
safety requirements which allow the Contractor to control the amount of restoration work
necessary to complete the project.
Not more than one hundred (100) feet of trench shall be opened at one time in advance of the
completed work unless written permission is received from the Engineer for the distance
specified. For pipe installation projects, the trench shall be six (6) inches wider on each side than
the greatest external horizontal width of the pipe or conduit, including hubs, intended to be laid
in them. The bottom of the trench under each pipe joint shall be slightly hollowed, to allow the
body of the pipe to rest throughout its length. In case a trench is excavated at any place,
excepting at joints, below the grade of its bottom as given, or directed by the Engineer, the filling
and compaction to grade shall be done in such manner as the Engineer shall direct, without
compensation.
6 CONCRETE
Unless otherwise directed, all concrete work shall be performed in accordance with the latest
editions of the Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures by the Portland Cement Association, the
American Concrete Institute, and FDOT's Standard Specifications. All appropriate testing shall
be performed according to the American Society of Testing Materials.
Unless otherwise specified, all concrete shall have fiber mesh reinforcing and have a minimum
compressive strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. The cement type shall be Type I and shall
conform to AASHTO M-85. The aggregate shall conform to ASTM C-33. All ready mix concrete
SectionIV.doc Page 12 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
shall conform to ASTM C-94. The slump for all concrete shall be in the range of 3" to 5", except
when admixtures or special placement considerations are required.
The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all
concrete placement.
All concrete shall be tested in the following manner:
Placement of less than 5 cubic yards (cy) shall be tested at the Engineer's discretion. Otherwise,
for each class, for each day, for every 50 cy or part thereof exceeding 5 cy, one set of 3
compressive strength cylinders will be required (1 at 7 days and 2 at 28 days). At the discretion
of the Engineer, unacceptable test results may require the Contractor to provide further tests, as
determined by the Engineer, to determine product acceptability, or need for removal, and
compensation or denial thereof.
7 EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK
7.1 EXCAVATION
Excavating for concrete work shall be made to the required depth of the subgrade or base upon
which the concrete is to be placed. The base or subgrade shall be thoroughly compacted to a
point 6" outside said concrete work before the forms are placed. Concrete shall be poured "in the
dry"
7.2 FORMS
Forms for concrete work shall be either wood or metal (except curbs, metal only, unless by
written permission from Engineer). They shall be free from warps or bends, shall have a depth
equal to the dimensions required for the depth of the concrete deposited against them and shall
be of sufficient strength when staked to resist the pressure of concrete without moving or
springing.
8 . REINFORCEMENT
When required, reinforcement shall be placed in the concrete work. Bar reinforcement shall be
deformed: ASTMA-A 615, steel shall be billet Intermediate or Hard Grade: Rail Steel
A.A.S.H.T.O. M42. Twisted Bars shall not be used, Fabric Reinforcement shall conform to the
requirements of AASHTO M55 (ASTM A185). Welded deformed steel wire fabric for Concrete
reinforcement shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 221 (ASTM A497). Epoxy coated
reinforcing Steel Bars shall meet ASTM 775/A77 M-86 requirements.
8.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Reinforcement shall not be paid for separately. The cost of such work shall be included in the
contract unit price for the item of work specified.
9 OBSTRUCTIONS
Any pipes, conduits, wires, mains, footings, driveways, or other structures encountered shall be
carefully protected from injury or displacement. Any damage thereto shall be fully, promptly, and
properly repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the owner thereof.
5ectionIV.doc Page 13 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
Should it become necessary to change the position of water or gas or other pipes, sewer drains,
or poles, the Engineer shall be at once notified of the locality and circumstances, and no claims
for damages arising from the delay in adjusting the pipe, sewer drains or poles shall be made.
Failure of the plans to show the location, nature or extent of any existing structures or
obstructions shall not be the basis of a claim for extra work. Any survey monument or
benchmark which must be disturbed shall be carefully referenced before removal, and unless
otherwise provided for, shall be replaced upon completion of the work by a registered land
surveyor. Any concrete removed due to construction requirements shall be removed to, the
nearest expansion joint or by saw cut. Contractor shall consult Inspector for the approved means.
10 RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS
CURBS SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT
Driveways, sidewalks, and curbs destroyed or damaged during construction shall be replaced and
shall be the same type of material as destroyed or damaged, or to existing City Standards,
whichever provides the stronger repair. All street pavement destroyed or damaged shall be
replaced with the same type of material, to existing City Standards, unless the existing base is
unsuitable as determined by the Engineer, then the base shall be replaced with City approved
material. All replaced base shall be a minimum 8" compacted thickness, or same thickness as
base destroyed plus 2", if over 6", and compacted to 98% of maximum density per AASHTO T-
180.
Unless called for in the proposal as separate bid items, cost of the above work including labor,
materials and equipment required shall be included in the bid price per lineal foot of main or
square yard of base.
The bid price for street pavement, restoration or replacement when called for in the proposals,
shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work, and shall be paid
for on a square yard basis. When replacement is over a trench for utilities, the area of
replacement shall be limited to twice the depth of the cut plus twice the inside diameter of the
pipe. All over this will be at the Contractor's expense.
The bid price for restoration or placement of driveways, curbs and sidewalks, when called for in
the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work and
shall be paid for on the basis of the following units: Driveways, plant mix - per square yard:
concrete - per square foot; curbs - per lineal foot; sidewalk 4" or 6" thick - per square foot.
Concrete walks at drives shall be a minimum of 6" thick and be reinforced with 6/6 X 10/10
welded wire mesh (also see Articles 8 and 30).
The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all
driveway, curb, sidewalk and street restoration and replacement work.
11 WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS
Restoration is an important phase of construction, particularly to residents affected by the
construction progress.
The Contractor will be expected to complete restoration Activities within a reasonable time
following primary construction activity. Failure by the Contractor to accomplish restoration
within a reasonable time shall be justification for a temporary stop on primary construction
activity or a delay in approval of partial payment requests.
SectionIV.doc Page 14 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
Reasonable care shall be taken for existing shrubbery. Contractor shall replace all shrubbery
removed or disturbed during construction. No separate payment shall be made for this work.
The contractor shall make provision and be responsible for the supply of all water, if needed, on
any and all phases of the contract work. The contractor shall not obtain water from local
residents or businesses except as the contractor shall obtain written permission.
Reuse water is available for the Contractor's use without charge from the City's wastewater
treatment plants, provided the water is used on City of Clearwater contractual work. Details for
Contractor to obtain and reuse water from the treatment plants will be coordinated at the pre-
construction conference. The Contractor's use of reuse water must conform to all regulatory
requirements.
12 DEWATERING
Unless specifically authorized by the Engineer, all pipe, except subdrains, shall be laid "in the
dry". The contractor shall dewater trench excavation as required for the proper execution of the
work, using one or more of the following approved methods: well point system, trenched gravity
underdrain system, or sumps with pumps.
Well point systems must be efficient enough to lower the water level in advance of the
excavation and maintain it continuously in order that the trench bottom and sides shall remain
firm and reasonably dry. The well points shall be designed especially for this type of service, and
the pumping unit used shall be capable of maintaining a high vacuum, and at the same time, of
handling large volumes of air as well as of water.
The Contractor shall be responsible for disposing of all water resulting from trench dewatering
operations, and shall dispose of the water without damage or undue inconvenience to the work,
the surrounding area, or the general public. He shall not dam, divert, or cause water to flow in
excess in existing gutters, pavements or other structures: and to do this he may be required to
conduct the water to a suitable place of discharge may be determined by the Engineer.
The cost of dewatering shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of pipe, or, in the
case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structures.
13 SANITARY MANHOLES
13.1 BUILT UP TYPE
Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the
drawings. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semicircular in shape conforming to
inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of
as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and
evenly. Invert channels shall be formed by one of the following methods: form directly into
concrete manhole base, build up with brick and mortar, lay half tile in concrete, or lay full
section of sewer pipe through manhole and break out top half of pipe.
The manhole floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels.
Free drop in manholes from inlet pipe invert to top of floor outside the channels shall not exceed
twenty four inches.
Standard Drop Manholes shall be constructed wherever free drop exceeds twenty four inches.
SectionIV.doc Page 15 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be
smoothed from inside of manholes.
The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch of mortar.
Brick used may be solid only. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a
stretcher course.
13.2 PRECAST TYPE
Precast Sanitary Manholes shall conform to this specification unless otherwise approved by the
City Engineer.
AASHTO M 85 Type II cement shall be used throughout with a minimum wall thickness of 5
inches. The precast sections shall conform to ASTM C 478 latest revision. Section joints shall be
a tongue and groove with "ram neck" gasket or "O" ring to provide a watertight joint. Minimum
concrete strength shall be 4000 psi at 28 days.
Three sets of shop drawings and location inventory shall be submitted to the City Engineer for
approval. Approval of shop drawings does not relieve contractor of responsibility for compliance
to these specifications unless letter from contractor requesting specific variance is approved by
the City Engineer.
Location inventory submitted with shop drawing shall detail parts of manhole per manhole as
numbered on the construction plans. All manhole parts shall be numbered or lettered before
being sent to the job site to permit proper construction placement. A plan or list of the numbering
system shall be present on the job site when manhole components are delivered.
Precast manhole dimensions, drop entry, grout flow of channel, etc., shall be as shown on City of
Clearwater Engineering Detail #302 Sheet 2 of 3.
Manhole sections shall be rejected if abused during shipping or placement and if pipe openings
are not properly aligned. The "break in" to precast manholes for pipe entry will not be allowed.
The manhole base shall be set on a pad of A 1 or A 2 Classification soil approximately five (5)
inches thick to secure proper seating and bearing.
Between the top of the manhole cone and the manhole cover frame, a manhole adjustment ring
shall be installed. The intent of the manhole adjustment ring is to accommodate future grade
changes without disturbing the manhole.
13.2.1 MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS)
All grade adjustments of manhole frame and cover assemblies shall be completed
utilizing the following: High Density Polyethylene Grade Adjustment Rings -- Comply
with ASTM Standard D-1248 for recycled plastic.
a. Material properties shall be tested and certified for usage by the following ASTM
methods:
b. Property Test Method Acceptable Value
c. Melt Flow Index ASTM D1238 0.3 to 30 g / 10 min.
d. Density ASTM D792 0.94 to 0.98 g / cm3
SectionlV.doc Page 16 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
e. Tensile Strength ASTM D638 2.00 to 5 x 103 lb / in 2
f. Polyethylene adjusting rings shall not be used when they are exposed to heated
hot mix asphalt pavement.
g. Tapered configuration: When used in a single configuration tapered adjusting ring
thickness will range from 0.5 inch to 3.0 inch.
h. Grade adjustment rings are to be installed on clean flat surfaces according to the
manufacturer's recommendations with the proper Butyl Rubber sealant/adhesives.
2. The inside diameter of the adjustment ring shall not be less than the inside diameter of the
manhole frame.
3. Manholes shall be constructed with at least two adjustment rings.
4. Maximum height of adjustment ring stack: 12 inches max. for new manholes and 16
inches max. on existing manholes.
13.3 DROP MANHOLES
Standard drop inlets to manholes shall be constructed of commercial pipe, fittings and specials as
detailed on the drawings.
13.4 FRAMES AND COVERS
Manhole frames and covers shall be set in a full bed of mortar with the top of the cover flush
with or higher than finished grade as directed. Refer to Detail 301.
13.5 MANHOLE COATINGS
The exterior and interior of all built up manholes shall be coated with two coats of bitumastic
black solution 300 M as manufactured by Koppers Company, Inc. or approved equal. Interior of
built up manholes which have sewers entering with a free drop or which receive discharge from a
force main shall have the inside plastered with 1/2 inch of grout and coated as precast manholes
below.
The exterior and interior of all precast manholes shall be coated with at least 15 mils dry
thickness of PROCO EP 214 351 Epoxi Mastic as manufactured by Protective Coatings Inc.
13.6 CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES
Connections to existing sanitary manholes using approved PVC sewer main shall be made with a
manhole adapter coupling by Flo Control, Inc., or approved water stop coupling.
14 BACKFILL
Material for backfill shall be carefully selected from the excavated material or from other sources
as may be required by the Engineer. Such material shall be granular, free from organic matter or
debris, contain no rocks or other hard fragments greater than 3" in the largest dimension and all
fill shall be similar material.
Backfill placed around pipes shall be carefully placed around the sides and top of pipe by hand
shovels and thoroughly compacted to 12" above the pipe by tamping or other suitable means.
SectionIV.doc Page 17 Revised: 511112005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
Backfill under all types of paving shall be compacted in layers not to exceed 12" in thickness
unless alternate method is approved by the Engineer. Backfill shall be a minimum of 98%
compaction as determined by the modified Proctor Density Test to the bottom of pavement.
Backfill outside of pavement areas shall be compacted the full depth to the ground surface to a
minimum of 95% compaction of AASHTO T 180 Standard Density Test.
The cost of backfill shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of the pipe, or, in the
case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structure.
15 STREET CROSSINGS ETC.
At such crossings, and other points as may be directed by the Engineer, the trenches shall be
bridged in an open and secure manner, so as to prevent any serious interruption of travel upon
the roadway or sidewalk, and also to afford necessary access to public or private premises. The
material used, and the mode of constructing said bridges, and the approaches, thereto, must be
satisfactory to the Engineer.
The cost of all such work must be included in the cost of the trench excavation.
16 RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER STORM
DRAINAGE STRUCTURES
Sanitary Sewer or Storm Drainage Structures shall be raised or lowered as indicated on the plans
or as indicated by the Engineer.
16.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment, unless covered by a bid item, shall be included in the cost of the work.
17 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL
All unsuitable material, such as muck, clay, rock, etc., shall be excavated and removed from the
site. All material removed is property of the Contractor, who shall dispose of said material off-
site at his expense. The limits of the excavation shall either be shown on the plans, or determined
in the field by the Engineer in conjunction with the City's Materials Tester.
17.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of measurement shall be the amount of cubic yards of unsuitable material excavated
and replaced with suitable material as determined by either cross sections of the excavation,
truck measure, or lump sum as specified in the Scope of Work and Contract Proposal.
17.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT
The unit price for the removal of unsuitable material shall include: all materials, equipment,
tools, labor, disposal, hauling, excavating, dredging, placing,
incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is
material shall be included in the most appropriate bid item.
compaction, dressing surface and
given, the removal of unsuitable
SectionIV,doc Page 18 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
18 UNDERDRAINS
The Contractor shall construct sub-surface drainage pipe as directed in the Contract Scope of
Work and detail drawings contained in the Project construction plans. In general, underdrain pipe
shall be embedded in a bed of #6 FDOT crushed aggregate, located behind the back of curb and
aggregate surface covered with a non-degradable fibrous type filter material. A #57 aggregate
may be used in lieu of #6 if it is washed and screened to remove fines. The aggregate may be
stone, slag or crushed gravel. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, underdrain pipe shall be 8"
diameter, polyvinyl chloride pipe, in conformance with ASTM F-758 "Standard Specification
For Smooth Wall PVC Underdrain Systems for Highways" latest revision, minimum stiffness of
46 in conformance with ASTM D2412, perforations in conformance with AASHTO M-189
described in FDOT Section 948-4.5 or latest revision and in conformance with ASTM D3034 -
SDR 35.
Alternate acceptable underdrain pipe material is Contech A-2000 which is a rigid PVC pipe
exceeds ASTM Specifications D1784, minimum cell classification of 12454E or 12454C,
manufactured per ASTM F949-93a, minimum pipe stiffness of 50 psi, with no evidence of
splitting, cracking or breaking when pipe is tested in accordance with ASTM D2412 at 60%
flatting and with a double gasket joint.
Underdrain pipe placed beneath existing driveways and roadways shall be non-perforated pipe
with compacted backfill. All poly-chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure
to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. Where ductile iron pipe is specified, pipe material shall
be the same as specified for potable water pipe in these technical specifications. All underdrain
aggregate shall be fully encased in a polyester filter fabric "sock" (Mirafi 140-N or approved
equal) per the construction detail drawings.
18.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
Measurement shall be the number of lineal feet of 8" Sub-drain in place and accepted.
18.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be based upon the unit price per lineal foot for underdrain as measured above,
which shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and
shall include all materials, equipment, and labor necessary to construct the underdrain
(specifically underdrain pipe, aggregate and filter fabric). Underdrain clean-outs, sod, driveway,
road and sidewalk restoration shall be paid by a separate bid item.
19 STORM SEWERS
All storm drain pipe installed within the City of Clearwater shall be reinforced concrete unless
otherwise specified or approved by the City Engineer. Said pipe shall comply with Section 941
of the current FDOT Specifications.
All reinforced concrete pipe joints shall be wrapped with Mirafi 140N filter fabric or equivalent
(as approved by the City Engineer). The cost for all pipe joint wraps shall be included in the unit
price for the pipe.
All pipe, just before being lowered into a trench, is to be inspected and cleaned. If any difficulty
is found in the fitting the pieces together, this fitting is to be done on the surface of the street
SectionIV.doc Page 19 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES I & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV -Technical Specifications
before laying the pipe, and the tops plainly marked in the order in which they are to be laid. No
pipe is to be trimmed or chipped to fit. Each piece of pipe is to be solidly and evenly bedded, and
not simply wedged up. Before finishing each joint, some suitable device is to be used to find that
the inverts coincide and pipe is clear throughout.
19.1 AS BUILT INFORMATION
The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the stations and left or right offsets of all manholes,
inlet structures and terminals ends of subdrains, as measured from the nearest downstream
manhole along the centerline of the sewer along with the elevations of the north edge of manhole
cover, inverts of all pipe in structures, and the flow line of inlets. (Gutter)
19.2 TESTING
The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly watertight sewer under all
conditions. At the discretion of the City Engineer or his designee, the watertightness of a sewer
which has a crown lying below groundwater level may be tested by measuring the infiltration.
The watertightness of sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level may be tested by
filling the pipe with water so as to produce a hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the
crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test section of the water table outside of the sewer,
whichever is higher, and then measuring the exfiltration. In no case shall the infiltration or
exfiltration exceed 150 gallon per inch of diameter per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish
all labor, materials and equipment to test the amount of infiltration or exfiltration under the
Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or exfiltration is excessive the Contractor at his own
expense shall take the necessary steps to remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer,
remaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No
trench made joints may be backfilled until after they have been tested and found to be
acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotation.
The above tests shall be performed at the discretion of the Engineer on any or all sections of the
line.
19.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be the unit price per lineal foot for storm sewer pipe in place and accepted,
measured along the centerline of the storm sewer pipe to the inside face of exterior walls of
storm manholes or drainage structures and to the outside face of endwalls. Said unit price
includes all work required to install the pipe (i.e. all materials, equipment, filter fabric wrap,
labor and incidentals, etc.).
20 SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS
20.1 MATERIALS
20.1.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE
GRAVITY SEWER PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON.
Polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall conform with ASTM specification D 3034 for S.D.R.
35. The pipe shall be plainly marked with the above ASTM designation. The bell end of joints
SectionIV.doc Page 20 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV -- Technical Specifications
and fittings shall have a rubber sealing ring to provide a tight flexible seal in conformance with
ASTM D 3212 76. The laying length of pipe joints shall be a maximum of 12.5 feet.
Unless otherwise noted in these specifications or construction plans, Ductile Iron pipe and
fittings for gravity sewer shall conform to Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for DIP
water main except pipe shall be interior "polylined" in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations. Where sanitary sewer main is to be placed between building lots in a sideline
easement, the sewer main shall, insofar as possible, be constructed without manholes or lateral
connections within the side easement. The pipe material in the side easement between streets
shall be C 900, SDR 18 polyvinyl chloride water main pipe as described in Technical Section 41.
20.1.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE
FORCE MAIN PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Unless
otherwise noted in the specifications or construction plans, both polyvinyl chloride and ductile
iron force main pipe and fittings shall conform to Section 41 of these Technical Specifications
for water main pipe except that DIP shall be "polylined" in accordance with manufactures
recommendations.
All polyvinyl chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet
radiation shall be rejected.
20.2 INSTALLATION
20.2.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE
Installation of gravity sewer pipe shall be in conformance with recommended practices contained
in ASTM D 232l and Unibell UNI B 5.
The bottom trench width in an unsupported trench shall be limited to the minimum practicable
width allowing working space to place and compact the haunching material. The use of trench
boxes and movable sheeting shall be performed in such a manner that removal, backfill and
compaction will not disturb compacted haunching material or pipe alignment.
Dewatering of the trench bottom shall be accomplished using adequate means to allow
preparation of bedding, placement of the haunching material and pipe in the trench without
standing water. Dewatering shall continue until sufficient backfill is placed above the pipe to
prevent flotation or misalignment.
Where pipe bedding is insufficient to adequately support pipe, the contractor will be required to
remove unsuitable material and bed pipe in Class I material (1/2" Dia. aggregate) to provide firm
support of pipe.
Connections to manholes with sanitary pipe shall use a joint 2 feet in length and shall use an
approved water stop around pipe joint entry.
The laterals shown on the plans do not necessarily reflect exact locations. The contractor is
required to locate all existing laterals for reconnection and to coordinate with the construction
inspector the location of all new laterals.
5ectionrV.doc Page 21 Revised: 5/11/2UU5
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
20.2.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE
Installation of force main pipe shall be in conformance with Section 41 of these Technical
Specifications for water main pipe.
20.3 AS BUILT DRAWINGS
The contractor shall submit to the Engineer a marked set of "As Built" construction drawings
describing both the stations and left or right offset of all lateral terminal ends as measured from
the nearest downstream manhole along the center line of the sewer main. The as built drawings
will also describe elevations of the north edge of the manhole cover rings and inverts of all main
pipes in manholes.
20.4 TESTING
20.4.1 TESTING OF GRAVITY SEWERS
The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly water tight sewer under all
conditions. The water tightness of a sewer which has a crown lying below groundwater level
may be tested by measuring infiltration. The water tightness of sewers having crowns lying
above groundwater level may be tested by filling the pipe with water so as to produce a
hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test
section or the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, and then measuring the
exfiltra- tion. In no case shall the infiltration or exfiltration exceed 50 gallon per inch of diameter
per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test the
amount of infiltration or exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or
exfiltration is excessive, the Contractor at his own expense shall take the necessary steps to
remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer, remaking the joints or by replacing the entire
length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No such repaired joints may be backfilled until after
they have been tested and found to be acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotation.
The above tests shall be performed at the discretion of the Engineer on any or all sections of the
line.
20.4.2 TESTING OF FORCE MAINS
Force mains shall be tested under a hydrostatic pressure of 150 P.S.I. for one hour, as described
in Section 41.4 of these Technical Specifications for the testing of water mains.
20.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT
20.5.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE
Payment for in place sanitary sewer gravity main pipe shall be the unit price per lineal foot per
appropriate range of depth of cut as contained in the contract proposal. Measurement for
payment shall be along the centerline of the sewer main from center to center of manholes.
Payment for laterals shall be the unit price per lineal foot of pipe as measured from the centerline
of the sewer main pipe to the terminal end of the lateral pipe.
SectionIV,doc Page 22 Reviscd: 511112005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section 1V - Technical Specifications
Payment for sewer pipe shall include all labor, equipment and materials necessary to complete
the' installation. This shall include clearing and grubbing, excavation, shoring and dewatering,
backfill and grading.
20.5.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE
Payment and measurement of force main pipe shall be the same as described in Section 41 of
these Technical Specifications for water main pipe.
21. DRAINAGE
The Contractor shall provide proper outlet for all water courses and drains interrupted during the
progress of the work and replace them in as good condition as he found them.
22 ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE
22.1 BASE
This specification describes the construction of roadway base and subgrade. The Contractor shall
refer to Section IV, Article 1 "Scope of Work" of the city's Contract Specifications for additional
roadway base and subgrade items.
Roadway base shall be 8" compacted minimum thickness unless otherwise noted on the plans or
directed by the Engineer. The subgrade shall be 12" compacted minimum thickness with a
minimum Limerock Bearing Ratio (LBR) of 40 unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed
by the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory a Proctor
and an LBR for each type material. The Contractor shall also have an independent testing
laboratory perform all required density testing. Where unsuitable material is found within the
limits of the base, Section IV, Article 17 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the city's Contract
Specifications will apply.
Once the roadway base is completed, it shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed
by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Repairs
required to the base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done
to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can
commence until the City approves the repaired base. The cost for placement of prime material
shall be included in the bid item for base.
The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all base
and subgrade placement or reworking.
The following base materials are acceptable:
1. SHELL BASE: Shell base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 913
of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted
thickness as shown on the plans. The shell shall be FDOT approved. The cost of the
prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base.
2. LIMEROCK BASE: Limerock base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections
200 and 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), and shall have a
minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The limerock shall be from a
SectionIV.doc Page 23 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES I & 2)
(04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
FDOT approved certified pit. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item
price for base.
3. CRUSHED CONCRETE BASE: Crushed concrete base shall be constructed in
accordance with Sections 204 and 901 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition),
and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The crushed
concrete material shall be FDOT approved. The Contractor shall provide certified
laboratory tests on gradation to confirm that the crushed concrete base material conforms
to the above specifications. The LBR shall be a minimum of 185. LBR and gradation
tests shall be provided to the city by the Contractor once a week for continuous
operations, or every 1000 tons of material, unless requested more frequently by the City
Engineer or designee. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price
for base.
4. SOIL CEMENT BASE: Unless otherwise noted, soil cement base shall be constructed
in accordance with Section 270 of FDOT's 2007 Standard Specifications, and shall have
a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. An Asphalt Rubber Membrane
Interlayer (ARMI) shall be included in the pavement design per Section 341 of FDOT's
Standard Specifications (latest edition) to minimize reflective cracking unless otherwise
noted in the project plans and specifications. The ARMI layer shall be overlaid with
asphalt on the same day it is placed for the Contractor to receive full compensation for
the work.
The soil cement base design shall be by a certified lot under the direction of a Registered
Florida Professional Engineer, and must be approved by the City Engineer. Said design
shall provide for a minimum of 300 P.S.I. in seven days. All plant mixed soil cement shall
be certified by a registered laboratory that has been approved by the Engineer.
The only approved method for spreading the cement is the use of a spreader box. The use
of a spreader bar for spreading cement will not be allowed. The applying of the cement
shall not be allowed when the wind velocity is sufficient to jeopardize material interests
(i.e. vehicles, etc.) from airborne cement particles. The density testing frequency shall be
at the discretion of the registered Florida Professional Engineer responsible for the soil
cement design.
5. ASPHALT BASE: Full depth asphalt base shall be constructed in accordance with
Section 280 of FDOT's 2007 Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum
compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The cost for preparation, placement and
compaction shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in
the project scope and plans. The cost of the tack coat shall be included in the bid item
price for asphalt or base.
6. REWORKED BASE: When the plans call for the working of the existing base, the
finished reworked base shall have a minimum compacted thickness of 8" unless
otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, and be constructed in
accordance with the applicable FDOT requirements for the type of material used. The
density requirements (except for asphalt and soil cement base) shall be per Section 200 6
of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). For asphalt, the density requirements
are per Section 330-11, and for soil cement per Section 270-5 of FDOT's 2007 Standard
Specifications.
SectionIV.doc Page 24 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
22.1.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE
The basis of measurement shall be the number of square yards of base in place and accepted as
called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency shall be a half-inch (1/2"). Areas
deficient in thickness shall either be fixed by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if
so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be
made for such deficient areas that are left in place.
22.1.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE
The unit price for base shall include: all materials, roadbed preparation, placement, spreading,
compaction, finishing, prime, base, subgrade (unless the plans specify a separate pay item),
stabilization, mixing, testing, equipment, tools, hauling, labor, and all incidentals necessary to
complete the work. Payment for asphalt base shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt
unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans.
22.2 SUBGRADE
All subgrade shall be stabilized and constructed in accordance with Sections 160 and 914 of
FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition) unless otherwise noted herein. All subgrade shall
have a minimum compacted thickness of 12" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by
the Engineer. If limerock is used, it shall also meet the requirements of Section 911 of FDOT's
Standard Specifications (latest edition). Where unsuitable material is found within the limits of
the subgrade, Section IV, Article 17 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the city's Contract
Specifications will apply. The extent of said removal shall be determined by the Engineer in
accordance with accepted construction practices. The Contractor is responsible for clearing,
grading, filling, and removing any trees or vegetation in the roadbed below the subgrade to
prepare it per the plans. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price for base or
subgrade. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory the bearing value
after the mixing of materials for the stabilized subgrade.
22.2.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of measurement shall be the number of square yards of stabilized subgrade in place
and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency for mixing depth
shall be per Section 161-6.4 of FDOT's 2007 Standard Specifications. Acceptable bearing values
shall be per FDOT Section 160-7.2. Areas deficient in thickness or bearing values shall either be
corrected by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the
City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas
that are left in place (latest edition).
22.2.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT
The unit price for subgrade shall include: roadbed preparation, placement, spreading,
compaction, finishing, testing, stabilizing, mixing, materials, hauling, labor, equipment and all
incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, subgrade shall be included in
the bid item for base.
SectionIV.doc Page 25 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES I & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV -- Technical Specifications
23 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS
This specification is for the preparation and application of all S-Type Marshall Mix Design
asphaltic concrete materials on roadway surfaces unless otherwise noted.
23.1 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE
23.1.1 AGGREGATE
All aggregates shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to Sections
901 through 919 of FDOT's 2007 Standard Specifications.
23.1.2 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS
All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 of FDOT's 2007 Standard Specifications.
23.2 HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS,
EQUIPMENT & QUALITY ASSURANCE
The plant and methods of operation used to prepare all asphaltic concrete and bituminous
materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 320 of FDOT's Standard Specifications
(latest edition). Unless otherwise noted, all acceptance procedures and quality control/assurance
procedures shall conform to the requirements of Section 330 of FDOT's 2007 Standard
Specifications.
The Contractor shall note that the City shall have the right to have an independent testing
laboratory select, test, and analyze, at the expense of the City, test specimens of any or all
materials to be used. Tests to be performed by the independent testing laboratory every 1000 tons
include, but are not limited to, Marshall stability and flow, extraction/gradation and cores to
determine density and thickness. The results of such tests and analyses shall be considered, along
with the tests or analyses made by the Contractor, to determine compliance with the applicable
specifications for the materials so tested or analyzed. The Contractor hereby understands and
accepts that wherever any portion of the work is discovered, as a result of such independent
testing or investigation by the City, which fails to meet the requirements of the Contract
documents, all costs of such independent inspection and investigation as well as all costs of
removal, correction, reconstruction, or repair of any such work shall be borne solely by the
Contractor.
Pa ent reductions for asphalt related items shall be determined b the followin :
1. Density per Section 330-11 of FDOT's 2007 Standard Specifications.
2. Final surface or friction course tolerances per Section 330-13 of FDOT's 2007 Standard
Specifications.
3. Thickness will be determined from core borings. Deficiencies o£'/" or greater shall be
corrected by the Contractor, without compensation, by either replacing the full thickness
for a length extending at least 25' from each end of the deficient area, or when the
Engineer allows for an overlay per Section 330-15.2.3 of FDOT's Standard
Specifications (2000 edition). In addition, for excesses of/" or greater, the Engineer will
determine if the excess area shall be removed and replaced at no compensation, or if the
SectionIV,doc Page 26 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV -- Technical Specifications
pavement in question can remain with payment to be made based on the thickness
specified in the contract.
The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the
placement of all asphalt.
23.3 ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES
All asphalt mix designs shall conform to the requirements of Sections 331 and 337 of FDOT's
2007 Standard Specifications. All asphalt mix designs shall be approved by the Engineer PRIOR
to the commencement of the paving operation. NO RECLAIMED ASPHALT PAVEMENT
(RAP) MATERIAL SHALL BE ALLOWED IN THE ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MIXES.
23.4 ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS
All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the following requirements:
Table 1: Layer Thickness for Asphalt (Layers Are Listed in Sequence of Construction)
COURSE LAYER THICKNESS (Inches)
THICKNESS
(Inches)
Type S-I
Type S-I with
Type S-III
Top Layer
Type S-III
FC-3
Type S-III
with FC -3
Top Layer
Type S-I
with FC-3
Top Layer
1st 2nd 1st 2nd 1st 2nd 1st 2nd 1 st 2nd 1st 2nd
1 1 1
1 %2 1 %z
2 1'/a 3/a * 1 1
2'/z 1'/ 1'/ 1'/2 1 1'/z 1
3 1'/2 1'/z 2 1 2 1
* At the Engineer's discretion, 2" of S-III is acceptable for use on residential streets
Additional Notes:
1. Type S-III shall be limited to the final (top) structural layer (one layer only).
2. All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the requirements of sections 331 and 337
of FDOT's 2007 Standard Specifications.
3. All pavement designs shall include a minimum of two inches of asphalt.
4. The Contractor shall be responsible to review the project plans for complete pavement
design detail.
5. Unless otherwise specified on the plans, Type S-III per Section 331 of FDOT's 2007
Standard Specifications shall be used as final riding surface on streets with the speed
SectionIV.doc Page 27 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section 1V - Technical Specifications
limit of less than 35 mph, streets with an average daily traffic (ADT) of less than 3000,
and all residential streets.
6. An FC-3 friction course per section 337 of FDOT's 2007 Standard Specifications shall
be used on streets with a speed limit of 35 mph or greater, and streets with an ADT of
3000 or greater.
23.5 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
The general construction requirements for all hot bituminous pavements (including limitations of
operations, preparation of mixture, preparation of surface, placement and compaction of mixture,
surface requirements, correction of unacceptable pavement, etc.) shall be in accordance with
Section 330 of FDOT's 2007 Standard Specifications.
23.6 CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION
23.6.1 - CRACKS
Cracks in roadway pavement shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by
the following steps:
1. All debris to be removed from cracks by compressed air or other suitable method.
2. Apply a multiple layered application of bituminous binder and fine aggregate; as
appropriate to the depth of the crack until the void of the crack is completely filled to the
level of the surrounding roadway surface.
If application of asphaltic concrete is not to begin immediately after crack repair, cracks
are to be sanded to prevent vehicular tracking.
4. Payment for crack filling shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete.
23.6.2 POTHOLES
Potholes shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps:
1. All debris is to be removed from potholes by hand, sweeping, or other suitable method.
2. A tack coat is to be applied to the interior surface of the pothole.
3. The pothole is to be completely filled with asphaltic concrete, and thoroughly compacted.
4. Payment for pothole preparation shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete.
23.7 ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES
The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and storm drain manholes and appurtenances shall
be accomplished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be paid on a per unit basis for each
item.
The use of manhole adjustment risers is acceptable under the following conditions:
The riser shall meet or exceed all FDOT material, weld, and construction requirements.
The riser shall consist of an A-36 hot rolled steel meeting or exceeding the minimum
requirements of A.S.T.M. A-36. The riser shall be a single piece with a stainless steel
adjustment stud and shall have a rust resistant finish. The use of cast iron, plastic, or
SectionlV.doc Page 28 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES I & 2)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
(04-0042-EN)
fiberglass risers is not permitted. In addition, the installation of each riser shall be per
manufacturers specifications. Each manhole shall be individually measured, and each
riser shall be physically marked to ensure that the proper riser is used. Also, the ring
section shall be cleaned, and a bead of chemically resistant epoxy applied to the original
casting, prior to installation of the riser. It is the Contractors responsibility to ensure that
the manholes are measured, the risers are physically marked, the ring sections are
thoroughly cleaned, and that the epoxy is properly applied prior to installation of each
riser.
If risers are not used, the adjustment of manholes shall be accomplished by the removal of
pavement around manhole, grade adjustrnent of ring and cover, and acceptable replacement and
compaction of roadway materials prior to paving. A full depth backfill using asphalt is
acceptable. The use of Portland cement for backfill is not acceptable.
All manhole and valve adjustments shall be accomplished prior to the application of final
asphaltic concrete surface. Unless otherwise noted in the specs or on the plans, the paving
operation shall occur within seven (7) calendar days from the completion of the adjustment. On
arterial roadways, the rims manholes are to be ramped with asphalt during the time period
between initial adjustment and final resurfacing. Water and gas valves, sewer cleanouts, valve
boxes, tree aeration vents, etc. will be adjusted by the Contractor with the cost for this work to be
included in the unit cost of the asphalt. Care must be taken around said appurtenances to ensure
that they are not paved over, It is the Contractor's responsibility to inform the owners of all
utilities of impending work and coordinate their adjustments so they are completed prior to the
scheduled paving.
23.8 ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS
1. All impacted radius returns within project limits shall be paved unless otherwise directed
by the Engineer or Project Inspector, with payment to be included in the per ton bid item
for asphalt.
2. All pavement markings impacted by placement of asphalt shall be replaced prior to the
road being open to traffic unless otherwise noted in the contract scope and plans.
3. All project related debris shall be hauled off the job site by the Contractor in a timely
manner and at their own expense in conformance with all regulatory requirements.
4. The Contractor shall pay particular attention to sweeping when paving. The Broom
Tractor way of sweeping will not be permitted. Prior to paving, all construction areas
shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper (either vacuum or mechanical type) that
picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper must be equipped with its own water
supply for pre-wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris off
of sidewalks, driveways, curbs and roadways each day before leaving the job site.
5. The application of tack and prime coats (either required or placed at the Engineer's
discretion) shall be placed per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest
edition). Tack shall also be applied to the face of all curbs and driveways. The cost
(including heating, hauling and applying) shall be included in the per ton bid item for
asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans.
6. Leveling course and spot patching shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the
plans, or as directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's 2007 Standard
SectioniV.doc Page 29 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
Specifications. The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless
otherwise noted in the project scope and plans.
7. If an asphalt rubber binder is required, it shall conform to the requirements of Section 336
of FDOT's 2007 Standard Specifications.
8. On all streets with curb and gutter, the final compacted asphalt shall be '/" above the lip
or face of said curb per City Index 101.
23.9 SUPERPAVE ASPHALTIC CONCRETE
1. Unless otherwise noted in this section, all of the asphaltic concrete specifications in
Sections A through H above shall apply to superpave asphaltic concrete. All asphaltic
concrete pavement shall be designed and placed in accordance with the FDOT Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (latest edition).
2. All aggregate shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to
Sections 901 and 902 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition).
3. All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 of FDOT's Standard
Specifications (latest edition). Asphaltic binder shall be Grade PG 67-22 unless otherwise
specified in the Scope of Work.
4. All superpave mix designs shall conform to Sections 320 and 334 of FDOT's Standard
Specifications (latest edition).
5. All general construction requirements shall conform to Section 330 of FDOT's Standard
Specifications (latest edition).
23.10 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
Basis of measurement will be the number of tons of asphaltic concrete completed, in place and
accepted. Truck scale weights will be required for all asphaltic concrete used.
23.11 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be made at the contract unit price for asphaltic concrete surface as specified and
measured above. This price shall include all materials, preparation, hauling, placement, tack
and/or prime coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, leveling, spot patching,
filling of cracks, pothole repair, sweeping, debris removal, labor, equipment, tools, and
incidentals necessary to complete the asphalt work in accordance with the plans and
specifications.
24 ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT
When this Article applies to the contract, the unit bid price for asphalt will be adjusted in
accordance with the following provisions:
1. Price adjustment for asphalt shall only be made when the current FDOT Asphalt Price
Index varies more than 10% from the bid price at the time of the bid opening.
2. The Bituminous Material Payment Adjustment Index published monthly by the FDOT
shall be used for the adjustment of unit prices. This report is available on FDOT's internet
site. The address is: http://www1 Lmyflorida.com. It is under the section "Doing Business
SectionlV.doc Page 30 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV -- Technical Specifications
with FDOT" in the "Contracts Administration" section under "Asphalt Index". For
additional information, call FDOT @ 850-414-4000.
3. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of the bid opening will be
used for the initial determination of the asphalt price.
4. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of placement of the asphalt
will be used for payment calculation.
5. The monthly billing period for contract payment will be the same as the monthly period
for the FDOT Payment Adjustment Index.
6. No adjustment in bid prices will be made for either tack coat or prime coat.
7. No price adjustment reflecting any further increases in the cost of asphalt will be made
for any month after the expiration of the allowable contract time.
8. The City reserves the right to make adjustments for decreases in the cost of asphalt.
25 GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS
25.1 IRRIGATION
25.1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The work specified in this Section consists of the installation of an automatic
underground irrigation system as shown or noted in the plans. Provide all labor, materials,
equipment, services and facilities required to perform all work in connection with the
underground sprinkler irrigation system, complete, as indicated on the drawings and/or
specified. Work noted as "NIC", "existing", or "by others" is not included in this pay
item.
B. The irrigation plans are schematic in nature. Valves and pipes shall be located in the
turf/landscape areas except at road/paving crossings. All piping under paving shall be
sleeved. Changes in the irrigation system layout shall be modified with the approval of
the Engineer.
25.1.1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The irrigation work shall be installed by qualified personnel or a qualified irrigation
subcontracting company that has experience in irrigation systems of similar size, scope,
mainline, system pressure, controls, etc.
B. All applicable ANSI, ASTM, FED.SPEC. Standards and Specifications, and all
applicable building codes and other public agencies having jurisdiction upon the work
shall apply.
C. Workmanship: All work shall be installed in a neat, orderly and responsible manner with
the recognized standards of workmanship. The Engineer reserves the right to reject
material or work which does not conform to the contract documents. Rejected work shall
be removed or corrected at the earliest possible time at the contractor's expense.
SectionlV.doc Page 31 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
(04-0042-EN)
D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: The contractor shall prepare and deliver to the
Engineer within ten (10) calendar days prior to completion of construction a minimum of
three (3) hard cover binders with three rings containing the following information:
1. Index sheet stating the contractor's address and business telephone number, 24 hour
emergency phone number, person to contact, list of equipment with name(s) and
address(es) of local manufacturer's representative(s) and local supplier where
replacement equipment can be purchased.
2. Catalog and part sheet on every material and equipment installed under this contract.
3. Complete operating and maintenance instructions on all major equipment.
4. Provide the Engineer and the City of Clearwater maintenance staff with written and
"hands on" instructions for major equipment and show evidence in writing to the
Engineer at the conclusion of the project that this service has been rendered.
a. Four-hour instruction (minimum) for the Drip Emitter equipment operation and
maintenance.
b. Two-hour instruction (minimum) for automatic control valve operation and
maintenance.
25.1.1.2 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. The Irrigation Contractor shall coordinate the work with all other trades, all underground
improvements, the location and planting of trees and all other planting. Verify planting
requiring excavation 24 in. diameter and larger with the Engineer prior to installation of
main lines.
S. Provide temporary irrigation at all times to maintain plant materials.
C. The Irrigation Contractor is responsible to maintain the work area and equipment until
final acceptance by the Engineer. Repairs and replacement of equipment broken, stolen,
or missing as well as regular maintenance operations shall be the obligation of the
contractor.
D. The Irrigation Contractor shall submit a traffic control plan (per FDOT specifications) to
the Engineer prior to initiating construction on the site. The Contractor shall be
responsible for the maintenance of traffic signs, barriers, and any additional equipment to
comply with the FDOT standards and to ensure the safety of its employees and the
public.
25.1.1.3 WARRANTY
A. The Manufacturer(s) shall warrant the irrigation system components to give satisfactory
service for one (1) year period from the date of acceptance by the Engineer and the City
of Clearwater. Should any problems develop within the warranty period due to inferior or
faulty materials, they shall be corrected at no expense to the City of Clearwater or FDOT.
SectionIV.doc Page 32 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
25.1.2 PRODUCTS
25.1.2.1 GENERAL
A. All materials throughout the system shall be new and in perfect condition. No deviations
from the specifications shall be allowed except as noted.
25.1.2.2 PIPING
A. The irrigation system pipe shall be as stated herein and shall be furnished, installed and
tested in accordance with these specifications.
B. All pipe is herein specified to be Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, 1120, Schedule 40,
conforming to ASTM D2665 and D1785.
C. All nipples, pipe connections, bushings, swing joints, connecting equipment to the
mainline is required to be threaded Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, Schedule 80.
25.1.2.3 PIPE FITTINGS
A. All pipe fittings for Schedule 40 PVC pipe shall be as follows: Fittings shall conform to
the requirements of ASTM D2466, Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)
Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. All fittings shall bear the manufacturer's name or
trademark, material designation, size, applicable 1PS schedule and NSF seal of approval.
The connection of mainline pipe to the automatic control valve shall be assembled with
threaded Schedule 80 fittings and threaded Schedule 80 nipples.
25.1.2.4 PVC PIPE CEMENT AND PRIMER
A. Provide solvent cement and primer for PVC solvent weld pipe and fittings as
recommended by the manufacturer. Pipe joints for solvent weld pipe to be belled end.
B. Purple primer shall be applied after the pipe and fittings has been cut and cleaned. The
Primer shall be of contrasting color and be easily recognizable against PVC pipe.
25.1.2.5 THREADED CONNECTIONS
A. Threaded PVC connections shall be made using Teflon tape or Teflon pipe sealant.
25.1.2.6 GATE VALVES
25.1.2.6.1 MANUAL GATE VALVES 2 IN. AND SMALLER
A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings:
1. 200-250 psi Ball Valve
2. PVC body - with Teflon Ball Seals
3. Threaded-Dual end Union Connectors
4. Non-Shock Safe-T Shear Stem
5. Safe-T Shear True Union Ball Valve as manufactured by Spears Manufacturing
Company, Sylmer, California, or approved equal.
SectionIV.doc Page 33 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
25.1.2.6.2 GATE VALVES 21/2" IN. AND LARGER
A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings:
1. AWWA-C-509
2. 200 lb. O.W.G.
3. Cast Iron body - ASTM A 126 Class B
4. Deep socket joints
5. Rising stem
6. Bolted bonnet
7. Double disc
8. Equipped with 2" square operating key with tee handle
B. Provide two (2) operating keys for gate valve 3" and larger. The "street key" shall be 5'
long with a 2" square operating nut.
25.1.2.7 SLEEVES
A. Sleeves: (Existing by City of Clearwater)
25.1.2.8 REMOTE CONTROL VALVES
A. The remote control valve shall be a solenoid actuated, balance-pressure across-the
diaphragm type capable of having a flow rate of 25-30 gallons per minute (GPM) with a
pressure loss not to exceed 6.1 pounds per square inch (PSI). The valve pressure rating
shall not be less than 150 psi.
B. The valve body and bonnent shall be constructed of high impact weather resistant plastic,
stainless steel and other chemical/UV resistant materials. The valve's one-piece
diaphragm shall be of durable santoprene material with a clog resistant metering orifice.
C. The valve body shall have a 1" inch (FNPT) inlet and outlet or a one inch slip by slip
inlet and outlet for solvent weld pipe connections.
D. The valve construction shall be as such to provide for all internal parts to be removable
from the top of the valve without disturbing the valve installation.
E. The valve shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora,
California, or approved equal.
F. Identify all control valves using metal I.D. tags numbered to match drawings.
25.1.2.9 VALVE BOXES
A. For remote control drip valve assembly and UNIK control timer use a Brooks #36
concrete value box with #36-T cast iron traffic bearing cover, or approved equal.
B. For flush valve assembly use anAmetek #181014 (10") circular valve box with #181015
cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal.
C. For air relief assembly use an Ametek #182001 (6") economy turf box with #182002
cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal.
SectionIV.doc Page 34 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
25.1.2.10 DRIP IRRIGATION
25.1.2.10.1 CONSTRUCTION
A. Techline shall consist of nominal sized one-half inch (1/2") low-density linear
polyethylene tubing with internal pressure compensating, continuously self-cleaning,
integral drippers at a specified spacing, (12", 18", or 24" centers). The tubing shall be
brown in color and conform to an outside diameter (O.D.) of 0.67 inches and an inside
diameter (I.D.) of 0.57 inches. Individual pressure compensating drippers shall be welded
to the inside wall of the tubing as an integral part of the tubing assembly. These drippers
shall be constructed of plastic with a hard plastic diaphragm retainer and a self-
flushing/cleaning elastomer diaphragm extending the full length of the dripper.
25.1.2.10.2 OPERATION
A. The drippers shall have the ability to independently regulate discharge rates, with an inlet
pressure of seven to seventy (7-70) pounds per square inch (PSI), at a constant flow and
with a manufacturer's coefficient of variability (Cv) of 0.03. Recommended operating
pressure shall be between 15-45 PSI. The dripper discharge rate shall be 0.4, 0.6, or 0.9
gallons per hour (GPH) utilizing a combination turbulent flow/reduced pressure
compensation cell mechanism and a diaphragm to maintain uniform discharge rates. The
drippers shall continuously clean themselves while in operation. The dripperline shall be
available in 12", 18" and 24" spacing between drippers unless otherwise specified.
Techline pipe depth shall be under mulch unless otherwise specified on Plans. Maximum
system pressure shall be 45 PSC. Filtration shall be 120 mesh or finer. Bending radius
shall be 7".
B. For on-surface or under mulch installations, 6" metal wire staples (TLS6) shall be
installed 3'-5' on center, and two staples installed at every change of direction.
25.1.2.10.3 LINE FLUSHING VALVES
A. The sub-surface system shall utilize Automatic Line Flush Valves at the end of each
independent zone area. This valve shall be capable of flushing one gallon at the beginning
of each irrigation cycle. The valves shall match the dripline manufacturer and connect
directly to the dripline.
25.1.2.10.4 AIRIVACUUM RELIEF VALVE
A. Each independent irrigation zone shall utilize an Air/Vacuum Relief Valve at its high
point(s). The air and vacuum relief valve shall seal effectively from 2 to 110 psi.
25.1.2.10.5 PRESSURE REGULATORS
A. The pressure regulator shall be designed to handle steady inlet pressures over 150 pounds
per square inch (psi) and maintain a constant outlet pressures of 25 psi. Regulating
accuracy shall be within =/-6%. The pressure regulator shall be manufactured from high-
impact engineering grade thermoplastics. Regulation shall be accomplished by a fixed
stainless steel compression spring which shall be enclosed in a chamber separate from the
water passage.
SectionlV,doc Page 35 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
25.1.2.10.6 FILTERS
A. The filter shall be a multiple disc type filter with notation indicating the minimum partial
size to travel through or the mesh size of the element being used. The discs shall be
constructed of chemical resistant thermoplastic for corrosion resistance.
25.1.2.10.7 FITTINGS
A. All connections shall be made with barb or compression type fitting connections. Fittings
and dripline shall be as manufactured by the manufacturer of the dripline to ensure the
integrity of the subsurface irrigation system.
25.1.2.11 AUTOMATIC CONTROL TIMER
A. The irrigation controller (control module) shall be programmable by a separate
transmitter device only. The program shall be communicated to the Control Module from
the Field Transmitter via an infrared connection. The controller shall be of a module type
which may be installed in a valve box underground. The controller shall function
normally if submerged in water and the communication from the transmitter shall
function if submerged in water.
B. The control module shall be housed in an ABS plastic cabinet and shall be potted to
insure waterproof operation. The control module shall have two mounting slots for
screws allowing the module to be securely mounted inside a valve box.
C. The controller shall operate on one nine volt alkaline battery for one full year regardless
of the number of stations utilized. The controller shall operate 1, 2, or 4 stations either
sequentially or independently.
D. The controller shall have three independent programs with eight start times each, station
run time capability from one minute to twelve hours in one minute increments, and a
seven day calendar. The controller shall turn on stations via latching solenoids installed
on the valves. Manual operations shall be initiated by attaching the Field Transmitter to
the Control Module and programming a manual start. The controller shall be capable of
manual single station or manual program operation.
E. The controller shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora,
California USA.
25.1.2.12 FIELD TRANSMITTER
A. The irrigation controller shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device (Field
Transmitter) only. The Field Transmitter shall communicate to the Control Module via an
infrared connection. The Field Transmitter shall be water resistant and housed in ABS
plastic and have a removable, reversible protective sheath. The Field Transmitter shall
operate on one 9V alkaline battery.
B. The Field Transmitter shall have a large LCD screen and a seven-key programming pad.
A beep sound shall confirm every key stroke. The screen shall automatically turn off after
one minute when not in use.
C. The Field Transmitter shall be capable of programming an unlimited number of UNIK
Control Modules.
SectionIV.doc Page 36 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
D. The Field Transmitter shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp.,
Glendora, California USA.
25.1.2.13 LATCHING SOLENOID
A. The Latching Solenoid shall be supplied with an installed, filtered adapter allowing
installation of the solenoid onto any Rain Bird DV, PGA, PEB, PES-B, GB, of EFB series
valve.
B. The Latching Solenoid shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp.,
Glendora, California USA.
25.1.3 EXECUTION
25:1.3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Before work is commenced, hold a conference with the Engineer to discuss general
details of the work.
B. Verify dimensions and grades at job site before work is commenced.
C. During the progress of the work, a competent superintendent and any assistants necessary
shall be on site, all satisfactory to the Engineer. This superintendent shall not be changed,
except with the consent of the Engineer. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor
in his absence and all directions given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given
to the Contractor.
D. Obtain and pay for all irrigation and plumbing permits and all inspections required by
outside authorities.
E. All work indicated or notes on the Drawings shall be provided whether or not specifically
mentioned in these Technical Special Provisions.
F. If there are ambiguities between the Drawings and Specifications, and specific
interpretation or clarification is not issued prior to bidding, the interpretation or
clarification will be made only by the Engineer, and the Contractor shall comply with the
decisions. In event the installation contradicts the directions given, the installation shall
be corrected by the Contractor at no additional cost.
G. Layout of sprinkler lines shown on the Drawing is diagrammatic only. Location of
sprinkler equipment is contingent upon and subject to integration with all other
underground utilities. Contractor shall employ all data contained in the contract
Documents and shall verify this information at the construction site to confirm the
manner by which it relates to the installation.
H. Do not proceed with the installation of the sprinkler system when it is apparent that
obstructions or grade differences exist or if conflicts in construction details, legend, or
specific notes are discovered. All such obstructions, conflicts, or discrepancies shall be
brought to the attention of the Engineer.
1. The disturbance of existing paving will not be permitted. Install all required sleeving
prior to roadway base.
SectionIV.doc Page 37 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
25.1.3.2 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING
25.1.3.2.1 TRENCHING - GENERAL
A. Dig sides of trenches straight. Provide continuous support for pipe on bottom of trenches.
Lay pipe to uniform grade. Trenching excavation shall follow layout indicated on
Drawings.
B. Maintain 6 in. horizontal and minimum clearance between sprinkler lines and between all
lines of other trades.
C. Do not install sprinkler lines directly above another line of any kind.
D. Maintain 6 in. vertical minimum between sprinkler lines which cross at angles of 45
degrees to 90 degrees.
E. Exercise care when excavating, trenching and working near existing utilities.
25.1.3.2.2 BACKFILLING
A. All pressure supply lines (mainline) shall have 18" of fill placed over the pipe.
B. Initial backfill on all lines shall be of a fine granular material with no foreign matter
larger than '/2 in.
C. Compact backfill according to Section 125 of FDOT Specification Book, 1996 Edition.
D. Do not, under any circumstances, use equipment or vehicle wheels for compacting soil.
E. Restore grades and repair damages where settling occurs.
F. Compact each layer of fill with approved equipment to achieve a maximum density per
AASHTO T 180 - latest edition. Under landscaped area, compaction shall not exceed
95% of maximum density.
G. Compaction shall be obtained by the use of mechanical tampers or approved hand
tampers. When hand tampers are used, the materials shall be deposited in layers not more
than six (6") inches thick. The hand tampers shall be suitable for this purpose and shall
have a face area of not more than 100 square inches. Special precautions shall be taken to
prevent damage to the irrigation system piping and adjacent utilities.
25.1.3.2.3 ROUTING OF PIPING:
A. Routing of pressure and non-pressure piping lines are indicated diagrammatically on
Drawings.
B. Coordinate specimen trees and shrubs with routing of lines.
1. Planting locations shall take precedence over sprinkler and piping locations.
2. Report to Owner any major deviation from routing indicated.
C. Conform to Drawings layout without offsetting the various assemblies from the pressure
supply line.
D. Layout drip tube and make any minor adjustments required due to differences between
site and Drawings. Any such deviations in layout shall be within the intent of the original
Drawings, and without additional cost.
SectionIV.doc Page 38 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
(04-0042-EN)
E. Layout all systems using an approved staking method, and maintain the staking of
approved layout.
25.1.3.3 INSTALLATION
25.1.3.3.1 WATER SUPPLY
A. Connections to the water sources shall be at the approximate locations indicated on the
Drawings. Make minor changes caused by actual site conditions without additional cost
to the Owner.
25.1.3.3.2 ASSEMBLIES
A. Routing or pressure supply lines as indicated on Drawings is diagrammatic only. Install
lines and required assemblies in accordance with details on Drawings.
B. Do not install multiple assemblies on plastic lines. Provide each assembly with its own
outlet. When used, the pressure relief valve shall be the last assembly.
C. Install all assemblies in accord with the respective detail Drawings and these Technical
Special Provisions.
D. Plastic pipe and threaded fittings shall be assembled using Teflon tape, applied to the
male threads only.
25.1.3.3.3 SLEEVES: (EXISTING BY CITY OF CLEARWATER)
A. The contractor shall verify the location of all existing sleeves as shown on the roadway,
utility and/or irrigation plans and notify the Engineer of any discrepancies.
25.1.3.3.4 PLASTIC PIPE
A. Install plastic pipe in accord with manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Prepare all welded joints with manufacturer's cleaner prior to applying solvent.
1. Allow welded joints as least 15 minutes setup/curing time before moving or handling.
2. Partially center load pipe in trenches to prevent arching and shifting when water
pressure is on.
3. Do not permit water in pipe until a period of at least four hours has elapsed for
solvent weld setting and curing, unless recommended otherwise by solvent
manufacturer.
C. Curing
1. When the temperature is above 80 degrees F., allow soluble weld joints at least 24
hours curing time before water is introduced under pressure.
D. Flushing the system:
1. After all sprinkler pipe lines and risers are in place and connected, open the control
valves and flush out the system with a full head of water.
E. Installing piping under existing pavement:
1. Piping under existing pavement maybe installed by jacking & boring.
SectionIV.doc Page 39 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES I & 2)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
(04-0042-EN)
2. Secure permission from the Engineer before cutting or breaking any existing
pavement. All repairs and replacements shall be approved by Engineer and shall be
accomplished at no additional cost.
25.1.3.3.5 CONTROLLERS
A. Install all automatic controllers as shown in the plans.
1. The location of all controllers shall be approved by the Engineers representative prior
to installation.
25.1.3.3.6 REMOTE CONTROL VALVES
A. Install at sufficient depth to provide not more than 6 in., nor less than 4 in. cover from the
top of the valve to finish grade.
B. Install valves in a plumb position with 24 in. minimum maintenance clearance from other
equipment, 3 feet minimum from edges of sidewalks, buildings, and walls, and no closer
than 7 feet from the back of curb or edge of pavement along roadways.
C. Contractor shall adjust the valve to provide the proper flow rate or operating pressure for
each sprinkler zone.
25.1.3.3.7 GATE VALVES
A. Install where indicated and with sufficient clearance from other materials for proper
maintenance.
B. Check and tighten valve bonnet packing before backfill.
25.2 LANDSCAPE
25.2.1 GENERAL
25.2.1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The Contract Documents shall include the Plans, Details, Specifications, Bid Proposal,
Contract Agreement, including Installation Schedule, all Addenda, and Contractual and
Special Conditions when required.
25.2.1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES
A. Comply with Federal, State, Local, and other duly constituted authorities and regulatory
agencies, without additional cost to the Owner in matters pertaining to codes, safety, and
environmental matters.
B. Any permits for the installation or construction of any of the work included under the
contract, which are required by any of the legally constituted authorities having
jurisdiction, shall be arranged for by the Contractor and paid for directly by the
Contractor, unless otherwise agreed upon in writing.
SectionlV.doc Page 40 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
25.2.1.3 SCOPE OF WORK
A. All provisions of Contract, including General and Special Provisions and Plans, apply to
the work specified in this Section. The Scope of Work includes everything for and
incidental to executing and completing all landscape work shown on the Plans,
Schedules, Notes and as specified herein.
B. Furnish and provide all labor, plants and materials tools and equipment necessary to
prepare the soil for plantings, to install and care for all plant materials (including finish
grading if necessary); to remove and/or transplant existing plants if indicated; to furnish,
plant, fertilize, guy and brace, water, mulch and prune all new plant materials; and to
execute all other Work as described herein or indicated on the Plans.
C. Work under this Section shall include labor and materials for final grading and raking to
prepare the site for sodding, sprigging, or seeding, so finished lawn or playing field will
appear even and uniform, will drain adequately, and will comply with the intent of the
landscape drawings.
D. Initial maintenance of landscape materials as specified in this document.
25.2.1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Landscape work shall be contracted to a single firm specializing in landscape work, who
shall in turn subcontract no more than 40% of the work specified. All subcontractors
under the control of the Contractor involved in the completion of the landscape work,
shall be made known to the Owner and the Landscape Architect prior to their
commencement of work on the project.
B. All work of this Section shall conform to the highest standard of landscape practices.
C. The Plant Material Schedule included with these Plans is provided only for the
Contractor's convenience; it shall not be construed as to conflict or predominate over the
Plans. If conflict between the Plans and Specifications exists, the Plan shall predominate
and be considered the controlling document.
D. During this work, the Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining safety among
persons in his employ in accordance with the standards set by The Occupational Safety
and Health Act of 1970 (and all subsequent amendments). Owner and Landscape
Architect shall be held harmless from any accident, injury or any other incident resulting
from compliance or non-compliance with these standards.
E. The Contractor shall cooperate with and coordinate with all other trades whose work is
built into or affects the work in this Section.
F. All appropriate utility companies and agencies shall be contacted 72 hours prior to
excavation. Call "One Call" at 1-800-432-4770.
G. The Contractor shall carefully examine the site and all existing conditions affecting the
work, such as: soil, obstructions, existing trees, utilities, etc. Report any conditions in
conflict with the work to the Landscape Architect.
SectionlV.doc Page 41 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
25.2.1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor is required to submit prior to the expiration of the required maintenance
period, two copies of typewritten instructions recommending procedures to be established
by the Owner for maintenance of landscape work for a period of one year.
B. Furnish unit prices for all plant materials and inert materials, including labor for all
specified work.
25.2.1.6 ALTERNATES, ADDITIONS, DELETIONS, SUBSTITUTIONS
A. If there are additions/alternates included in these Plans and Specifications, the Contractor
must propose prices to accomplish the work stated as additions/alternates at the time of
bidding.
B. The Owner, through his Project Representative, reserves the right to add or deduct any of
the work stated herein without rendering the Contract void.
C. The Contractor must have written approval by the Project Representative for any
substitutions not previously agreed to in the purchase agreement: installation without
approval is entirely at the Contractor's risk.
D. All material acquired through additions or substitutions shall be subject to all conditions
and warranties stated herein.
25.2.1.7 ABBREVIATIONS/DEFINITIONS
O.A. or HT.:
The over-all height of the plant measured from the ground to the natural, untied state of
the majority of the foliage, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds.
C. T.:
C.W.:
SPR.:
ST. TR.:
MIN.:
GAL.:
Clear trunk is measured from the ground to the bottom of the first leaf or frond stem with
no foliage from ground to specified height. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or
similar, the clear trunk measurement includes the "nut" at the base of the fronds.
Clear wood is measured from the ground to the bottom of the base of the lowest leaf
sheath or boot, trimmed in a natural manner. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms
or similar, the clear wood measurement does not include the "nut" at the base of the
fronds.
Spread, branches measured in natural untied position to the average crown diameter, not
including extreme leaves, branches or fronds.
Straight trunk.
Minimum.
Gallon container size, i.e., 1 gallon, 3 gallon, 7 gallon, etc.
SectionIV.doc Page 42 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
O. C.:
On center, distance between plant centers.
DIA.:
Diameter.
LVS.:
Leaves.
D.B.H.:
Diameter or caliper of main trunk of tree as measured at breast height at 4-1/2 feet above
grade.
CAL.:
Caliper, the outside diameter of up to a four inch tree is measured six inches above grade,
larger trees are measured at 12 inches above grade.
B&B:
PPP:
FG:
STD.:
Balled and burlapped in accordance with horticultural standards of the American
Association of Nurserymen.
Plants per pot.
Field grown.
Standard, single, straight trunk.
Owner:
To be known as that entity which holds title or control to the premises on which the work
is performed.
Owner's Representative:
Owner's on-site representative shall be responsible for approval of quantity and quality of
materials specified and execution of installation.
Contractor:
Shall refer to that person or enterprise commonly known as the Landscape Contractor.
Landscape Architect:
This person or firm is the responsible representative of the Owner who produces the
landscape Plans and Specifications.
25.2.1.8 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
25.2.1.8.1 PLANT MATERIALS
A. Provide container grown or, if appropriate, freshly dug trees and shrubs. Do not prune
prior to delivery. Do not bend or bind trees or shrubs in such a manner as to damage bark,
break branches or destroy natural shape. Provide protective covering during delivery. If
plant delivery is made in open vehicles, the entire load shall be suitably covered.
SectionIV.doc Page 43 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV -- Technical Specifications
B. All plants are to be handled at all times so that roots or root balls are adequately protected
from sun, cold, or drying winds. No root balls for trees and container plants that have
been cracked or broken shall be planted except upon special approval. Plants shall not be
pulled by the tops or stems, nor handled in a rough or careless manner at any time.
C. Balled and burlapped plants shall be moved with firm, natural, balls of soil, not less than
1 foot diameter of ball to every 1 inch caliper of trunk; root ball depth shall not be less
than 2/3 of root ball diameter. B & B plants which cannot be planted upon delivery shall
have their root balls covered with moist soil or mulch.
D. Trees shall be dug with adequate balls, burlapped, and wire bound if needed. Root
pruning to be done a minimum of 4 weeks before removal from the field and planting at
the site. Root balls may not be encased in "grow bags" or other synthetic material, except
plastic shrink wrap for transport only.
E. Remove all fronds form sabal palms prior to planting, but leave a minimum of 12 inches
of new frond growth above the bud. Do not damage bud. On all other palms, only a
minimum of palm fronds shall be removed from crown to facilitate moving and handling.
Clear trunk shall be determined after minimum fronds have been removed. Boots shall be
removed from trunk unless otherwise specified. Palms shall be planted within 24 hours of
delivery.
F. Deliver trees and shrubs after preparations for planting have been completed and plant
immediately. If planting is delayed more than 6 hours after delivery, set trees and shrubs
in shade, protect from weather and mechanical damage, and cover to keep the roots
moist.
G. Label at least one tree and one shrub of each variety with a securely attached waterproof
tag bearing legible designation of botanical and common name.
H. Sod: Time delivery so that sod will be placed within twenty-four (24) hours after
stripping. Protect sod against drying and breaking by covering palettes of sod or placing
in a shaded area.
25.2.1.9 JOB CONDITIONS
25.2.1.9.1 ACCEPTANCE OF JOB CONDITIONS.
A. The Contractor shall examine the sub-grade, verify elevations, observe the conditions
under which work is to be performed and notify the Landscape Architect or Project
Representative in writing of unsatisfactory conditions prior to beginning work. Do not
proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner
acceptable to the Landscape Architect. Start of work shall indicate acceptance of
conditions and full responsibility for the completed work.
B. Proceed with and complete the landscape work as rapidly as portions of the site become
available, working within the seasonal limitations for each kind of landscape work and
following the approved schedule. If seasonal limitations apply, notify the Landscape
Architect for adjustments to the Schedule.
C. Determine locations of all underground utilities and review for conflicts with planting
procedures.
SectionIV.doc Page 44 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
(04-0042-EN)
D. When adverse conditions to plant growth are encountered, such as rubble fill, drainage
conditions or obstruction, the Contractor shall notify the Landscape Architect in writing
prior to planting.
E. Plant trees and shrubs after final grades are established and prior to the planting of lawns,
protecting lawn trees and promptly repairing damages from planting operations.
25.2.1.9.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK
A. The work shall be carried out to completion with the utmost speed. Immediately upon
award of contract, the Contractor shall prepare a construction schedule and furnish a copy
to the Owner's Representative and/or the Landscape Architect for approval. The
Contractor shall carry out the work in accordance with the approved schedule.
B. If the Contractor incurs unforeseen costs, such as overtime hours, holidays, etc. in order
to complete the work within the time stated in the Contract, and/or to maintain the
progress schedule, all said costs shall be borne by the Contractor at no additional cost to
the Owner.
C. The Owner's Representative's may request in writing work stoppage. Upon written
request from the Owner's Representative, the Landscape Contractor shall suspend
delivery of material and stop all work for such a period as deemed necessary by the
Owner, the Owner's Representative, or the General Contractor with respect to any
additional costs which may result from work stoppage.
25.2.1.9.3 UTILITIES
A. The Contractor shall perform work in a manner which will avoid conflicts with utilities.
Hand excavate, as required, to minimize possibility of damage to underground utilities.
Maintain grade stakes set by others until removal is mutually agreed upon by all parties
concerned.
25.2.2 PRODUCTS
25.2.2.1 MATERIALS
25.2.2.1.1 PLANT MATERIALS: NOMENCLATURE
A. Plant species, sizes, etc. shall be per Plans and Specifications on Plant Material
Scheduled. Nomenclature is per Manual of Cultivated Plant, Standard Encyclopedia of
Horticulture, L.H. Bailey, or Standardized Plant Names Dictionary, American Joint
Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature (latest editions), or conforms with names
accepted in the nursery trade.
25.2.2.1.2 PLANT MATERIALS: QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Provide healthy, vigorous stock grown under climatic conditions similar to conditions in
the locality of the project. Plants shall have a habit of growth that is normal for the
species and be sound, healthy, vigorous and free from insect pests or their eggs, plant
diseases, defects and injuries. Plants shall be well branched and densely foliated when in
leaf and shall have healthy, well-developed root systems.
SectionIV.doc Page 45 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
B. Trees shall be heavily branched or, in the case of palms, be heavily leafed. Some plant
materials may be collected stock with the approval of the Landscape Architect. Provided
tree species that have a single main trunk (central leader), unless otherwise stated. Trees
that have the main trunk forming a "Y" shape or parallel branching are not acceptable.
C. Plant materials shall be specified and shall be Florida #1 or better as to shape and quality
for the species as outlined in Grades and Standards for Nursery Plants Part I and II,
Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services (latest edition).
D. The Owner or Landscape Architect reserves the right to inspect plant materials either at
the place of growth or at the project site prior to planting for compliance with
requirements for name variety, size quality, or designated area.
E. Landscape materials shall be shipped with certificates of inspection as required by
governmental authorities. The Contractor shall comply with all governing regulations that
are applicable to landscape materials.
F. Do not make substitutions. If specified landscape material is not available, submit
Landscape Architect proof of it being non-available. In such event, if the Landscape
Architect designates an available source, such shall be acquired from designated source.
When authorized, a written change order for substitute material will be made by
adjustment to Contract amount.
G. Height and/or width of trees shall be measured from ground up; width measurement shall
be normal crown spread of branches with plants in the normal position. This
measurement shall not include immediate terminal growth. All measurements shall be
taken after pruning for specified sizes. All trees and shrubs shall conform to
measurements specified in the plant material schedule, except that plant material larger
than specified may be used with the approval of the Owner or Landscape Architect; with
no increase to the Contract price. Plant materials shall not be pruned prior to delivery.
H. Plant Material shall be symmetrical, typical for variety and species. Plants used where
symmetry is required shall be matched as nearly as possible.
1. Balled and burlapped plants shall have firm, natural balls of earth of sufficient diameter
and depth to encompass the feeding root system necessary for full development of the
plant and to conform with the standards of the American Association of Nurserymen.
Root balls and tree trunks shall not be damaged by improper binding and B & B
procedures.
J. Container-grown plants may be substituted for balled and burlapped plants or vice-versa
provided the quality is equal or better than specified and the Landscape Architect
approves the substitution.
K. Container grown stock shall have been grown in containers for at least four months, but
not over two years. If requested, samples must be shown to prove no root bound
condition exists.
25.2.2.1.3 GRASSES: SOD OR SEED
A. Sod or seed (as/if specified) shall be a species as stated on the Plan. Solid sod shall be of
even thickness and with a good root structure, 95% free of noxious week, freshly mowed
before cutting, and in healthy condition when laid. It must not be stacked more than 24
SectionIV.doc Page 46 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
(04-0042-EN)
hours before laying and it must be grown in soil compatible to that in which it will be
installed. Sod must be kept moist prior to and after installation.
B. Seed shall be delivered to the site in unopened bags with certification tags in place.
Purity, germination and weed content shall be as certification requirements.
25.2.2.1.4 MULCH
A. Mulch shall be 100% Grade "B" shredded cypress bark mulch, thoroughly mixed with a
pre-emergence weed killer according to the label directions as specified on the plan.
B. Install mulch to an even depth of 3" before compaction.
25.2.2.1.5 FERTILIZER
A. Granular fertilizer shall be uniform in composition; free flowing and suitable for
application with approved equipment; received at the site in full, labeled, unopened bags
bearing the name, trade name or trademark and warranty of the producer; fully
conforming to State of Florida fertilizer laws.
B. All fertilizer shall bear the manufacturer's statement of analysis and shall contain the
appropriate minimum amounts of elements for the type of use specified herein.
C. Agriform 20-10-5 fertilizer tablets or approved equal, shall be placed in planting pit for
all plant materials at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling.
D. Ground cover and annual areas shall receive fertilization with Osmocote Time Release
Fertilizer according to product instructions and rate.
E. For sod and seeded areas, fertilize with a complete granular fertilizer on Bahia and St.
Augustine grass at the rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per one thousand (1,000) square
feet. Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% - 50% of the
nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. The ratio of nitrogen to potash will be
1:1 or 2:1 for complete fertilizer formulations. Phosphorus shall be no more than '/ the
nitrogen level. They shall also contain magnesium and micronutrients (i.e. manganese,
iron, zinc, copper, etc.).
25.2.2.1.6 STAKES AND GUYS
A. For trees, approved plastic or rubber guys shall be used between the stakes and the tree
trunk. Galvanized steel guy wire shall not be used.
B. Stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees over 2" caliper.
Stakes shall be 2" x 2" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees 2" caliper and under. A
minimum of 2 stakes per tree or an optional 3 stakes per tree shall be used.
C. For single trunk palms, stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock, with
a minimum of 3 stakes per palm. Batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5 - 2" x 4"
by 16" wood connected with two - 3/" steel bands shall be used around the palm trunk.
D. Other tree staking systems may be acceptable if approved.
SectionIV.doc Page 47 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV -- Technical Specifications
25.2.2.1.7 PLANTING SOIL
A. Unless stated on the plans or in the specifications, install plant material in tilled and
loosened native soil backfill. It is the responsibility of the Landscape Contractor to test,
prior to planting and at no additional cost to the Contract, any soils which may be
unsuitable for the vigorous growth of plants. Unsuitable conditions shall be reported to
the Landscape Architect immediately in writing.
B. When required, planting soil media shall be provided by the Contractor and shall consist
of 1/3 peat and 2/3 sandy loam, with no lumps over V.
C. Backfill and clean fill dirt provided by the Contractor shall be in a loose, friable soil.
There must be slight acid reaction to the soil (about 6.0 - 6.5 pH) with no excess of
calcium or carbonate, and it shall be free from excess weeds, clay lumps, stones, stumps,
roots and toxic substances or any other materials that might be harmful to plant growth or
a hindrance to grading, planting, and maintenance procedures and operations. No heavily
organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used as fill dirt.
D. Bed preparation for annual beds under 1 gallon container size shall consist of 3" of
Florida peat or other approved organic soil amendment spread over full length and width
of planting area. Rototil organic layer 6 inches to 8 inches into native soil.
25.2.2.1.8 SOIL AMENDMENTS
A. Terra-Sorb AG or approved equal, soil amendment shall be mixed with native or planting
soil for all trees, shrubs, ground cover, and annuals according to manufacturer's
recommended application rates and methods, if specified on the Plans.
25.2.2.1.9 TREE PROTECTION
A. Wood fencing shall be 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock with flagging on horizontal
members. Space vertical members 6 feet to 8 feet on center. The barricade shall be placed
so as to protect the critical protection zone area, which is the area surrounding a tree
within a circle described by a radius of one foot for each inch of the tree's diameter at
breast height DBH at 4 - %2 feet above grade.
25.2.2.1.10 ROOT BARRIER SYSTEM
A. Root barrier fabric shall be installed when specified in the plans and/or specifications for
protection of adjacent paved surfaces according to specific product name or equal. Install
as directed by the manufacturer.
25.2.2.1.11 PACKAGED MATERIALS
A. Deliver packaged materials in containers showing weight, analysis and name of
manufacturer. Protect materials from deterioration during delivery and while stored at the
site.
25.2.2.1.12 PESTICIDES
A. Pesticides shall be only approved, safe brands applied according to manufacturer's
directions.
SectionIV.doc Page 48 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
25.2.3 EXECUTION
25.2.3.1 PREPARATION
25.2.3.1.1 OBSTRUCTIONS BELOW GROUND
A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to locate and mark all underground utilities,
irrigation lines and wiring prior to commencement of the work.
B. If underground construction, utilities or other obstructions are encountered in excavation
of planting areas or pits, the Landscape Architect shall be immediately notified to select a
relocated position for any materials necessary.
25.2.3.1.2 GRADING AND PREPARATION FOR PLANT MATERIALS
A. All proposed landscape areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with
Monsanto's "Round-Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed landscape areas
adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the manufacturer's
specifications.
B. New plant materials will not be installed until a 98% weed/turf eradication has been
achieved. More than one application may be required to produce an acceptable planting
bed.
C. Pre-emergent herbicides are not a substitute for spray treatment of "Round-Up" or
"Rodeo", and may be used only with the written approval of the Landscape Architect.
D. Should any plant material in the same, or adjacent beds be damaged by these chemicals,
the same size, quantity and quality of plants shall be immediately replaced by the
Contractor at no cost to the Owner.
E. Any necessary corrections or repairs to the finish grades shall be accomplished by the
Contractor. All planting areas shall be carefully graded and raked to smooth, even finish
grade, free from depressions, lumps, stones, sticks or other debris and such that they will
conform to the required finish grades and provide uniform and satisfactory surface
drainage without puddling.
F. The Contractor shall remove debris (sticks, stones, rubbish) over 1 - t/2 inches in any
dimension form individual tree, shrub and hedge pits and dispose of the excavated
material off the site.
25.2.3.1.3 PREPARATION FOR ANNUAL BED PLANTING
A. Prepare native subgrade by rototilling or loosening by hand methods. Spread 3 inches of
Florida peat (1/3), sandy loam (1/3), or other approved organic soil amendment over the
full length and width of planting area for annuals. Rototill organic layer 6 inches to 8
inches into the native soil. Grade the planting bed by "crowning' to insure that surface
drainage, percolation, and aeration occur at rapid rates. Add Osmocote time release
fertilizer according to product instructions and rate.
SectionIV.doc Page 49 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
25.2.3.1.4 PREPARATION FOR SEEDING AND SOD AREAS
A. All proposed sod areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with
Monsanto's "Round-Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed sod areas
adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the Manufacturer's
Specifications.
B. Limit preparation to areas which will be planted promptly after preparation. Loosen sub-
grade of seed and sod areas to a minimum depth of 4 inches.
C. Immediately prior to any turf work, the Contractor shall finish grade the soil to a smooth,
even surface assuring positive drainage away from buildings and the subsequent turf
flush to the tops of adjacent curbs and sidewalks. The surface shall be sloped to existing
yard drains.
D. A complete fertilizer shall be applied to St. Augustine or Bahia grass at a rate of one (1)
pound of nitrogen per 1000 square feet. Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed
granules, with 30% - 505 of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form.
Thoroughly work fertilizer into the top 4 inches of soil.
E. Moisten prepared seed and sod areas before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and
allow surface moisture to dry before planting lawns. Do not create a muddy soil
condition.
25.2.3.2 INSTALLATION
25.2.3.2.1 BERM CONSTRUCTION (IF SPECIFIED)
A. Install berms at location and design shown on Plans and at the height and slope indicated.
Height stated is for finished berm with soil at natural compaction.
B. Exact location and configuration of berms may require modification to allow proper
drainage; such changes will be coordinated with the Landscape Architect.
C. If shown on the Plan, construct berms using clean sandy loam fill dirt which is well-
drained, free of rocks, roots, or other debris, with a soil pH of an acid Nature (about 6.0 -
6.5). No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used in berm construction.
25.2.3.2.2 LAYOUT OF PLANT MATERIALS
A. Unless otherwise stipulated, plant materials shall be approximately located per the plans
by scale measurements using established building, columns, curbs, screen walls, etc. as
the measuring reference point. Slight shifting may be required to clear wires, prevent
blockage of signage, etc.
B. Shrubs and ground covers shall be located and spaced as noted on the plant material
schedule (if provided), otherwise plants will be placed in the planting beds at the
normally accepted spacing for each species.
C. Leave an 18 inch (450 millimeters) border of mulched space between outer leaves of
installed plant material and the bed line, curb, or building foundation wall for all plant
sizes.
SectionIV.doc Page 50 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
D. Any necessary "minor" adjustments in the layout of planting shall be made by the
Contractor with the approval of the Landscape Architect in order to conform as nearly as
possible to the intent of the plans.
25.2.3.2.3 PLANTING PROCEDURES
A. All shrubs, trees and ground covers or vines shall be planted in pits having vertical sides
and being circular in outline. Planting pit shall be 3 to 5 times the width of the root ball.
B. Plants shall be set straight or plumb, in the locations shown, at such level that after
settlement normal or natural relationship of the top of the root ball with the ground
surface will be established. With regards to proper nursery practices, plants under certain
conditions (i.e. low and wet areas) will benefit from being planted "high" with the root
ball about 1 inch higher than the surrounding grade.
C. All plant materials shall be fertilized with Agriform 20-10-5 planting tablets, or approved
equal, at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. Agriform planting
tablets shall be placed uniformly around the root mass at a depth that is between the
middle and the bottom of the root mass.
Application rate:
1 gallon 1 - 21 gram tablet
3 gallon 2 - 21 gram tablet
5 gallon 3 - 21 gram tablet
7 gallon 4 - 21 gram tablet
Trees 3 tablets each Y2" (12 millimeters) caliper
Palms 7- 21 gram tablets
D. Native soil shall be used in back-filling plant pits or as specified. The Contractor shall be
responsible for providing additional soil for building tree saucers.
E. When balled and burlapped plants are set, undisturbed native soil shall be left under the
base of the root ball to prevent voids. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the
sidcs of the root ball. Remove the top 4 inches (100 millimeters) of burlap wire, and all
tie-down material from the root ball. Do not remove these materials from the bottom of
the root ball. Thoroughly water-in before bringing the back-fill up to the proper grade
Roots of bare plants shall be properly spread out, and planting soil carefully worked in
among them. Failure to comply is cause for rejection.
F. Containerized plants shall be installed with undisturbed native soil left under the base of
the root ball to prevent voids. Planting pit shall be 3 to 5 times the width of the root ball.
Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Thoroughly
water-in before bringing the backfill up to the proper grade.
G. Plant spacing shall be "on center" and varies with the different plant species. Space each
variety of plant equally in the planting areas. Shrubs and ground covers adjacent to
straight or curved edges shall be triangular - spaced in rows parallel to those edges. Plant
a minimum of 18 inches from the back of the curb to the outside edge of the plant.
H. All azaleas shall be placed into a prepared bed of amended soil containing 50% weed-free
Florida peat or approved equivalent. Root balls shall be scarified vertically at 120 degree
angles in a triangular pattern.
SectionIV.doc Page 51 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
I. Sabal palms may be planted deeper than normal if conditions warrant and if approved.
25.2.3.2.4 SODDING
A. During periods of drought, sod shall be watered sufficiently at its origin to moisten the
soil adequately to the depth to which it is to be cut.
B. An application of 6-6-6, 40% organic, slow or controlled release fertilizer shall be made
to all lawn areas just prior to the laying of the sod at a rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen
per 1,000 square feet. The ground shall be wet down before the sod is laid in place.
C. Solid sod shall be laid tightly with closely abutting staggered joints with an even surface
edge and sod edge, in a neat and clean manner to the edge of all the paving and shrub
areas. Cut down soil level to 1 inch to 1-1/2 inches below top of walks prior to laying
sod.
D. Within 2 hours after installing sod and prior to rolling, irrigate the sod. Sufficient water
shall be applied to wet the sod thoroughly and to wet the sod to a depth of 2 inches (50
millimeters). Watering shall be done in a manner that will avoid erosion due to the
application of excessive quantities, and the watering equipment shall be a type that will
prevent damage to the finished sod surface. Watering shall be repeated as necessary to
keep sod moist until rooted to subgrade.
E. The sod shall be pressed firmly into contact with the sod bed using a turf roller or other
approved equipment so as to eliminate air pockets, provide a true and even surface and
insure knitting without any displacement of the sod or deformation of the surfaces of
sodded areas. After the sodding operation has been completed, the edges of the area shall
be smooth and shall conform to the grades indicated.
F. If, in the opinion of the Landscape Architect, top dressing is necessary after rolling, clean
silica sand shall be used to fill voids. Evenly apply sand over the entire surface to be
leveled, filling-in dips and voids and thoroughly washing into the sod areas.
G. On slopes steeper than 2:1 and as required, the sod shall be fastened in place with suitable
wooden pins or by other approved method.
25.2.3.2.5 SEEDING
A. Seed shall be installed per the specifications of the State of Florida Department of
Transportation. See plan for type of seed.
25.2.3.2.6 TREE GUYING, BRACING AND STAKING
A. Tree guying, staking and bracing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor per sound
nursery practices, and shall be done per details shown on the Plans. For trees, a minimum
of 2 stakes per tree or an optional 3 stakes per tree at 120 degree spacing shall be used.
Stakes shall be driven in at an angle, then tightened to vertical supported by approved
plastic or rubber guys. Trees shall be staked with a minimum of 4 feet height of stake
above grade and a minimum of 30 inches of stake below grade.
B. For single trunk palms, a minimum of 3 stakes per palm at 120 degree spacing shall be
used. Toenail the stakes to batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5- 2 inch x 4 inch x
SectionrV.doc Page 52 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
16 inch wood connected with two 3/ inch steel bands. Palms shall be staked with a
minimum of 5 feet of stake above grade.
C. Contractor shall remove all tree guying, staking, and bracing from trees six (6) months
after the date of final acceptance of the landscape work.
D. Stake only trees that require support to maintain a plumb position or are in potentially
hazardous areas.
25.2.3.2.7 MULCHING
A. All planting beds shall be weed-free prior to mulching.
B. All curb, roadway, and bed line edges will be "trenched" to help contain the applied
mulch.
C. All plant beds and tree rings shall be mulched evenly with a 3 inch layer (before
compaction) of 100% Grade B recycled cypress bark mulch, or other mulch as specified
on the Plans or General Notes.
D. Mulch shall not be placed against the trunks of plant materials or foundations of
buildings. Maintain a minimum 3 inch clearance for trees and shrub trunks and a
minimum 6 inch clearance for the walls of buildings.
E. For beds of annual flowers, a 12 inch wide x 3 inch deep band of mulch shall be installed
in front of the first row of annuals. Maintain a minimum 6 inches of non-mulched
clearance from the outside edge of annuals.
25.2.3.2.8 PRUNING
A. Pruning shall be done by an experienced certified Arborist to maintain the natural shape
and form of the plant.
B. Upon acceptance by the Owner, prune any broken branches, remove crossed branches,
and branches hanging below the clear trunk of the tree.
25.2.3.2.9 CLEAN-UP
A. During landscape work, store materials and equipment where directed by the Owner.
B. The Contractor shall promptly remove any materials and equipment used on the job,
keeping the area neat at all times. Upon completion of all planting, dispose of all excess
soil and debris leaving pavements and work areas in safe and orderly condition.
C. The clean-up of the site shall include the removal and proper disposal of the tree guying,
staking, and bracing materials as described in specifications.
25.2.3.2.10 PROTECTION
A. The Contractor shall provide safeguards for the protection of workmen and others on,
about, or adjacent to the work, as required under the parameters of the Occupational
Safety and Health Administration (0.S.H.A.) standards.
B. The Contractor shall protect the Owner's and adjacent property from damage.
SectionlV.doc Page 53 Revisers: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES I & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section N - Technical Specifications
C. the Contractor shall protect the landscape work and materials from damage due to
landscape operations. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods..
D. The Contractor shall provide protection (tree barricades) for all existing trees and palms
as specified.
25.2.3.2.11 REPAIR OF DAMAGES
E. The Contractor shall repair all damage caused by his operations to other materials,
property, or trades to a level equal in quality to the existing condition prior to damage.
F. The Contractor shall be held responsible for all damage done by his work or employees
to other materials or trades' work. Patching and replacement of damaged work may be
done by others, at the Owner's direction, but the cost of same shall be paid by the
Contractor who is responsible for the damage.
25.2.3.3 MAINTENANCE
A. The Contractor shall maintain all plant materials in a first class condition from the
beginning of landscape construction until Final Acceptance.
B. Operations:
Maintenance shall include, but not be limited to, watering of turf and planting beds,
mowing, fertilizing, cultivation, weeding, pruning, disease and pest control,
replacement of dead materials, straightening, turf or planter settlement corrections,
replacement of rejected materials, staking and guying repair and tightening, wash-out
repairs and regrading, and any other procedures consistent with the good horticultural
practice necessary to insure normal, vigorous and healthy growth of all work under
the Contract. Mowing shall be consistent with the recommended height per the
University of Florida Cooperative Extension Service.
2. Within the warranty period, the Contractor shall notify the Owner of any maintenance
practices being followed or omitted which would be detrimental to the healthy,
vigorous growth of the landscape.
3. The Contractor shall be responsible for the final watering of not less than one inch of
water for all planted materials before leaving the site.
25.2.3.4 INSPECTION, REJECTION, AND ACCEPTANCE
25.2.3.4.1 INSPECTION
A. Upon completion of the installation, the Contractor will notify the Owner or the Owner's
Representative that the job is ready for inspection. Within 15 days of notifications, the
installation will be inspected by the Landscape Architect. A written and/or graphic
inspection report will be sent to the Owner and/or Landscape Contractor.
25.2.3.4.2 REJECTION AND REPLACEMENT
A. The Landscape Architect shall be final judge as to the suitability and acceptability of any
part of the work. Plant material will be rejected if it does not meet the requirements set
forth in Plans and Specifications.
SectionIV.doc Page 54 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
(04-0042-EN)
B. Replace any rejected materials immediately or within 15 days and notify the Landscape
Architect that the correction has been made.
25.2.3.4.3 ACCEPTANCE
A. After replacement of rejected plant material (if any) have been made, and completion of
all other correction items, the Owner or Project Representative will accept the project in
writing.
B. Upon Final Acceptance, the Owner assumes responsibility for maintenance within the
terms of the Contract. Acceptance will in no way invalidate the Contractor's warranty
period.
C. The Contractor's warranty period will begin after final acceptance of the project by the
Owner.
1. If evidence exists of any lien or claim arising out of or in connection with default in
performance of this Contract, the Owner shall have the right to retain any payment
sufficient to discharge such claim and all costs in connection with discharging such
claim.
2. Where the Specifications call for any stipulated item or an "approved equivalent", or
in words to that effect, the Contractor shall indicate the price of the type and species
specified in the proposal, giving the price to be added or deducted from his Contract
price. The final selection rests with the Owner or his representative.
3. Where plants installed do not meet specifications, the Owner reserves the right to
request plant replacement or an appropriate deduction from the Contract amount to
compensate for the value not received from the under-specified plant materials. No
additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for plants installed that
exceed specifications.
25.2.3.5 WARRANTY
0
shall be given the equal affleun? efwaffanty.
26 HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING
26.1 INTENT
It is the intention of this specification to provide for the trenchless restoration of 8" to 12"
sanitary sewers by the installation of a high density polyethylene, jointless, continuous, fold and
form pipe liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand exposure to domestic
sewage including all labor, materials and equipment to provide for a complete, fully restored and
functioning installation.
SectionlV.doc Page 55 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
26.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY
The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding
contractor prequalification. In addition, the City requires a proven extensive tract record for the
fold and form liner system to be used in this project. All contractors submitting for
prequalification approval for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the
installation of the proposed liner system and satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system
has been extensively and successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of Florida. The
installer must be certified by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system.
The City reserves full and complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the
liner system and the installer.
26.3 MATERIALS
Pipe shall be made from P. E. 3408 polyethylene resins complying with ASTM D 3350, cell
classification: P.E. 345434 D for High Density. It shall be Type 3, Grade 4, Class D, according to
ASTM D 1248. The Contractor shall provide certified test results for review by the Engineer,
from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable requirements. Material
shall have a minimum thickness of SDR 32.5. Pipe specimens shall comply with the minimum
property values shown below with the applicable ASTM requirements:
Material Property ASTM Method Value
HDPE Tensile Strength D 638 3,300 psi
Elasticity Modulus E=113,000 psi
Impact Strength D 256 A 3.0 ft-lb/in
Flexure Modulus E=136,000 psi
Expansion Coeff. G---0.009 in/in/deg F
At the time of manufacture, each lot of liner shall be reviewed for defects and tested in
accordance with ASTM D 2837 and D 1693. At the time of delivery, the liner shall be
homogeneous throughout, uniform in color, free of cracks, holes, foreign materials, blisters, or
deleterious faults. The Contractor shall provide, as requested, certified test results for review by
the Engineer, from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable
requirements. The Engineer may at any time request the Contractor provide test results from field
samples to the above requirements.
Liner shall be marked at 5-foot intervals or less with a coded number, which identifies the
manufacturer, SDR, size, material, date, and shift on which the liner was extruded.
Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval as requested, complete design
calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS-20 traffic loading,
water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of 50 years, and no structural
strength retained from the existing pipe. Liner materials shall meet manufactures specifications
of Pipe Liners, Inc. 3421 N. Causeway, Suite 321, New Orleans, LA 70002, 1-800-344-3744 or
approved equal. Any approved equal liner system must be approved by the Engineer as an equal
SectionIV.doc Page 56 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
system prior to receiving bids. Request for contractor prequalification and/or equal liner system
approval must be received by the Engineer no later than 14 days prior to the date for receiving
bids.
26.A CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for
rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean
interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior
to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of
restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptions to local
traffic, residents and particularly to commercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation
operations all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the
sewer from damage.
All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractor's responsibility for prompt disposal
in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The Contractor may be required to
control the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid heavy pollution loads at the
City's treatment plants.
26.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION
After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the project is
completed, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected by means of closed-circuit color
television, and recorded on VHS format tapes provided to the project engineer. The television
system used shall be designed for the purpose and suitably lighted to provide a clear picture of
the entire periphery of the pipe.
26.6 LINER INSTALLATION
Liner shall be sized to field measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide a tight fit to the
full interior circumference of the existing sanitary sewer and shall be a continuous, jointless liner
product from inside of manhole to inside of manhole. Contractor shall use installation methods
approved by the liner manufacturer including liner placement, reforming to fit existing pipe,
pressure and heat requirements and reconnection of laterals. The Contractor shall immediately
notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking place during the insertion operation.
Contractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system for bypass pumping should delays or
problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes shall be smooth, free of
irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots, or other defects in the liner
shall be permitted. Such defects shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at his expense.
OSHA requirements for installation procedures, in particular, confined spaces are to be met.
26.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION
Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be
reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to 100% of the area of the
original opening. All lateral reconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method
and material is to be approved by the Engineer.
Any reconnections to laterals and connections to manholes which are observed to leak shall be
resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered during the lining process are to be reconnected
SectionlV.doc Page 57 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
unless specifically directed otherwise by the City. The Contractor will be requested to reconnect
any laterals discovered to not be reconnected at a later date. Contractor shall notify all local
system users when the sanitary system will not be available for normal usage by the delivery of
door hangers with appropriate information regarding the construction project.
26.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION
Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. At no
time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than a eight hour
period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewage
backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and
property damage costs and claims.
26.9 PAYMENT
Payment for sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per lineal foot including all preparation,
bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, etc, to provide a fully
completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of manhole to center
of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for storm systems.
27 PLANT MIX DRIVEWAYS
New driveways or existing black top driveways that must be broken back in widening the
pavement (remove only enough to allow adequate grade for access to the street) shall be
constructed or replaced in accordance with the specifications for paving the street with the
exception that the base shall be six (6) inches. Use Section 23 G Asphaltic Concrete as specified
for the street paving.
When finished surface of existing drive is gravel, replace ment shall be of like material. Payment
shall be the same as Plant Mix Driveways.
27.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
Measurement shall be the number of square yard of Plant Mix Driveways in place and accepted.
27.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be the unit price per square yard for Plant Mix Driveways as measured above,
which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications
and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the
work.
28 REPORTING OF TONNAGE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS
The State of Florida has imposed strict requirements on Solid Wastes Handlers to decrease, the
generation of solid waste products and in particular to increase the amount of recycle products.
In this regard, the City is required to determine the monthly total tonnage of all construction
debris which is recycled in this contract. A recycled material is any material reused in any
manner which diverts its alternative disposal to a publicly assessable landfill or by incineration.
If a material, such as clean earth, is not normally disposed to a landfill or incineration, then it is
not to be considered a recyclable material. The Contractor is required to include in each request
SectionIV.doe Page 58 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
for payment the total tonnage of materials which were recycled by the contractor during the
contract period for which the payment request is made. Any cost to the contractor for the
development and submittal of this information is to be included in the contract items provided in
the original contract proposal.
29 CONCRETE CURBS
Concrete Curbs shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans.
Unless otherwise noted, all concrete curbs shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a
minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals not to
exceed 100 feet, and scored joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed 10 feet. In addition,
all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the
Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the placement of all concrete curbs.
29.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of measurement shall be lineal feet of curb in place and accepted.
29.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be the unit price per lineal foot of curb, which price shall be full compensation for
all work described in this and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all
materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work.
30 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS
30.1 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS
Concrete sidewalks shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans
or herein specified. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete sidewalks shall have fiber mesh
reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Unless otherwise
specified, all concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum width of four feet (4'). Concrete
sidewalks shall have a minimum thickness of four inches (4"), except at driveway crossings
where a minimum thickness of six inches (6") is required. Also, 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh
reinforcement is required for all sidewalk that crosses driveways. The welded wire mesh shall be
positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the
welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals of not
more than 100 hundred feet, and scoring marks shall be made every 5 feet. Concrete shall be
poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8
shall also apply.
30.2 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS
Concrete driveways, whether new construction or replacement, shall be a minimum of six (6)
inches in thickness with 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh reinforcement and a minimum horizontal
distance between expansion joints of no less than four (4) feet measured in any direction. The
welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No
compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Concrete shall be
poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8
shall also apply.
SectionlV.doc Page 59 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the
placement of all concrete sidewalks and driveways.
30.3 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of measurement shall be the number of square feet of 4" concrete sidewalk, 6" concrete
sidewalk, and 6" concrete driveways in place and accepted.
30.4 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be the unit price per square foot for each item as measured above, which price
shall be full compensation for all work described in this section and other applicable parts of the
specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, welded wire mesh where
required, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work.
31 SODDING
Unless otherwise noted herein, the contractor shall place all sod, either shown on the plans or at
the direction of the Engineer, in conformance with Sections 575, 981, 982 and 983 of FDOT's
Standard Specifications (latest edition). The area for sod application shall be loosened and
excavated to a suitable depth and finished to a grade compatible with existing grass and
structures. Sod shall be placed with edges in close contact and shall be compacted to uniform
finished grade with a sod roller immediately after placement. In sloped areas, the sod shall be
graded and placed so as to prohibit erosion and undermining of the adjacent sidewalk. No sod
that has been cut for more than 72 hours can be used unless authorized by the Engineer in
advance. The sod shall be thoroughly watered immediately after placement. The Contractor shall
continue to water sod as needed and/or directed by the Engineer as indicated by sun exposure,
soil, heat and rain conditions, to establish and assure growth, until termination of the contract.
Dead sod, or sod not acceptable to the Engineer, shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor
at no additional compensation. Any questions concerning the type of existing sod shall be
determined by the Engineer.
Unless otherwise noted on the plans, payment for sod (including labor, equipment, materials,
placement, rolling, watering, etc.) shall be included in other bid items. Payment for these
associated bid items may be withheld until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly
placed stand of grass. When this work is given as a separate bid item, it shall cover all labor,
equipment and materials, (including water) required for this work and shall be paid for on the
basis of each square foot in place and accepted. No payment for sod shall be made until the
Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass.
32 SEEDING
Seed, or seed and mulch, shall only be used when specified for certain demolition projects. The
seed and/or mulch shall be placed as called for on the plans in the following manner. The area to
be seeded shall be brought to the required line and grade, fertilized and seeded in basic
conformance with the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Specifications Sections 570, 981, 982
and 983. However, no wildflower seed shall be used, and Argentine Bahia Seed shall be used
instead of Pensacola Bahia. No sprigging will be required. Also, the addition of 20 lb. of Rye
Seed (to total 60 lb. of seed per acre) will be required during the stated periods. It is also required
that the Contractor maintain said seed until growth is assured.
SectionrV.doc Page 60 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV -- Technical Specifications
When this work is given as a bid item, the item shall cover all labor, material, equipment
(including water), required for this work, and shall be paid for on the basis of each square yard in
place and accepted. If called for on the plans, but not shown as a bid item, then the cost of such
work as stated above shall be included in the cost of other work.
33 STORM MANHOLES INLETS CATCH BASINS OR OTHER
STORM STRUCTURES
For details on specific design of a type of storm structure refer to FDOT Design Standards Index
Numbers 200 to 235.
When required, inlets, catch basins or other structures shall be constructed according to the plans
and applicable parts of the specifications, Section Numbers 7, 8, & 9, and as approved by the
Engineer. Said structures shall be protected and saved from damage by the elements or other
causes until acceptance of the work.
33.1 BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES
Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the Index
Numbers 201 and 202. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semi circular in shape
conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a
smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be
made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be built up with brick and mortar on top of
concrete base.
The storm structure floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels.
Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be
smoothed from inside of the manholes.
The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch of mortar.
Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course.
In cases where a storm pipe extends inside a structure, the excess pipe will be cut off with a
concrete saw and shall not be removed with a sledge hammer.
33.2 PRECAST TYPE
The manhole base shall be set on a pad of dry native sand approximately five inches thick to
secure proper seating and bearing.
Precast Manholes and Junction Boxes: The Contractor may substitute precast manholes and
junction boxes in lieu of cast in place units unless otherwise shown on the plans. Precast Inlets
will not be acceptable. When precast units are substituted, the construction of such units must be
in accordance with ASTM C 478, or the standard specifications at the manufacturers option.
Precast structures must also meet the requirement that on the lateral faces, either inside or
outside, the distance between precast openings for pipe or precast opening and top edge of
precast structure be no less than wall thickness. A minimum of four courses of brick will be
provided under manhole ring so that fixture adjustment of manhole lid can be accommodated.
Manhole steps shall not be provided. Manhole using O ring between precast sections will not be
acceptable for storm structures.
SectionIV,doc Page 61 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL, AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
33.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment for Junction Boxes, Manholes or other structures shall be on a unit basis.
34 MATERIAL USED
All material incorporated into the final work shall be new material unless otherwise approved by
the Engineer. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall ftmiish purchase receipts of all
materials.
35 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
Whenever a conflict appears between the plans and specifications, the more stringent
requirement shall apply. If a conflict is of such a nature as to require a decision, then a written
request for clarification must be made prior to starting that phase of construction.
36 STREET SIGNS
The removal, covering or relocation of street signs by the Contractor is PROHIBITED.
All street signs shall be removed, covered or relocated by the City's Traffic Engineering Division
in accordance with Sections 700, 994, 995, and 996 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest
edition).
The Contractor shall notify the City's Traffic Engineering Division a minimum of 24 hours in
advance of the proposed sign relocation, covering or removal.
37 AUDIO/VIDEO TAPE OF WORK AREAS
37.1 AUDIONIDEO TAPE OF WORK AREA SHALL BE PREPARED
BY THE CITY
This project will not require the preparation of an audio/video tape of work areas by the
Contractor.
37.2 AUDIO/VIDEO TAPE OF ALL WORK AREAS SHALL BE
PREPARED BY THE CONTRACTOR
37.2.1 CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIO/VIDEO TAPE
Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall have a continuous color audio/video tape
recording taken along the entire length of the Project including all affected project areas. Streets,
easements, rights-of-way, lots or construction sites within the Project must be recorded to serve
as a record of a pre-construction conditions.
37.2.2 SCHEDULING OF AUDIO/VIDEO TAPE
The video recordings shall not be made more than 21 days prior to construction in any area.
SectionrV.doc Page 62 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV -- Technical Specifications
37.2.3 PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS
The Contractor shall engage the services of a professional videographer. The color audio
videotapes shall be prepared by a responsible commercial firm known to be skilled and regularly
engaged in the business of pre-construction color audio-video tape documentation.
37.2.4 EQUIPMENT
All equipment, accessories, materials and labor to perform this service shall be furnished by the
Contractor. The total audio video system shall reproduce bright, sharp, clear pictures with
accurate colors and shall be free from distortion, tearing, rolls or any other form of imperfection.
The audio portion of the recording shall reproduce the commentary of the camera operator with
proper volume, clarity and be free from distortion and interruptions. In some instances, audio
videotape coverage may be required in areas not accessible by conventional wheeled vehicles.
Such coverage shall be obtained by walking.
37.2.5 RECORDED INFORMATION, AUDIO
Each tape shall begin with the current date, project name and be followed by the general
location, i.e., viewing side and direction of progress. Accompanying the video recording of each
videotape shall be a corresponding and simultaneously recorded audio recording. This audio
recording, exclusively containing the commentary of the camera operator or aide, shall assist in
viewer orientation and in any needed identification, differentiation, clarification, or objective
description of the features being shown in the video portion of the recording. The audio
recording shall also be free from any conversations.
37.2.6 RECORDED INFORMATION VIDEO
All video recordings must continuously display transparent digital information to include the
date and time of recording. The date information shall contain the month, day and year. The time
information shall contain the hour, minutes and seconds. Additional information shall be
displayed periodically. Such information shall include, but not be limited to, project name,
contract number, direction of travel and the viewing side. This transparent information shall
appear on the extreme upper left hand third of the screen. Camera pan, tilt, zoom-in and zoom
out rates shall be sufficiently controlled such that recorded objects will be clearly viewed during
videotape playback. In addition, all other camera and recording system controls, such as lens
focus and aperture, video level, pedestal, chrome, white balance, and electrical focus shall be
properly controlled or adjusted to maximize picture quality. The construction documentation
shall be recorded in SP mode.
37.2.7 VIEWER ORIENTATION
The audio and video portions of the recording shall maintain viewer orientation. To this end,
overall establishing views of all visible house and business addresses shall be utilized. In areas
where the proposed construction location will not be readily apparent to the videotape viewer,
highly visible yellow flags shall be placed, by the Contractor, in such a fashion as to clearly
indicate the proposed centerline of construction. When conventional wheeled vehicles are used
as conveyances for the recording system, the vertical distance between the camera lens and the
ground shall not exceed 10 feet. The camera shall be firmly mounted such that transport of the
camera during the recording process will not cause an unsteady picture.
SectionIV.doc Page 63 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV -- Technical Specifications
37.2.8 LIGHTING
All taping shall be done during time of good visibility. No taping shall be done during
precipitation, mist or fog. The recording shall only be done when sufficient sunlight is present to
properly illuminate the subjects of recording and to produce bright, sharp video recordings of
those subjects.
37.2.9 SPEED OF TRAVEL
The average rate of travel during a particular segment of coverage shall be directly proportional
to the number, size and value of the surface features within that construction areas zone of
influence. The rate of speed in the general direction of travel of the vehicle used during taping
shall not exceed 44 feet per minute.
37.2.10 VIDEO LOG/INDEX
All videotapes shall be permanently labeled and shall be properly identified by videotape number
and project title. Each videotape shall have a log of that videotape's contents. The log shall
describe the various segments of coverage contained on the video tape in terms of the names of
the streets or location of easements, coverage beginning and end, directions of coverage, video
unit counter numbers, engineering survey or coordinate values (if reasonably available) and the
date.
37.2.11 AREA OF COVERAGE
Tape coverage shall include all surface features located within the zone of influence of
construction supported by appropriate audio coverage. Such coverage shall include, but not be
limited to, existing driveways, sidewalks, curbs, pavements, drainage system features,
mailboxes, landscaping, culverts, fences, signs, Contractor staging areas, adjacent structures, etc.
within the area covered by the project. Of particular concern shall be the existence of any faults,
fractures, or defects. Taped coverage shall be limited to one side of the Site, street, easement or
right of way at any one time.
37.2.12 COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES
The cost to complete the requirements under this section shall be included in the contract items
provided in the proposal sheet. There is no separate pay item for this work.
38 EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL
38.1 STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS
No disturbed area may be denuded for more than thirty (30) calendar days unless otherwise
authorized by the City Engineer. During construction, denuded areas shall be covered by
mulches such as straw, hay, filter fabric, seed and mulch, sod, or some other permanent
vegetation. Within sixty (60) calendar days after final grade is established on any portion of a
project site, that portion of the site shall be provided with established permanent soil stabilization
measures per the original site plan, whether by impervious surface or landscaping.
SectionIV.doc Page 64 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 184 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
38.2 PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES
Fill material stockpiles shall be protected at all times by on-site drainage controls which prevent
erosion of the stockpiled material. Control of dust from such stockpiles may be required,
depending upon their location and the expected length of time the stockpiles will be present. In
no case shall an unstabilized stockpile remain after thirty (30) calendar days.
38.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS
During construction, all storm sewer inlets in the vicinity of the project shall be protected by
sediment traps such as secured hay bales, sod, stone, etc., which shall be maintained and
modified as required by construction progress, and which must be approved by the City Engineer
before installation.
38.4 SEDIMENT TRAPPING MEASURES
Sediment basins and traps, perimeter berms, filter fences, berms, sediment barriers, vegetative
buffers and other measures intended to trap sediment and/or prevent the transport of sediment
onto adjacent properties, or into existing water bodies; must be installed, constructed, or, in the
case of vegetative buffers, protected from disturbance, as a first step in the land alteration
process. Such systems shall be fully operative and inspected by the City before any other
disturbance of the site begins. Earthen structures including but not limited to berms, earth filters,
dams or dikes shall be stabilized and protected from drainage damage or erosion within one
week of installation.
38.5 SEDIMENTATION BASINS
Areas of 3 acres or more shall be required to have temporary sedimentation basins as a positive
remedy against downstream siltation and will be shown and detailed on construction plans.
During development, permanent detention areas may be used in place of silt basins, provided
they are maintained to the satisfaction of the City.
The Contractor will be required to prohibit discharge of silt through the outfall structure during
construction of any detention area and will be required to clean out the detention area before
installing any permanent subdrain pipe. In addition, permanent detention areas must be totally
cleaned out and operating properly at final inspection and at the end of the one year warranty
period. When temporary sedimentation basins are used, they shall be capable at all times of
contain-ing at least one (1) cubic foot of sediment for each one hundred (100) square feet of area
tributary to the basin. Such capacity shall be maintained throughout the project by regular
removal of sediment from the basin.
38.6 WORKING IN OR CROSSING WATERWAYS OR WATERBODIES
Land alteration and construction shall be minimized in both permanent and intermittent
waterways and the immediately adjacent buffer of 25 feet from top of bank of the waterways and
the buffer area whenever possible, and barriers shall be used to prevent access. Where in channel
work cannot be avoided, precautions must be taken to stabilize the work area during land
alteration, development and/or construction to minimize erosion. If the channel and buffer area
are disturbed during land alteration, they must be stabilized within three (3) calendar days after
the in channel work is completed.
SectionIV.doc Page 65 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
Silt curtains or other filter/siltation reduction devices must be installed on the downstream side of
the in channel alteration activity to eliminate impacts due to increased turbidity. Wherever stream
crossings are required, properly sized temporary culverts shall be provided by the contractor and
removed when construction is completed. The area of the crossing shall be restored to a
condition as nearly as possible equal to that which existed prior to any construction activity.
38.7 SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS
All swales, ditches and channels leading from the site shall be sodded within three (3) days of
excavation. All other interior swales, etc., including detention areas will be sodded prior to
issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy.
38.8 UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION
The construction of underground utility lines and other structures shall be done in accordance
with the following standards:
a. No more than 400 lineal feet of trench shall be open at any one time;
b. Wherever consistent with safety and space consideration, excavated material shall be cast
to the uphill side of trenches. Trench material shall not be cast into or onto the slope of
any stream, channel, road ditch or waterway.
38.9 MAINTENANCE
All erosion and siltation control devices shall be checked regularly, especially after each rainfall
and will be cleaned out and/or repaired as required.
38.10 COMPLIANCE
Failure to comply with the aforementioned requirements may result in a fine and/or more
stringent enforcement procedures such as (but not limited to) issuance of a "Stop Work Order".
City of Clearwater Standard Detail Drawings No. 601 607 are examples of accepted methods that
may be used or required to control erosion and siltation.
SectionIV.doc Page 66 Revised: 5/11/2005
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2) (04-0042-EN)
Section IV - Technical Specifications
City of Clearwater - Erosion Control
This notice is to inform the prime contractor that the City of Clearwater holds them responsible
for soil erosion control on their site.
The City of Clearwater Public Works Department has the responsibility to minimize the amount
of soil erosion into the City's streets, storm sewers and waterways.
The construction of a new residence or commercial site and major remodeling of an existing site
creates a potential for soil erosion. These instances are usually the result of contractors and
subcontractors accessing the property with equipment or construction materials. Then rain storms
redistribute the eroded soil into the adjacent streets, storm systems and waterways.
When erosion takes place, a Planning & Development Services Inspector or a Public Works
Inspector will place a correction notice at the site. The procedure will be as follows:
1 st occurrence - Warning
2nd occurrence - $32 reinspection fee
3rd occurrence - $80 reinspection fee
4th occurrence - Stop work order
Dependent on the severity of the erosion, the City's Public Works Administration Department
may elect to rectify the erosion problem and charge the contractor accordingly.
The attached drawings and details are recommendations for the contractor to use as means to
support the site from eroding. The contractor may elect to shovel and sweep the street daily or on
an as needed basis. However, erosion must be held in check.
If the contractor would like to meet with a Public Works inspector on any particular site, please
contact Construction at 462-6126 or Planning & Development Services at 562-4741.
Erosion Control Required - City of Clearwater's Code of Ordinances requires erosion control on
all land development projects.
Erosion control must be in place and maintained throughout the job. Failure to do so may result
in additional costs and time delays to the permit holder.
Contact Public Works Administration with specific questions at 562-4750.
SectionIV.doc Page 67 Revised: 5/11/2005
0
0
CA
V. %
Op
W C/]
O W
p
y? C
Q O U
O ^
?y O O
a
U O
O
tn 14 6-R
h n robes
w Erg
N
w p n
04 U ? o
Z *4 5 0
"BI
°oz z H
V
woaA°° o96(
N ° ?j U q 15.
Z? w w
rAQp o o a
Q ? ? x
O F' v] M oo d)
t! /1 Q 69 bs cn Q
Ua
w?h 3 a o 0
U
0 Q
?s
w
E?
zz
0
0
H
a
5
H
0
0
N
'a
ti
00
a
U
O
'G
0
Section IV -- Technical Specifications
39 UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING
The tie in locations for utility laterals of water, sanitary sewer, and gas shall be plainly marked on
the back of the curb. Marking placed on the curb shall be perpendicular with respect to the curb
of the tie in location on the utility lateral. Marks shall not be placed on the curb where laterals
cross diagonally under the curb. The tie in location shall be the end of the utility lateral prior to
service connection.
Markings shall be uniform in size and shape and colors in conformance with the code adopted by
the American Public Works Association as follows:
SAFETY RED Electric power, distribution & transmission
Municipal Electric Systems
HIGH VISIBILITY SAFETY YELLOW Gas Distribution and Transmission
Oil Distribution and Transmission
Dangerous Materials, Produce Lines, Steam Lines
SAFETY ALERT ORANGE Telephone and Telegraph Systems
Police and Fire Communications
Cable Television
SAFETY PRECAUTION BLUE Water Systems Slurry Pipe Lines
SAFETY GREEN Sewer Systems
Marks placed on curbs shall be rectangular in shape and placed with the long dimension
perpendicular to the flow line of the curb. Marks placed on valley gutter and modified curb shall
be 6" x 3" and placed at the back of the curb. Marks placed on State Road and vertical curb shall
be 4" X 2" and be placed on the curb face.
40 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND
GUARANTEE
It will be required that the work will commence not later than five (S) calendar days after the
Engineer gives written notice to proceed, which notice shall be given as outlined in Article 2 -
General Conditions.
It is further required that all work within this contract be completed within
consecutive calendar days. Contract date to commence at issuance of notice to proceed. If the
Contractor fails to complete the work within the stipulated time, the City will retain the amount
stated in the Contract, per calendar day, for each day that the contract remains incomplete. The
work shall be discontinued on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved Holidays. If it becomes
necessary for the Contractor to perform work on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved City of
Clearwater Employee Holidays, that in the opinion of the Assistant Public Services Director, will
require the presence of Inspectors, the Contractor shall pay the City of Clearwater, Florida, the
amount of Three Hundred Twenty Dollars ($320.00) per eight-hour day for each Inspector given
such assignment.
SectionIV.doc Page 69 Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage
to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one year from the date of final
acceptance.
41 WATER MAINS AND APPURTENANCES
41.1 SCOPE
The Contractor shall furnish all plant, labor, materials and equipment to perform all operations in
connection with the construction of water mains and appurtenances including clearing,
excavation, trenching, backfilling and clean up.
41.2 MATERIALS
41.2.1 GENERAL
Materials, equipment and supplies furnished and permanently incorporated into the project shall
be of first quality in every respect and shall be constructed and finished to high standards of
workmanship. Materials shall be suitable for service intended, shall reflect modern design and
engineering and shall be fabricated in a first class workmanlike manner. All materials, equipment
and supplies shall be new and shall have not been in service at any time previous to installation,
except as required in tests or incident to installation. Machined metal surfaces, exposed bearings
and glands shall be protected against grit, dirt, chemical corrosion and other damaging effects
during shipment and construction.
41.2.2 PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS
41.2.2.1 DUCTILE IRON PIPE
Ductile Iron Pipe shall be in accordance with ANSUAWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision.
Pipe thickness class, wall thickness and working pressure shall conform to the following table:
Size Class Thickness
(In.) Rated Water Working Pressure
(PSI)
4" 51 0.26 350
6" 50 0.25 350
8" 50 0.27 350
12" 50 0.31 350
The trench laying condition shall be Type 2, Flat bottom trench backfill lightly consolidated to
centerline of pipe.
Pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSUAWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision.
Pipe shall be asphalt coated on the outside and standard cement lined and sealed coated with
approved bituminous seal coat in accordance with ANSUAWWA C104/A21.4 80 or latest
revision.
SectionIV.doc Page 70 Revised; 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
41.2.2.2 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe 4" through 8" shall be in accordance with ANSUAWWA C900 81
or latest revision and the American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) Standard D 2241 and
PVC Resin Compound conforming to ASTM Specification D 1784.
Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe shall have the same O.D. as Cast and Ductile Iron Pipe and be
compatible for use without special adapters with Cast Iron Fittings.
Pipe dimension ratio, working pressure and laying length shall conform to the following table:
Size Dimension Ratio
(OD/Thick.) Rated Water Working Pressure
(PSI) Laying Length
(Ft)
4 18 150 20
6 18 150 20
8 18 150 20
Pipe larger than 8" shall be ductile iron. The City Engineer reserves the right to require the use of
ductile iron in sizes 4" through 8" when needed due to laying conditions or usage.
The bell of 4" and larger PVC pipe shall consist of an integral wall section with a solid cross
section elastomeric ring which meets the requirements of ASTM D 1869.
Each length of pipe shall bear identification that will remain legible during normal handling,
storage and installation and so designate the testing agency that verified the suitability of the pipe
material for potable water service.
All polyvinyl chloride pipe shall be laid with an insulated 12 gauge A.W.Cx solid strand copper
wire wound around the pipe forming one complete spiral per joint of pipe. This wire is to be
continuous with splices made only by methods approved by the Engineer. This wire is to be
secured to all valves, tees and elbows.
41.2.2.3 FITTINGS AND JOINTS
Fitting from 4" through 16" in size will be compact ductile iron cast in accordance with
ANSUAWWA C153/A 21.53 with mechanical joint bells. Bolts, nuts and gaskets shall be in
accordance with requirements of ANSUAWWA C153/A 21.53. The working pressure rating shall
be 350 P.S.I. Ductile iron fittings shall be coated and lined in accordance with require
requirements of ANSUAWWA C104/A21.4. Mechanical joint glands shall be ductile iron in
accordance with ANSUAWWA C111/A 21.11. When reference is made to ANSUAWWA
Standards, the latest revisions apply. Only those fittings and accessories that are of domestic
(USA) manufacture will be acceptable.
41.2.2.4 RESTRAINT
Restraint of plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., shall be accomplished by the use of approved
mechanical restraining rings or glands installed per manufacturers recommendations. Hydrants
shall be restrained by the use of swivel connecting joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on
hydrants shall be used only where hydrant runout length precludes the use of swivel joint
connectors.
SectionlV.doc Page 71 Revised: 9/22/05
Section N - 'T'echnical Specifications
41.2.2.5 PIPE WITHIN CASING
All pipe placed within casings shall be slip joint ductile iron restrained by the use of restraining
gaskets designed for use with the particular joint being installed.
41.2.3 GATE VALVES
Discs of valves shall be operated by methods which will allow operation in any position with
respect to the vertical. Valves for interior piping or exposed above grade outside structures, shall
be handwheel operated. Valves three inches and larger, buried in earth shall be equipped with 2
inch square operating nuts, valve boxes and covers. Valves shall be fitted with joints suitable for
the pipe with which they are to be used. The direction of opening for all valves shall be to the left
(counter clockwise).
Pressure Rating: Unless otherwise shown or specified, valves for high pressure service shall be
rated at not less than 150 psi cold water, nonshock.
The manufacturer's name and pressure rating shall be cast in raised letters on the valve body.
Installation: Installation shall be in accordance with good standard practice. Exposed pipelines
shall be so supported that their weight is not carved through valves.
Smaller than two inch: Gate valves less than two inches in diameter shall be of brass and shall
conform to Federal Specification WW V 54, Type I or 11 with screwed joints. Valves for interior
piping shall be Type 11, wedge disc, rising stem, inside screw type.
Valves for buried service shall be Type 1, wedge disc, nonrising stem.
Four Inch to Sixteen Inch Diameter: Gate Valves, 4 to 16 inch diameter, inclusive, shall be
resilient seated gate valves in conformance with ANSI/A.W.W.A. Standard Specification C509
80 or latest revision. These valves shall include the following features consistent with C509-80,
full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 p.s.i. differential pressure, all internal
parts removable from bonnet without removing body from pressure main, corrosion resistent
bronze nonrising stem with O ring bonnet seal and internal cast iron parts coated with corrosion
resistent coating.
Larger than sixteen inch: Gate valves larger than 16" shall be suitable for the service intended
and shall be iron body, bronze mounted, double disc type with O ring seals. All valves shall be
equipped with steel cut bevel gears, extended type gear case and rollers, bronze or babbitt tracks
and scrapers and valved by pass.
41.2.4 VALVE BOXES
Valve boxes shall be of standard extension design and manufacture and shall be made of cast
iron. Suitable sizes of valve boxes and extension pieces shall be provided where shown. The
valve box cover shall be of cast iron. Valve boxes and their installation shall be included in the
bid price for valves.
41.2.5 HYDRANTS
Fire hydrants used in extension to or replacement of the City of Clearwater water system shall be
the following hydrants:
• Kennedy Guardian #K 81D Fire Hydrant,
• Mueller Centurion Fire Hydrant Catalog Number A 423
5ectionIV.doc Page 72 Revised: 9/22/05
Section N -- Technical Specifications
• U.S. Pipe Metropolitan
No substitutions shall be allowed without the approval of the City of Clearwater.
Above fire hydrants shall be in accordance with the latest revision of the AWWA Specification C
502 and include the following modifications:
1. Basic design will be the dry barrel type which prevents the operating threads from
coming in contact with the service water. It will be of the compression type, opening
against the pressure and closing with the pressure.
2. The operating threads will be contained in an operating chamber sealed at the top and
bottom with an "O" ring seal. The chamber will contain a lubricating grease or oil.
3. Hydrant barrel will be of the "Breakable Type" made in two sections with the flange or
break feature located approximately 2" above the ground line.
4. Main valve opening of the hydrant will be not less than 5 1/4".
5. Hydrant nozzles will consist of two 2 1/2" hose nozzles and one 4 1/2" pump nozzle.
Threads shall be in accordance with the National Standard Hose Coupling Thread
Specifications.
6. The hydrant will be so designed to permit the removal of all working parts from the
hydrant up through the barrel without disturbing the earth around the hydrant or
disassembling the barrel.
7. Main valve seat will be made of bronze and threaded into a bronze retaining ring. Or it
may be threaded into a heavy bronze bushing in the hydrant base.
8. Hydrant will be designed with an anti friction bearing so located that it will reduce the
torque required to operate the hydrant.
9. There will be a minimum of two bronze or brass drain outlets.
10. Hydrants shall be painted with one coat of primer and one coat of yellow paint at the
factory and one finish coat of yellow paint after installation. All paints shall comply with
AWWA Standard C502-85 or its latest revision.
11. The main valve stem will be made in two sections with a breakable coupling.
12. Hydrants shall be left open (counter clockwise) and shall have a National Standard 11/2"
pentagon operating nut.
13. Hydrant base outlet will be 6" and will be mechanical joint with fittings.
All hydrants will be shop tested in accordance with the latest AWWA Specification C 502.
Constrained joint assemblies shall be used which have bolted mechanical and swivel joints from
the hydrant tee through to the hydrant. Constrained joints shall absorb all thrust and prevent
movement of the hydrant.
All fire hydrants shall be provided with an auxiliary gate valve so that the water to the hydrant
may be shut off without the necessity of closing any other valve in the distribution system.
41.2.6 SERVICE SADDLES
Service saddles shall be used on all service taps to 4" P.V.C. water main. The largest service
connection allowable on 4" main shall be 1 1/2". Service saddles shall be used on all 2" service
SectionIV.doc Page 73 Revised: 9/22105
Section IV - Technical Specifications
connections to 6" and larger mains. Service saddles shall be wide bodied ductile iron with epoxy
or nylon coating and shall have stainless steel straps.
41.2.7 TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS
1. All materials shall be tested in accordance with the applicable Federal, ASTM or AWWA
Specification and basis of rejection shall be as specified therein. Certified copies of the
tests shall be submitted with each shipment of materials.
2. All materials will be subject to inspection and approved by the Engineer after delivery;
and no broken, cracked, misshapen, imperfectly coated or otherwise damaged or
unsatisfactory material shall be used.
3. All material found during the progress of the work to have cracks, flaws, or other defects
shall be rejected and promptly removed from the site.
4. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or water main accessories in
handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The
Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items.
41.2.8 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS
Backflow prevention devices installed on customer's service lines at the point of delivery
(service connection) shall be of a type in accordance with AWWA specification C506 78 or its
latest revision.
Two (2) different types of backflow prevention devices are allowed. Type of device, when
required, is determined by the degree of hazard presented to the municipal water system from
possible backflow of water within the customers private system. The types of devices allowed
are:
1. Double Check Valve Assembly a device composed of two single, independently acting,
approved check valves, including tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the
assembly and suitable connections for testing the watertightness of each check valve.
2. Reduced pressure principle backflow prevention device a device containing a minimum
of two independently acting, approved check valves, together with an automatically
operated pressure differential relief valve located between the two check valves. The unit
must include tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the device, and each
device shall be fitted with properly located test cocks.
Since installed devices must be tested annually and may be maintained by the City of Clearwater,
following are the approved models of devices allowed for installation by customers of the City of
Clearwater Water Distribution system:
DOUBLE CHECK VALVE
2" and Smaller Lar er than 2"
Conbraco 40100 Conbraco 40100
Hersey Beeco Model FDC Hersey Beeco No. 2
Watts Model 709 or 007 Watts Model 709 or 007
FEBCO Model 805Y
Ames 2000 SS
SectionIV.doc Page 74 Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
REDUCED PRESSURE TYPE
2" and Smaller Larger than 2"
Ames 5000 SS
Conbraco 40200 Conbraco 40200
Hers Beeco Model FRP II Hersey Beeco Model 6CM
FEBCO Model 825Y
Watts Model 909 or 009 Watts Model 909 or 009
41.2.9 TAPPING SLEEVES
Steel body tapping sleeves shall be JCM Industries Inc., JCM 412; Clow Corporation 3460; or
equal. All steel body tapping sleeves shall have heavy welded ASTM A 285, Grade C steel body,
stainless steel bolts, manufacturer's epoxy coated body, and 3/4" bronze test plug.
41.2.10 BLOW OFF HYDRANTS
Blow offs shall be box hydrants having a 2" main valve, closing with the water pressure. These
flush mounted hydrants shall have a 2" FIP inlet, with the outlet being a 2 1/2" bronze male
nozzle. With all working parts also of bronze, these hydrants will open to the left and have a
removable bronze seat, which seals against a seat rubber of no less durometer than 85. All
hydrants shall be as manufactured by Kupferle Foundry, St. Louis, Mo., Model #35B or
approved equal.
41.3 CONSTRUCTION
41.3.1 MATERIAL HANDLING
1. Pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants and accessories shall be loaded and unloaded by lifting
with hoists or skidding so as to avoid shock or damage. Under no circumstances shall
such materials be dropped. Pipe handled on skidways shall not be skidded rolled against
pipe already on the ground.
2. Pipe shall be so handled that the coating and lining will not be damaged. If, however, any
part of the coating or lining is damaged, the repair shall be made by the Contractor at his
expense in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer.
3. In distributing the material at the site of the work, each piece shall be unloaded opposite
or near the place where it is to be laid in the trench.
41.3.2 PIPE LAYING
41.3.2.1 ALIGNMENT AND GRADE
The pipe shall be laid and maintained to the required lines and grades with fittings, valves and
hydrants at the required locations, spigots centered in bells; and all valves and hydrant stems
plumb.
The depth of cover over the water main shall be a minimum of 30" and a maximum of 42" below
finished grade, except where approved by the Engineer to avoid conflicts and obstructions.
Whenever obstructions not shown on the plans are encountered during the progress of the work
and interfere to such an extent that an alteration of the plans is required, the Engineer shall have
the authority to change the plans and order a deviation from the line and grade or arrange with
the Owners of the structures for the removal, relocation, or reconstruction of the obstructions.
SectionlV,doc Page 75 Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
41.3.2.2 INSTALLATION
Proper implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used
by the Contractor for the safe and convenient performance of the work. All pipe, fittings, valves
and hydrants shall be carefully lowered into the trench piece by piece by means of a derrick,
ropes, or other suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to materials
and protective coatings and linings. Under no circumstances shall materials be dropped or
dumped in the trench.
If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or accessories in handling, the damage
shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective
repairs or rejection of the damaged items.
All pipe and fittings shall be carefully examined for cracks and other defects while suspended
above the trench immediately before installation in final position. Spigot ends shall be examined
with particular carc as this arcs is the most vulncrablc to damage from handling. Defective pipe
or fittings shall be laid aside for inspection by the Engineer who will prescribe corrective repairs
or rejection.
All lumps, blisters, and excess coating shall be removed from the bell and spigot end of each
pipe, and the outside of the spigot and the inside of the bell shall be wire brushed and wiped
clean and dry and free from oil and grease before the pipe is laid. Pipe joints shall be made up in
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
Every precaution shall be taken to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe while it is
being placed in the line. If the pipelaying crew cannot put the pipe into the trench and in place
without getting earth into it, the Engineer may require that, before lowering the pipe into the
trench, a heavy, woven canvas bag of suitable size shall be placed over each end and left there
until the connection is to be made to the adjacent pipe. During laying operation, no debris, tools,
clothing or other materials shall be placed in the pipe.
As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the
pipe forced home and brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with
approved backfill material tamped under it except at the bells. Precautions shall be taken to
prevent dirt from entering the joint space.
At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by a
watertight plug or other means approved by the Engineer.
The cutting of pipe for inserting valves, fittings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat and
workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe or cement lining and so as to leave a smooth
end at right angles to the axis of the pipe.
Pipe shall be laid with bell ends facing in the direction of laying unless directed otherwise by the
Engineer. Where pipe is laid on the grade of 10 per cent or greater, the laying shall start at
bottom and shall proceed upward with the bell ends of the pipe upgrade.
Wherever it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line, either in the vertical or horizontal
plane to avoid obstructions or to plumb stems; or where long radius curves are permitted, the
amount of deflection allowed shall not exceed that allowed under the latest edition of
ANSVAWWA C600-82 and C900 81 or latest revisions.
No pipe shall be laid when, in the opinion of the Engineer, trench conditions are unsuitable.
SectionIV.doc Page 76 Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
41.3.3 SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS
41.3.3.1 GENERAL
Valves, hydrants, fittings, plugs and caps shall be set and joined to pipe in the manner specified
above for installation of pipe.
41.3.3.2 VALVES
Valves in water mains shall, where possible, be located on the street property lines extended
unless shown otherwise on the plans.
The valve box shall not transmit shock or stress to the valve and shall be centered and plumb
over the wrench nut of the valve, with the box cover flush with the surface of the finished
pavement or such other level as may be directed.
41.3.3.3 HYDRANTS
Hydrants shall be located as shown or as directed so as to provide complete accessibility and
minimize the possibility of damage from vehicles or injury to pedestrians.
All hydrants shall stand plumb and shall have their nozzles parallel with, or at right angles to, the
curb, with the pumper nozzle facing the curb. Hydrants shall be set to the established grade, with
nozzles as shown or as directed by the Engineer.
Each hydrant shall be connected to the main with a 6 inch ductile iron branch controlled by an
independent 6 inch gate valve.
41.3.3.4 ANCHORAGE
Movement of all plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., unless otherwise specified shall be prevented by
attaching approved mechanical restraining rings or glands and installed per manufacturers
recommendations. Hydrants shall be held in place with restrained swivel joints. Restraining
mechanical joint glands on hydrants may be used where hydrant runout length precludes the use
of hydrant connecting swivel joints.
Where special anchorage is required, such anchorage shall be in accordance with details shown
on the plans or specified in the field by the Engineer.
41.3.4 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES
Where shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, the water lines constructed under this
contract shall be connected to the existing lines now in place. No such connection shall be made
until all requirements of the specifications as to tests, flushing, and sterilization have been met
and the plan of the cut in to the existing line has been approved by the Engineer.
Where connections are made between new work and existing work, the connections shall be
made in a thorough and workmanlike manner using proper materials and fittings to suit the
actual conditions. All connections to existing facilities will be completed under the supervision
of the City of Clearwater Water Division.
SectionIV.doc Page 77 Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
41.4 TESTS
41.4.1 HYDROSTATIC TESTS
After installation of water mains, complete with all associated appurtenances including service
taps, all sections of newly laid main shall be subject to a hydrostatic pressure test of 150 pounds
per square inch for a period of one hour.
The pressure test shall be applied by means of a pump connected to the pipe in a manner
satisfactory to the Engineer. The pump, pipe connection and all necessary apparatus, together
with operating personnel, shall be furnished by the Contractor at his expense.
The Contractor shall make all necessary taps into the pipe line. The Owner will furnish the water
for the test. Before applying the test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe line.
41.4.2 NOTICE OF TEST
The Contractor shall give the City of Clearwater Water Division 48 hours advance notice of the
time when the installation is ready for hydrostatic testing.
41.5 STERILIZATION
Before the system is put into operation, all water mains and appurtenances and any item of new
construction with which the water comes in contact, shall be thoroughly sterilized.
41.5.1 STERILIZING AGENT
The sterilizing agent shall be liquid chlorine, sodium hypochlorite solution conforming to
Federal Specification 0 S 602B, Grade D, or dry hypochlorite, commonly known as "HTH" or
"Perchloron".
41.5.2 FLUSHING SYSTEM
Prior to the application of the sterilization agent, all mains shall be thoroughly flushed. Flushing
shall continue until a clean, clear water flows from the hydrants. Where hydrants are not
available for flushing, such flushing shall be accomplished at the closest point available to the
ends of the lines.
41.5.3 STERILIZATION PROCEDURE
All piping, valves, fittings and all other appurtenances shall be sterilized with water containing a
minimum chlorine concentration of 75 ppm at any point in the system. This solution shall then
remain in the distribution system for a minimum contact period of eight hours before it is flushed
out. All valves in the lines being sterilized shall be opened and closed several times during the
contact period.
41.5.4 RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS
After the sterilization outlined above has been accomplished, flushing shall continue until free
residual chlorine tests not less than 0.2 ppm nor more than 3.0 ppm. Residual chlorine test shall
be in accordance with standard methods using a standard DPD test set.
SectionIV.doc Page 78 Revised: 9/22/05
Section N -- Technical Specifications
41.5.5 BACTERIAL TESTS
After the water system has been sterilized and thoroughly flushed as specified herein, City of
Clearwater Water Division personnel shall take samples of water from remote points of the
distribution system in suitable sterilized containers. The City shall forward the samples to the
Florida State Board of Health for bacterial examination. If tests of such samples indicate the
presence of coliform organisms, the sterilization as outlined above shall be repeated until tests
indicate the absence of such pollution. The bacterial tests shall be satisfactorily completed before
the system is placed in operation and it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to perform the
sterilization as outlined above.
If methods of sterilization differ materially from those outlined above, such methods shall be in
accordance with directives of the Florida State Board of Health and all methods employed shall
have the approval of that agency. Definite instructions as to the collection and shipment of
samples shall be secured from the Florida State Board of Health prior to sterilization and shall be
followed in all respects. The City of Clearwater shall secure final approval of the bacterial
samples from the Florida State Board of Health before the water distribution system is put into
operation.
41.6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
41.6.1 GENERAL
1. Bids must include all sections and items as specified herein and as listed on the Bid
Form.
2. Payment for the work of constructing the project will be made at the unit price or lump
sum payment for the items of work as set forth in the Bid, which payment will constitute
full compensation for all labor, equipment, and materials required to complete the work.
3. No separate payment will be made for the following items and the cost of such work shall
be included in the applicable pay items of work:
a) Clearing and grubbing
b) Excavation, including necessary pavement removal
c) Shoring and/or dewatering
d) Structural fill
e) Backfill
f) Grading
g) Tracer wire
h) Refill materials
i) Joints materials
j) Tests and sterilization
k) Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system.
SectionN.doc Page 79 Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
41.6.2 FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS
41.6.2.1 MEASUREMENT
The quantity for payment shall be the actual number of feet of pipe of each size and type
satisfactorily furnished and laid, as measured along the centerline of the completed pipe line,
including the length of valves and fittings.
41.6.2.2 PAYMENT
Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor,
materials and equipment, and constructing the water mains complete and ready for operation.
41.6.3 FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS
41.6.3.1 MEASUREMENT
The quantity for payment will be the number of tons, or decimal part thereof, of ductile iron
fittings satisfactorily furnished and installed. Fitting weights shall be based on weights stamped
on the body of the fitting, provided such weights do not exceed the theoretical weights by more
than the tolerances permitted in ANSI/AWWA C110/A 21.10 82, latest revision, in which case,
the weight will be based upon the theoretical weight plus the maximum tolerance.
41.6.3.2 PAYMENT
Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor,
materials, and equipment required to furnish and install ductile iron fittings.
41.6.4 FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES
AND COVERS
41.6.4.1 MEASUREMENT
The quantity for payment shall be the number of gate valves of each size satisfactorily famished
and installed.
41.6.4.2 PAYMENT
Payment of the applicable unit price for each size shall be full compensation for furnishing all
plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the valve complete with box and cover.
41.6.5 FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS
41.6.5.1 MEASUREMENT
The quantity for payment shall be the number of fire hydrants satisfactorily furnished and
installed.
41.6.5.2 PAYMENT
Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor,
material and equipment and installing the fire hydrant complete including necessary thrust
anchorage, 6 inch pipe between the main and the hydrant and gate valve and valve box on the
hydrant lead.
SectionIV.doc Page 80 Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
42 GAS SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS
This article not applicable.
43 TENNIS COURTS
43.1 PAVED TENNIS COURTS
43.1.1 SOIL TREATMENTS
All soil under courts shall be treated with DSMA 184 at the rate of 2 pounds active ingredient per
1,000 square foot.
Materials shall be brought to the job site in tagged containers. Tags shall be retained and turned
into the Engineer's Office.
43.1.2 BASE COURSE
Base Course shall be Limerock b" thick after compaction. Specifications for the base shall be the
same as those for Limerock in Section IV - Article 22 of the City of Clearwater Technical
Specifications. Subgrade stabilizing will not be required.
Surface shall be cut to within 1/2" of true grade in preparation of 1" leveling course. Prior to
applying prime coat, surface shall be approved by the Engineer.
43.1.3 PRIME COAT
The material used for prime coat shall be cut-back Asphalt Grade RC-70 or RC-250 and shall
conform to Section 300 of the Florida State Department of Transportation's "Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction".
43.1.4 LEVELING COURSE
A.Leveling Course shall be a minimum of V of Type S-III Asphaltic Concrete as specified in
Section 331 of FDOT's Standard Specification (latest edition). The Leveling Course shall be
constructed running East and West.
Finish surface of leveling course shall not vary more than 1/4" when checked with a 10 foot
straight edge. If a deficiency of more than '/" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface
should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation.
43.1.5 SURFACE COURSE
Surface course shall be a minimum of 1" of Type S-III Asphaltic Concrete as specified in Section
331 of FDOT's Standard Specification (latest edition). The Surface Course shall be constructed
running North and South.
Finish surfaces shall not vary more than 1/4" in 10 feet. Prior to application of color coat, surface
shall be checked for low areas by flooding the surface with water. Low areas shall be patched as
approved by the Engineer prior to application of the color coat. No areas which retain water will
be approved. If a deficiency of more than '/" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface
should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation.
SectionIV.doc Page 81 Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
43.1.6 COLOR COAT
43.1.6.1 MATERIALS
Materials used in the patching and color coating of Tennis Courts shall be manufactured
specifically for Tennis Court Application.
All materials must be approved by the Engineer prior to the start of construction. Request for
approval of coating materials may be submitted prior to the opening of bids. In requests for
approval, the Contractor shall present manufacturer's literature along with the name, address, and
date of three previous Tennis Court applications of the proposed material.
43.1.6.2 CONSTRUCTION
43.1.6.2.1 SURFACE PREPARATION
The surface to be coated must be sound, smooth, and free from loose dirt or oily materials.
Prior to the application of surfacing materials, the entire surface should be checked for minor
depressions or irregularities. If it is determined that minor corrections are necessary, the
Contractor shall make repairs using approved tack coat and/or patching mix in accordance with
manufacturer's recommendations for use.
After patching the surface shall not vary more than 1/8" in ten feet in any direction. If a
deficiency of more than 1/8" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should be leveled
or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation.
In order to provide a smooth, dense underlayment of the finish course, one or more applications
of resurfaces or patch mix shall be applied to the underlaying surface as deemed necessary by the
Engineer. Asphaltic concrete Surface Course with a smooth tight mix and no ponding, will not
require the resurfacing or patching mix. Asphaltic Concrete Surface Course which is course and
rough or is ponding water will require the use of the resurfacer or patch mix.
No applications shall be covered by a succeeding application until thoroughly cured.
43.1.6.2.2 FINISH COLOR COURSE
The finish course shall be applied to a clean, dry surface in accordance with the manufacturer's
directions. A minimum of two applications of color coat will be required.
Texture of cured color coat is to be regulated in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations to provide a medium speed surface for tennis play.
The color of application shall be dark green for the regulation double's playing area and red for
all other others.
The finished surface shall have a uniform appearance and be free from ridges and tool marks.
43.1.6.3 PLAYING LINES
Forty-eight (48) hours minimum after completion of the resurfacing, 2 inch wide playing lines
shall be accurately located, marked and painted with approved marking paint.
SectionlV.doc Page 82 Revised: 9/22/05
Section N - Technical Specifications
43.1.6.4 WEATHER LIMITATIONS
No parts of the construction involving Tennis Court surfacing or patching products shall be
conducted during rainfall, or when rainfall is imminent or unless the air temperature is at least 50
Degree's F and rising.
NOTE: The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum or 24 hours in advance of
all base and asphalt related work.
43.2 CLAY TENNIS COURTS
43.2.1 GENERAL
43.2.1.1 SCOPE
The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment necessary for the installation of
clay tennis court(s) as set forth in these specifications and /or the construction drawings. The
scope of work is indicated on drawings and specified herein. Basis of design for clay courts with
sub-surface irrigation system is Hydrogrid Tennis, Inc. or prior approved equal.
43.2.1.2 CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS
The Owner may make such investigation as he deems necessary to determine the ability of the
Bidder to perform the work and the Bidder shall furnish to the Owner all such information and
data for this purpose as the Owner may request. The Owner reserves the right to reject any Bid if
the evidence submitted by, or investigations of such Bidders fail to satisfy the owner that such
Bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the Contract and to complete the work
contemplated herein within the time limit agreed upon. Factors to be considered in awarding the
Bid shall include the successful completion of similar sub-surface irrigation clay tennis court
installations of like value, scope, size and quality as this project, with in the last five (5) years.
The Owner desires to award this contract to firms that have been in business for a minimum of
five (5) years. The qualifications and experience of the personnel assigned to the project will be a
determining factor in the award of the Bid.
43.2.1.3 STANDARDS
The Contractor shall perform all work in a thorough, workmanlike manner and conform to
standards for tennis court construction as prescribed or approved by the United States (Lawn)
Tennis Association and the United States Tennis Court and Tract Builders Association. The
Contractor shall construct the tennis courts with laser guided equipment.
43.2.1.4 BUILDING PERMITS AND TAXES
The Contractor shall secure all construction permits required by law, the City of Clearwater will
waive all permit fees.
43.2.1.5 COURT LAYOUT
The Owner shall establish two horizontal control points and a construction bench mark. The
Contractor shall locate the four comers of each battery and shall layout the courts in
conformance with the specifications and drawings.
SectionN.doc Page 83 Revised: 9/22/05
Section N - Technical Specifications
43.2.1.6 BUILDING REQUIREMENTS
The Owner shall provide and maintain reasonable access to the construction site, as well as an
area adjacent to the site for storage and preparation of materials. Adequate water outlets within
fifty (50) feet of the site shall be provided.
43.2.1.7 SCHEDULE
The Owner desires to award the contract to firms who will complete this project in a reasonable
time schedule. Consideration in awarding this bid will be given to firms who may commence and
complete the project within a reasonable period of time after award of the bid. The Owner, in its
sole discretion, will determine the reasonable schedule standard as it relates to the "Notice to
Proceed."
43.2.2 SITE PREPARATION
43.2.2.1 SUITABILITY
The Contractor shall examine the site to determine its suitability for installation of the courts.
43.2.2.2 DEMOLITION
The contractor shall demo the existing tennis courts, remove the existing ten (10) foot high fence
surrounding the tennis courts and all underground utilities within the limits of the construction
area. Utilities extending outside the construction limits shall be capped and terminated. The
existing tennis courts shall be ground into millings suitable to be mixed into the sub-grade at the
proposed location of the new clay tennis courts. Any sub-grade material beneath the existing
tennis courts not suitable for planting beds shall be removed and also utilized as sub-grade
material beneath the new courts. All demolition materials not utilized in construction of the new
courts shall be removed and disposed from the project site. The Contractor shall provide
documentation of any recycled materials.
43.2.2.3 SUB-GRADE
The sub-grade shall be graded to a tolerance of plus or minus one (1) inch of the final sub-grade
elevation. The sub-grade shall be graded level. A compaction to a density not less than 95% of
the maximum standard density as determined by AASHTO T-180 is required. The Contractor
shall provide documentation of testing to the Owner.
43.2.2.4 FINAL GRADE
The final grades outside the tennis court areas and within the construction limits shall be graded
to a tolerance of plus or minus one (1) inch of the final grade elevations with positive drainage
away from tennis courts and towards drainage swales or outfall structures. A compaction to a
density not less than 95% of the maximum standard density as determined by AASHTO T 180 is
required. The contractor shall provide documentation of testing to the Owner.
43.2.3 SLOPE
43.2.3.1 SLOPE REQUIREMENTS
Rate and direction of slope of the finished surfaces shall be one (1) inch in forty (40) feet, all in
one plane, as indicated on the drawings.
5ectionlV.doc Page 84 Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
43.2.4 BASE CONSTRUCTION
43.2.4.1 LINER
Two layers of 6 mil construction plastic shall be installed over the sub-grade surface with a
minimum overlap of five (5) feet where pieces are joined. Use only materials that are resistant to
deterioration when tested in accordance with ASTM E 154, as follows:
a. Polyethylene sheet, Construction Grade.
43.2.4.2 BASE COURSE
The base course shall consist of six (6) inches of porous base material as supplied by Quality
Aggregate of Sarasota Florida. The surface of the base course shall be smooth and even, and it
shall be within one-quarter (1/4) inch of the established grade.
43.2.4.3 IRRIGATION SYSTEM
Perforated pipe shall be installed in trenches in the base course. These trenches shall be in on
four (4) foot centers and shall be run perpendicular to the slope of the court. The pipe shall be
two and one-quarter (2-1/4) inch diameter with a nylon needle punched sock surrounding the
pipe. Six (6) water control canisters shall be installed per court with each canister controlling five
(5) grid pipe trenches. Provide all required controls systems time clocks; float switches, control
wiring and solenoids, etc. for a complete sub-surface irrigation system.
43.2.5 PERIMETER CURBING
43.2.5.1 CURB
Brick curb shall be installed around the entire perimeter of the court area with an elevation of
one-quarter (1/4) to one-half (1/2) inch above the finished screening course elevation.
43.2.6 SURFACE COURSE
43.2.6.1 COURT SURFACE
A surface course of ISP Type II Aquablend or Lee Hyroblend tennis court material shall be
installed over the screening course to a compacted depth of one (1) inch. The Aqua/Hydroblend
material shall be watered to its full depth immediately after leveling and then compacted by
rolling with a tandem roller weighing 600 to 1000 pounds. The finished surface shall not vary
from specified grade by more than one-eighth (1/8) inch.
43.2.7 ROOT BARRIER
Root barrier (geo-tech fabric) eighteen (18) inches height shall be placed in a trench on the
outside edge of the perimeter curbing eighteen (18) inches in depth with herbicide coating
buttons to prevent plant root systems in entering the sub-surface base course of the clay tennis
courts.
SectionIV.doc Page 85 Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
43.2.8 FENCING
43.2.8.1 DESIGN
The contractor shall provide a total color coated fencing system as indicated on drawings and
described herein. All components: frames, fabric and fittings shall be black. Basis of Design
Ameristar HT 25 or prior approved equal subject to strict compliance with Ameristar published
specification.
43.2.8.2 POSTS
All posts shall be a minimum 2-1/2" Ameristar HT-25 pipe; top rails 1-5/8" Ameristar HT-25
pipe with manufacturers standard "Permacoat" color system.
43.2.8.3 FENCE FABRIC
Fence Fabric shall be 1-3/4" #6 gauge mesh throughout, manufactures standard galvanized wire
with PVC coating. All fabric to be knuckled on both selvages.
43.2.8.4 GATES
Provide gates at locations indicated. At service gates, provide a keeper that automatically
engages gate life and holds it in the open position until manually released. Provide gate stops for
double gates consisting of a mushroom-type flush plate with anchors, set in concrete, and
designed to engage a center drop rod or plunger-bar. Include a locking device and padlock eyes
as an integral part of the latch, permitting both gate leaves to be locked with a single padlock.
Provide latch, fork type or plunger-bar type to permit operation from either side of gate, with
padlock eye as an integral part of the latch. Gate Hinges - Size and material to suit gate size,
non-lift-off type, and offset to permit 180-degree gate opening. Provide one and one-half (1-1/2)
pair of hinges for each leaf over six (6) foot nominal height.
43.2.9 WINDSCREENS
The contractor shall provide nine (9) foot high windscreens at all ten (10) foot high fencing.
Basis of design is Durashade plus by Ball Products, Inc. or equal by Putterman. Black high-
density polyethylene, eight (8) oz. per square yard edges hemmed with grommets at twelve (12)
inch on center. Attach to chain link fencing at the top and bottom with 50 LBS plastic ties.
43.2.10 COURT EQUIPMENT
43.2.10.1 POST FOUNDATIONS
Post foundations shall be not less than thirty-six (36) inches in length, eighteen (18) inches in
width and thirty (30) inches in depth. Foundations shall be placed to provide an exact distance
between posts of forty-two (42) feet on a doubles court and thirty-three (33) feet on a singles
court.
43.2.10.2 NET POSTS &. SLEEVES
Net posts shall be galvanized steel having an outside diameter of not less than two and seven-
eighths (2 7/8) inches with electrostatically applied enamel finish and shall be equipped with a
reel type net tightening device. Post sleeves and posts shall be set plumb and true so as to support
SectionIV.doc Page 86 Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
the net a height of forty-two (42) inches above the court surface at the posts. Post sleeves shall be
Schedule 40 PVC to be set in concrete per net post manufactures recommendation.
43.2.10.3 CENTER STRAP ANCHOR
A center strap anchor shall be firmly set in accordance with the rules of the USTA.
43.2.10.4 NET
A tennis net conforming to the USTA regulations shall be installed on each court. The net shall
have black synthetic netting, a headband of white synthetic material in double thickness with the
exterior treated for resistance to mildew and sunlight, and bottom and end tapes of back synthetic
material treated to prevent deterioration from the sunlight. A vinyl coated, impregnated steel
cable, having a diameter of one quarter (1/4) inch and a length five (5) feet greater than length
between the net post shall hold the net in suspension. The net shall have tie strings of a synthetic
material at each corner. Basis of Design - Duranet DTS by Ball Products, Inc.
43.2.10.5 CENTER STRAP
Provide a center strap of white heavy duty polyester webbing with black oxide coated brass slide
buckles and nickel plated double end snap. Center strap shall be placed on the net and attached to
the center strap anchor.
43.2.10.6 LINE TAPES
Line tapes shall be 100% nylon and shall be two (2) inches in width. The tapes shall be firmly
secured by aluminum nails with aluminum length of two and one-half (2 - 1/2) inches.
Positioning shall be in accordance with regulations of the USTA.
43.2.10.7 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT
Deliver the following equipment to the owner:
1. Ride-on Tandem Roller - Brutus AR-1 Roller, automatic forward-neutral-reverse
transmission; 24 inch wide drum; 3-horse power Briggs and Stratton engine.
2. Hand drag brooms (4 each) - 7' wide aluminum frame with 4-1/2" synthetic bristlcs;
Proline.
3. Tow drag brooms (1 each) - 7' wide aluminum frame 4-1/2" synthetic bristles; Proline.
4. Deluxe Proline Line Sweeper (4 each) - friction-driven rubber sleeves; synthetic bristle
brush; with fence hook cast aluminum.
5. Scarifier/Lutes (2 each) - 30" wide all aluminum; Proline.
6. Tennis Shoe Cleaners (2 each) - steel frame construction " Scrusher" exact installation
location by Owner.
7. Tennis Two Step (2 each) - polyethylene construction with two rubber panels.
8. Court Rake (1 each) - six-foot length aluminum.
SectionIV.doc Page 87 Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
43.2.11 SHADE STRUCTURE
Provide shade structures as indicted on drawings. Basis of design: Suntrends, Inc. "Cabana
Bench 8" - 8'long x 6' wide gable design with standard canvas canopy, direct burial installation.
Provide concrete footing, size and reinforcement as required by shade structure manufacture.
43.2.12 WATER SOURCE (Potable)
The owner shall supply water line to within fifty (50) feet of the courts with 50 pounds per
square inch running pressure at its terminus. This line shall have the capacity to supply 30
gallons of water per minute for each court.
43.2.13 CONCRETE
Provide concrete consisting of portland cement per ASTM C 150, aggregates per ASTM C 33,
and potable water. Mix materials to obtain concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive
strength of 3,500 psi. Use at least four sacks of cement per cu. yd., 1-inch maximum size
aggregate, 3-inch maximum slump.
43.2.14 EXISTING SPORT TENNIS COURT LIGHTING
43.2.14.1 SHOP DRAWINGS
The Contractor shall provide signed and sealed electrical shop drawings by a professional
electrical engineer for approval of the relocation and re-aiming of the existing tennis court sport
lighting fixtures and electrical service to water coolers. The shop drawings shall include all
necessary information according to local electrical codes in providing a complete operating
system from the existing electrical panel. The shop drawings shall provide data showing the
maximum foot candles the existing fixtures will provide at its new locations for tournament play.
Shop drawings shall be submitted to the Parks and Recreation. Department for approval.
43.2.14.2 RE-LAMP
The Contractor shall re-lamp and clean lens of all existing lighting fixtures after relocating the
light pole and fixtures to its new location. The City will provide the new lamps.
43.2.14.3 ELECTRICAL PERMIT
The Contractor shall submit electrical drawings to City of Clearwater Planning and Development
Services to obtain permits for installation of the electrical works.
43.2.14.4 POLES & FIXTURES
The Contractor shall install three (3) new sixty foot (60') poles and fourteen (14) new fixtures.
The City will purchase and provide the new poles and fixtures for the Contractor to install, any
other miscellaneous items required to provide a complete operable system shall be provided by
the Contractor.
Attached with this specification are the photometric lumination charts for the eight-(8) tennis
courts. This information is provided by Musco Sport Lighting, 1838 East Chester Drive, Suite
#104, High Point, NC 27265, phone (336) 887-0770 fax (336) 887-0771. Contact Douglas A.
Stewart.
Contractor shall install the poles and fixtures based on the following information:
ScctionIV.doc Page 88 Revised: 9/22/05
Section N - Technical Specifications
Pole T1 existing 5 fixture pole, remove one fixture and place on pole T5
Pole T2 existing 12 fixture pole, remove six fixtures and place on pole T5
Pole T3 existing 5 fixture pole, remove one fixture and place on pole T5
Pole T4 new pole with new seven fixtures and two circuits
Pole T5 new pole w/existing sixteen fixtures (8 on one side and 8 on the other) and 2
circuits
Pole T6 new pole with new seven fixtures and two circuits
Pole T7 existing 5 fixture pole, remove two fixtures and place on pole T5
Pole T8 existing 12 fixture pole, remove four fixtures and place on pole T5
Pole T9 existing 5 fixture pole, remove two fixtures and place on pole T5
Light levels ended up at 58+ footcandles.
Existing poles have concrete footing approximately one foot wide on all sides Contractor shall
plan relocation light poles accordingly.
43.2.14.5 ELECTRICAL CONDUITS
Existing electrical conduits are installed individually to the existing light pole, it is suggested the
Contractor place electrical junction boxes at existing pole locations and utilize existing conduits.
New conduits will be required for the three (3) new light poles and the Contractor shall include
the cost for these electrical conduits in the relocating of the new light poles.
43.2.15 WATER COOLER
43.2.15.1 SHOP DRAWINGS
The Contractor shall provide shop drawings for the installation of water cooler in the cabana area
of the tennis courts, electrical, water and drainage submitted to the Parks and Recreation
Department for approval.
43.2.15.2 WATER FOUNTAIN
Basis for design: Halsey Taylor HOF Series - water cooler with sealed back panels, or equal.
43.2.16 DEMONSTRATION
Instruct the Owner's personnel on proper operation and maintenance of court and equipment.
43.2.17 WARRANTY
43.2.17.1 EQUIPMENT
The Contractor shall supply warranty cards and operation and maintenance manuals for all
equipment to the Owner upon completion of construction of the project.
SectionTV.doc Page 89 Revised: 9/22/05
Section N -Technical Specifications
43.2.17.2 WARRANTY
The Contractor shall warranty the courts, fencing, sidewalks and court accessories against
defective materials and /or workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date of
completion.
43.2.17.3 WARRANTY SUB-SURFACE IRRIGATION SYSTEM
The Contractor shall warranty the sub-surface irrigation of the clay tennis courts for a period of
two years from the day of completion.
44 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL
44.1 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC
CONTROL
The Contractor shall be responsible to furnish, operate, maintain and remove all work zone
traffic control associated with the Project, including detours, advance warnings, channelization,
hazard warnings and any other necessary features, both at the immediate work site and as may be
necessary at outlying points.
44.2 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN
The Contractor shall prepare a detailed traffic control plan designed to accomplish the level of
performance outlined in the Scope of the Work and/or as may be required by construction
permits issued by Pinellas County and/or the Florida Department of Transportation for the
Project, incorporating the methods and criteria contained in Part VI, Standards and Guides for
Traffic Controls for Street and Highway Construction, Maintenance, Utility and Incident
Management Operations in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices published by the
U.S. Department of Transportation and adopted as amended by the Florida Department of
Transportation, or most recent addition.
44.2.1 WORK ZONE SAFETY
The general objectives of a program of work zone safety is to protect workers, pedestrians,
bicyclists and motorists during construction and maintenance operations. This general objective
may be achieved by meeting the following specific objectives:
• Provide adequate advance warning and information regarding upcoming work zones.
• Provide the driver clear directions to understanding the situation he will be facing as he
proceeds through or around the work zone.
• Reduce the consequences of an out of control vehicle.
• Provide safe access and storage for equipment and material.
• Promote speedy completion of projects (including thorough cleanup of the site).
• Promote use of the appropriate traffic control and protection devices.
• Provide safe passageways for pedestrians through, in, and/or around construction or
maintenance work zones.
The 2004 Design Standards (DS), Index 600
"When an existing pedestrian way or bicycle way is located within a traffic control work zone,
accommodation must be maintained and provision for the disabled must be provided. Only
SectionrV.doc Page 90 Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
approved temporary traffic control devices may be used to delineate a temporary traffic control
zone pedestrian walkway. Advanced notification of sidewalk closures and detours marked shall
be provided by appropriate signs".
2004 Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction
102-5 Traffic Control: 102-5.1 Standards: FDOT Design Standards (DS) are the minimum
standards for the use in the development of all traffic control plans
44.3 ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES
Roadway types: Major Arterials, Minor Arterials, Local Collectors, and Local
Following are typical requirements to be accomplished prior to closure. The number of
requirements increase with traffic volume and the importance of access. Road closures affecting
business or sole access routes will increase in process requirements as appropriate. For all but
local streets, no road or lane closures are allowed during the Christmas holiday season and the
designated "Spring Break" season with prior approval by the City Engineer.
44.3.1 ALL ROADWAYS
Obtain permits for Pinellas County and Florida Department of Transportation roadways.
Traffic control devises conform to national and state standards.
44.3.1.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION
Standard property owner notification prior to start of construction for properties directly affected
by the construction process.
44.3.2 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL COLLECTORS
Consult with City Traffic staff for preliminary traffic control options.
Develop Formal Traffic Control Plan for Permit Submittal to Regulatory Agency as necessary.
44.3.2.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION
Message Board Display, Minimum of 7-day notice period prior to road closure and maybe longer
for larger highway. The message board is to be provided by the Contractor.
44.3.3 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS
44.3.3.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION
C-View Release
44.3.4 MAJOR ARTERIALS
44.3.4.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION
News Release
The Message Board may need to be displayed for a period longer than 7 days.
SectionIV.doc Page 91 Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
44.4 APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN
The Contractor is invited and encouraged to confer in advance of bidding, and is required, as a
specification of the work, to confer in advance of beginning any work on the Project, with the
Office of the Traffic Engineer, Municipal Services Building, 100 South Myrtle Avenue,
telephone 562-4772, for the purpose of approval of the Contractor's proposed detailed traffic
control plan.
44.5 INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION
The Office of the Traffic Engineer may inspect and monitor the traffic control plan and traffic
control devices of the Contractor. The City's Construction Inspector assigned to the project, may
make known requirements for any alterations or adjustments to the traffic control devices. The
Contractor shall take direction from the Project Engineer or Project Inspector.
44.6 PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL
Payment for work zone traffic control is a non-specific pay item to be included in the
construction costs associated with other specific pay items unless specifically stated otherwise in
the Scope of Work in these Technical Specifications and a bid item(s) is included for Work Zone
Traffic Control in the proposal form.
44.7 CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL
SUPERVISOR
The City may require that the Supervisor or Foreman controlling the work for the Contractor on
the Project have a current International Municipal Signal Association, Work Zone Traffic Control
Safety Certification or Worksite Traffic Supervisor Certification from the American Traffic
Safety Association with additional current Certification from the Florida Department of
Transportation. This requirement for Certification will be noted in the Scope of Work and/or
sections of these Technical Specifications. When the certified supervisor is required for the
Project, the supervisor will be on the Project site at all times while work is being conducted.
The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on a 24-hour per day basis and shall review
the project on a day-to-day basis as well as being involved in all changes to traffic control. The
Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall have access to all equipment and materials needed to maintain
traffic control and handle traffic related situations. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall ensure
that routine deficiencies are corrected within a 24-hour period.
The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on the site within 45 minutes after notification
of an emergency situation, prepared to positively respond to repair the work zone traffic control
or to provide alternate traffic arrangements.
Failure of the Worksite Traffic Supervisor to comply with the provisions of this Subarticle may
be grounds for decertification or removal from the project or both. Failure to maintain a
designated Worksite Traffic Supervisor or failure to comply with these provisions will result in
temporary suspension of all activities except traffic and erosion control and such other activities
deemed to be necessary for project maintenance and safety.
SectionIV.doc Page 92 Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
45 CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE LINING
45.1 INTENT
It is the intention of this specification to provide for the trenchless restoration of sanitary sewer
and storm pipes by the installation if a cured in place jointless, continuous, thermosetting resin
impregnated polyester flexible felt liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand
exposure to domestic sewage including all labor, materials and equipment to provide for a
complete, fully restored and functioning installation.
45.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY
The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding
contractor prequalification. In addition, the City requires a proven extensive tract record for the
liner system to be used in this project. All contractors submitting for prequalification approval
for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the installation of the proposed
liner system(s) and satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system has been extensively and
successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of Florida. The installer must be certified
by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system. The City reserves full and
complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the liner system and the
installer.
45.3 MATERIALS
The liner shall be polyester fiber felt tubing saturated with a resin prior to insertion. Resin type
and qualities shall be as specified by the manufacturer to obtain a cured liner with the following
properties:
Tensile Strength ASTM D638 3,000 psi
Flexural Strength ASTM D790 4,500 psi
Flexural Modulus of Elasticity ASTM D790 300,000 psi
Long Term Modulus of Elasticity (50 Years) ASTM D2290 150,000 psi
Liner shall meet strengths as shown in ASTM F1216 unless otherwise submitted and approved
by the Engineer. Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval as requested,
complete design calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS-20
traffic loading, water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of 50 years, and no
structural strength retained from the existing pipe. Liner materials shall meet manufactures
specifications of Insituform of North America, Inc., 3315 Democrat Road, Post Office Box
181071, Memphis, Tennessee 38118; or InLiner USA 1900 N.W. 44th St., Pompano Beach
Florida 33064, 305-979-0802, or an approved equal. Any approved equal liner system must be
approved by the Engineer as an equal system prior to receiving bids. Request for contractor
prequalification and/or equal liner system approval must be received by the Engineer no later
than 14 days prior to the date for receiving bids.
45A CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for
rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean
interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior
to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of
SectionIV.doc Page 93 Revised: 9/22/05
Section N - Technical Specifications
restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptions to local
traffic, residents and particularly to commercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation
operations all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the
sewer from damage. All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractor's
responsibility for prompt disposal in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The
Contractor may be required to control the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid
heavy pollution loads at the City's treatment plants.
45.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION
After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the project is
completed, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected by means of closed-circuit color
television, and recorded on VHS format tapes provided to the project engineer. The television
system used shall be designed for the purpose and suitably lighted to provide a clear picture of
the entire periphery of the pipe.
45.6 LINER INSTALLATION
Liner shall be sized to field measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide for a tight fit on
the interior of the existing pipe to be lined. Contractor shall use installation methods approved by
the liner manufacturer including operations for inversion, heat curing and reconnection of
laterals.
The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking place
during the insertion operation. Contractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system for bypass
pumping should delays or problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes
shall be smooth, free of irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots,
excessive wrinkling or other defects in the liner shall be permitted. Such defects shall be
removed and replaced by the Contractor at his expense.
45.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION
Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be
reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to 95% of the area of the
original opening. All lateral reconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method
and material is to be approved by the Engineer. Any reconnections to laterals and connections to
manholes which are observed to leak shall be resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered
during the lining process are to be reconnected unless specifically directed otherwise by the City.
The Contractor will be requested to reconnect any laterals discovered to not be reconnected at a
later date. Contractor shall notify all local system users when the sanitary system will not be
available for normal usage by the delivery of door hangers with appropriate information
regarding the construction project.
45.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION
Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. At no
time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than an eight-hour
period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewage
backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and
property damage costs and claims.
SectionIV.doc Page 94 Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
45.9 PAYMENT
Payment for sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per lineal foot including all preparation,
bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, lateral reconnection, etc, to
provide a fully completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of
manhole to center of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for
storm systems.
46 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYETHYLENE SLIPLINING
46.1 MATERIALS
46.1.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS
The pipe supplied under this specification shall be high performance, high molecular weight,
high density polyethylene pipe (Driscopipe 1000) as manufactured by Phillips Driscopipe, Inc.,
Dallas, Texas and shall conform to ASTM D 1248 (Type III, Class C, Category 5, Grade P34) or
approved equal. Minimum cell classification values shall be 345434C as referenced in ASTM D
3350 latest edition. If fittings are required, they will be supplied under this specification and shall
be molded or manufactured from a polyethylene compound having a cell classification equal to
or exceeding the compound used in the pipe.
To insure compatibility of polyethylene resins, all fittings supplied under this specification shall
be of the same manufacture as the pipe being supplied.
46.1.2 QUALITY CONTROL
The resin used for manufacturer of the pipe shall be manufactured by the pipe manufacturer, thus
maintaining complete control of the pipe quality. The pipe shall contain no recycled compound
except that generated in the manufacturer's own plant from resin of the same specification from
the same raw material. The pipe shall be homogeneous throughout and free of visible cracks,
holes, foreign inclusions, or other deleterious defects, and shall be identical in color, density,
melt index, and other physical properties.
The polyethylene resin used shall have all ingredients pre compound prior to extrusion of pipe, in
plant blending is not acceptable.
The Engineer may request, as part of the quality control records submittal, certification that the
pipe produced is represented by the quality assurance testing. Additionally, test results from
manufacturer's testing or random sampling by the Engineer that do not meet appropriate ASTM
standards or manufacturer's representation, may be cause for rejection of pipe represented by the
testing. These tests may include density and flow rate measurements from samples taken at
selected locations within the pipe wall and thermal stability determinations according to ASTM
D 3350, 10.1.9.
46.1.3 SAMPLES
The owner or the specifying engineer may request certified lab data to verify the physical
properties of the materials supplied under this specification or may take random samples and
have them tested by an independent laboratory.
SectionlV.doc Page 95 Revised: 9122105
Section IV - Technical Specifications
46.1.4 REJECTION
Polyethylene pipe and fittings may be rejected for failure to meet any of the requirements of this
specification.
46.2 PIPE DIMENSIONS
Pipe supplied under this specification shall have a nominal IPS (Iron Pipe Size) O.D. unless
otherwise specified. The SDR (Standard Dimension Ratio) of the pipe supplied shall be as
specified by the Engineer, on the construction plans and/or the scope of work.
46.3 CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES
46.3.1 HANDLING OF PIPE
Pipe shall be stored on clean, level ground to prevent undue scratching or gouging of the pipe. If
the pipe must be stacked for storage, such stacking should be done in accordance with the pipe
manufacturer's recommendations. The handling of the pipe should be done in such a manner that
it is not damaged by dragging over sharp objects or cut by chokers or lifting equipment.
46.3.2 REPAIR OF DAMAGED SECTIONS
Segments of pipe having cuts or gouges in excess of 10% of the wall thickness of the pipe should
be cut out and removed. The undamaged portions of the pipe shall be rejoined using the butt
fusion joining method.
46.3.3 PIPE JOINING
Sections of polyethylene pipe should be joined into continuous lengths on the job site above
ground. The joining method shall be the butt fusion method and shall be performed by the
manufacturer's representative and in strict accordance with the pipe manufacturer's
recommendations. The butt fusion equipment used in the joining procedures should be capable of
meeting all conditions recommended by the pipe manufacturer, including, but not limited to,
temperature requirements, alignment, and fusion pressures.
46.3.4 HANDLING OF FUSED PIPE
Fused segments of pipe shall be handled so to avoid damage to the pipe. When lifting fused
sections of pipe, chains or cable type chokers should be avoided. Nylon slings are preferred.
Spreader bars should be used when lifting long fused sections. Care should be exercised to avoid
cutting or gouging the pipe.
46.4 SLIPLINING PROCEDURE
46.4.1 PIPE REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS
The liner(s) to be slip lined into the existing storm sewer shall have the following sizes:
12-inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 15-inch existing sewer.
16-inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 18-inch existing sewer.
18-inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 21-inch existing sewer.
211/2-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 24-inch existing sewer.
SectionIV,doc Page 96 Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
28-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 30-inch existing sewer.
34-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 36-inch existing sewer.
42-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 48-inch existing sewer.
46.4.2 CLEANING AND INSPECTION
The existing line shall be cleaned of debris and other obstructions prior to TV inspections or
insertion of the polyethylene liner. Cleaning can be accomplished with a high velocity cleaner, a
bucket and scrapper, root saws, corkscrews, and rodding or balling units. The method used will
be determined by the condition of the existing line. Final cleaning may be required prior to
inserting the liner.
46.4.3 INSERTION SHAFT AND EXCAVATIONS
All excavations shall conform to OSHA requirements and any additional requirements as set by
the specifying engineer or his representative.
Insertion shaft excavations shall coincide with points requiring removal of obstructions or shall
be determined by the engineer.
An entry slope grade of 2 1/2:1 maximum shall be used to provide a safe bending radius for the
polyethylene. The bottom of the entry pit should provide a straight section for ease of entry of
the liner into the existing pipe. The length of the level excavation should be at least twelve times
the diameter of the liner being inserted. The width of the shaft should be as narrow as possible.
The required width will depend on the location, type of soil, depth of the existing sewer line and
the water table.
46.4.4 INSERTION OF THE LINER
After completion of the access shaft, the top half of the existing sewer shall be broken or cut and
removed for the full length of the access shaft.
A fabricated pulling head shall be connected to the leading end of the liner pipe. A cable shall be
connected to the pulling head so that the liner pipe can be pulled into the existing sewer.
Power winches used for pulling in long lengths of polyethylene liner pipe shall be rated equal to
the project requirements.
Once started, the pulling operation should continue to completion.
Insertion is normally done at about a slow walking speed. After insertion, a minimum of 12 hours
shall be allowed for the liner pipe to reach equilibrium with the sewer temperature and to allow
the liner pipe to stress relieve itself.
The polyethylene liner pipe should protrude at least 6 inches into the manhole where it
terminates.
After the 12-hour equilibrium period, the annular space between the original pipe and the liner
shall be pressure grouted. Said grouting must be from the bottom up to prevent air pockets from
forming. Also the grout must be recommended for underwater application and have elastomeric
properties. Products used shall be approved by the engineer.
The liner shall not be displaced when the annular space is being filled. Spacers, inflatable plugs
or other methods approved by the Engineer must be used to prevent displacement.
SectionlV.doc Page 97 Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
The length of fused pipe that can be pulled will vary depending on field conditions, the ease of
access to the area, and the working space available.
46.4.5 CONFIRMATION OF PIPE SIZES
The Contractor shall be solely responsible to confirm all pipe sizes prior to ordering, fusing and
installation of the liner.
46.4.6 UNDERDRAIN CONNECTIONS IF REQUIRED
After the liner has been pulled into place, allowed to recover and sealed at the manholes, pipe
connections okayed by the engineer shall be reconnected to the liner pipe.
Pipe connections shall be connected by the use of a pre-fabricated polyethylene saddle. A
neoprene gasket shall be installed between the saddle and the liner pipe so that a complete water
seal is accomplished when the saddle is placed on the liner pipe and secured with stainless steel
bands.
46.4.7 BACKFILLING
All excavations shall be backfilled using on site materials or as specified by the engineer. Cost
for backfilling of access shafts and underdrain connections shall be including in the unit price bid
for sliplining and reconnection of service laterals. Before any excavation is done for any purpose,
it will be the responsibility of the contractor to contact the various utility companies and to
determine the locations of their facilities. It will be the responsibility of the contractor to provide
adequate protection for utility facilities. Any temporary construction right of way and/or storage
areas will be arranged for by the contractor.
46.4.8 POINT REPAIR
The engineer or his representative will determine if a point repair is necessary only after it has
been demonstrated that a liner pipe cannot be pulled through the existing pipe. Payment will be
made for each repair.
The contractor will be expected to remove the obstruction and clear the pipe. If removing the top
of the existing pipe will accomplish the removal of the obstruction, the bottom of the existing
pipe should remain in place to form a cradle for the liner.
46.4.9 CLEAN UP OPERATIONS
All materials not used in the backfilling operation shall be disposed of off site by the contractor.
Finish grading shall be required. In locations other than street right-of-ways, the surface shall be
graded smooth and sodded with the same kind of grass as the existing lawn. Excavation points in
street right-of-ways shall be repaired as specified by the engineer.
47 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYVINYL CHLORIDE RIBBED PIPE
47.1 SCOPE
This specification designates general requirements for unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC)
plastic (spiral wound) pipe with integral wall bell and spigot joints for the conveyance of storm
water.
SectionIV.doc Page 98 Revised: 9/22/05
Section N - Technical Specifications
47.2 MATERIALS
All pipe and fittings shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with specification for "Poly
(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Large Diameter Ribbed Gravity Storm Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on
Controlled Inside Diameter".
The pipe and fittings shall be made of PVC plastic.
47.3 PIPE
The bell shall consist of an integral wall section. The solid cross section fiber ring shall be
factory assembled on the spigot. Sizes and dimensions shall be as shown in this specification.
Standard laying lengths shall be 13 ft. + 1 inch. At manufacturer's option, random lengths of not
more than 15% of total footage may be shipped in lieu of standard lengths.
47.4 JOINING SYSTEM
Joints shall be either an integral bell gasketed joint. When the joint is assembled according to
manufactures recommendation it will prevent misalignment of adjacent pipes and form a silt
tight joint.
47.5 FITTINGS
All fittings and accessories shall be as manufactured and furnished by the pipe supplier or
approved equal and have bell and/or spigot configurations compatible with that of the pipe.
48 GUNITE SPECIFICATIONS
48.1 PRESSURE INJECTED GROUT
Pressure injected grout shall be of cement and water and shall be proportioned generally in the
ratio of 1.5 (one and one half) cubic foot (one and one half bags) of cement to 1 (one) cubic foot
(7.50 gal.) of water. This mix shall be varied as the grouting proceeds as is necessary to provide
penetration in the operator's judgment.
Cement shall be Portland Cement conforming to all of the requirements of the American Society
for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, latest edition serial designation C150 for Portland
Cement, Type I. Portland Cement shall weigh not less than 94 pounds per cubic foot.
Water used in the grout shall be fresh, clean and free from injurious amounts of oil, alkali,
vegetable, sewage and/or organic matter. Water shall be considered as weighing 8.33 pounds per
gallon.
Grout pump shall be of the positive displacement type and shall be capable of producing
adequate pressure to penetrate the area.
All pressure grouting will be at the direction of the Engineer.
48.2 REHABILITATION OF CORRUGATED METAL PIPE WITH
GUNITE
Guniting shall conform to all requirements of "Specifications for Materials, Proportioning, and
Application of Shotcrete (ACI 506.2 77)" published by the American Concrete Institute, Detroit,
Michigan, except as modified by those specifications.
SectionIV.doc Page 99 Revised: 9/22/05
Section N - Technical Specifications
Steel reinforcement shall be incorporated in the Gunite as required and shall be furnished, bent,
set and placed in accordance with the provisions of these specifications.
The purpose of this specification is to obtain a dense and durable concrete having the specified
strength.
48.3 COMPOSITION
Gunite shall be composed of Portland Cement, aggregate and water so proportioned as to
produce a concrete suitable for pneumatic application.
48.4 STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS
Concrete ingredients shall be selected, proportioned in such a manner as will produce concrete
which will be extremely strong, dense and resistant to weathering, and abrasion. Concrete shall
have a minimum 28-day strength of 4,000 psi.
48.5 MATERIALS
Portland Cement: Cement shall be Portland cement conforming to all of the requirements of the
American Society for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, Latest Serial Designation C150
for Portland Cement, Type I. A bag of cement shall be deemed to weigh not less than 94 pounds
per cubic foot.
Fine Aggregate: Fine aggregate shall be natural siliceous sand consisting of hard, clean, strong,
durable and uncoated particles, conforming to the requirements of American Society for Testing
Materials Standard Specifications, Latest Serial Designation C33 for Concrete Aggregates.
Fine aggregate shall not contain less than 3% nor more than 6% of moisture.
Fine aggregate shall be evenly graded from fine to coarse and shall be within the following
limits:
Passing No. 3/8 Sieve
Passing No. 4 Sieve
Passing No. 8 Sieve
Passing No. 16 Sieve
Passing No. 30 Sieve
Passing No. 50 Sieve
Passing No. 100 Sieve
100%
95% to 100%
80% to 100%
50% to 85%
25% to 60%
10% to 30%
2% to 10%
48.6 WATER
Water used in mixing, at the nozzle shall be fresh, clean, and free from injurious amounts of oil,
acid, alkali, vegetable, sewage, and/or organic matter. Water shall be considered as weighing
8.33 pounds per gallon.
48.7 REINFORCEMENT
Steel mesh reinforcement shall be electrically welded, cold drawn, mild steel fabric conforming
to the latest requirements of ASTM Standard Specifications, Serial Designation A 185 for
SectionlV.doc Page 100 Revised: 9/22/05
Section N -- Technical Specifications
Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement. Mesh can be fabricated from cold drawn
steel wire conforming to the requirements of the latest ASTM Standard Specifications, Serial
Designation A 82 and sized as shown on Plans Page 7 of 7.
48.8 STORAGE OF MATERIALS
Cement shall be stored with adequate provisions for the prevention of absorption of moisture. It
shall be stored in a manner that will permit easy access for inspection and identification of each
shipment.
Aggregate shall be stockpiled at points selected to provide maximum drainage and to prevent the
inclusion of any foreign material during rehandling.
48.9 SURFACE PREPARATION
Unsound materials of construction and all coated, scaly, or unsound concrete in manholes and
inlets, shall be removed by chipping with pneumatic hammers and chisels to sound surface, all
cracks and cavities shall be chipped to such formation that their sides form approximately a 45
degree angle to the exposed surface for at least one (1) inch in depth. All areas to receive
pneumatic concrete shall be cleaned by flushing or scouring with water and compressed air jets
to assure removal of all loose particles. All areas of existing surfaces that do not require chipping
shall be given a wet sandblasting with the gunite equipment and the air pressure at the cement
gun shall not be less than 50 psi.
Surface preparation of existing metal surface of a corrugated pipe shall be lightly sandblasted to
remove loose material. All sandblasted areas shall then be cleaned by a air/water blast to remove
all particles from the cleaning operation.
To insure perfect bond, the newly sandblasted surface shall be thoroughly moistened with water
prior to application of gunite. In no instance shall gunite be applied in an area where free running
water exists.
48.10 PROPORTIONING
Prior to start of guniting the Contractor shall submit to the Owner the recommended mix as a
ratio of cement to aggregate. Recommended mix shall be on the basis of test data from prior
experience. Provided data submitted is adequate no further testing of recommended mix will be
required.
If required, the Contractor shall provide all equipment necessary to control the actual amounts of
all materials entering into the concrete. The types of equipment and methods used for measuring
materials shall be subject to approval.
48.11 MIXING
Gunite shall be thoroughly mixed by machine and then passed through a sieve to remove all
large particles before placing in hopper of the cement gun. The mixture shall not be permitted to
become damp. Each batch should be entirely discharged before recharging is begun. The mixer
should be cleaned thoroughly enough to remove all adherent materials from the mixing vanes
and from the drum at regular intervals.
Water in any amount shall not be added to the mix before it enters the cement gun. Quantities of
water shall be controlled by a valve at the nozzle of the gun. Water content shall be adjusted as
SectionIV.doc Page 101 Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
required for proper placement, but shall in no case exceed four gallons of water per sack of
cement, including the water contained in the aggregate.
Remixing or tempering shall not be permitted. Mixed material that has stood 45 minutes without
being used shall be discarded. Rebound materials shall not be reused.
48.12 APPLICATION
Gunite shall not be placed on a frozen surface nor during freezing weather. Gunite shall not be
placed when it is anticipated that the temperature during the following 24 hours will drop below
32 degrees, Fahrenheit.
Sequence of application may be from bottom to top or vice versa if rebound is properly removed.
Corners shall be filled first. "Shooting" shall be from an angle as near perpendicular to the
surface as practicable, with the nozzle held approximately 3 feet from the work (except in
confined control). If the flow of material at the nozzlc is not uniform and slugs, sand spots, or
wet sloughs result, the nozzleman shall direct the nozzle away from the work until the faulty
conditions are corrected. Such defects shall be replaced as the work progresses.
Guniting shall be suspended if.
1. Air velocity separates the cement from the sand at the nozzle.
2. Temperature approaches freezing and the newly placed gunite cannot be protected.
Gunite shall be applied in one or more layers to such total thickness as required to restore the
area as detailed over the original lines of the adjoining surface, unless other wise specified. All
cavities, depressions, washouts and similar failures shall be rebuilt to original lines by use of
gunite reinforced with wire mesh. Where the cavity exceeds 4 inches in depth a layer of mesh
shall be used for each 3 inches of depth of gunite. In no case shall wire mesh be placed behind
existing reinforcement.
The time interval between successive layers in sloping vertical or overhanging work must be
sufficient to allow initial but not final set to develop. At the time the initial set is developing, the
surface shall be cleaned to remove the thin film of laitance in order to provide a perfect bond
with succeeding applications.
48.13 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS
Construction joints or day's work joints shall be sloped off to a thin, clean, regular edge,
preferably at a 45-degree slope. Before placing the adjoining work, the slope portion and
adjacent gunite shall be thoroughly cleaned as necessary, then moistened and scoured with an air
jet.
48.14 SURFACE FINISH
Nozzleman shall bring the gunite to an even plane and to well formed corners by working up to
ground wires or other guides, using lower placing velocity than normal.
After the body coat has been placed, the surface shall be trued with a thin edge screed to remove
high areas and expose low areas. Low areas shall be properly filled with concrete to insure a true,
flat surface.
After the concrete surface has been trued, the entire surface shall be given a flashcoat finish
except where a special type finish is specified on the drawings.
ScctionIV.doc Page 102 Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
48.15 CURING
Curing shall be in accordance with either paragraph 3.7.1(d) or paragraph 3.7.5. of ACI 506.2 77
depending upon atmospheric condition.
48.16 ADJACENT SURFACE PROTECTION
During progress of the work, where appearance is important, adjacent areas or grounds which
may be permanently discolored, stained, or otherwise damaged by dust and rebound, shall be
adequately protected sensitive areas, when contacted, shall be cleaned by early scraping,
brushing or washing, as the surroundings permit.
48.17 INSPECTION
Because of the importance of workmanship affecting the quality of the gunite, continual
inspection during placing shall be maintained. Any imperfections discovered shall be cut out and
replaced with sound material.
48.18 EQUIPMENT
Cement Gun: The mixing and delivering equipment shall be either the vertical double chamber
type or rotary type. The upper chamber of the double chamber type shall receive and pressurize
the dry mix and deliver it to the lower chamber. The lower chamber shall force the pressurized
mix into the delivery hose by means of a feed wheel. The type of feeder utilized should be of
sufficient capacity that the lower chamber may continuously furnish all required material to the
delivery hose while the upper chamber receives the recharge. The rotary type cement gun shall
have an enlarged hopper to feed material into a rotating multiported cylinder. Material shall fall
by gravity into a port which shall then be rotated to a position in which the material is expelled
by air into a moving stream of air. All equipment must be kept in good repair. The interior of
drums, feed gearing and valves shall be cleaned as often as necessary (at least once every 8 hour
shift) to prevent material from caking on critical parts.
Nozzle: Nozzle shall be the premixing type with perforated water feed ring inside the nozzle.
The maximum length of material hose for the application of gunite shall be approximately 150
feet although it shall be permissible to use as much as 800 feet of material hose if the supply air
pressure measured at the cement gun is increased to maintain proper velocity. The following
table gives requirements for compressor size, hose size and air pressure using 150 feet of
material hose:
Comp. Cap Max. Hose Dia. Max. Size Nozzle Min. Air Press.
(cfm) (In.) (In.) (psi)
365 15/8 15/8 60
600 2 2 80
750 21/2 21/2 90
For each 25 feet of material hose used in excess of 150 feet, the required air pressure shall be
increased by 5 psi.
SectionIV.doc Page 103 Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
Air Compressor: Any standard type of compressor shall be satisfactory if it is of sufficient
capacity to provide, without interruption, the pressures and volume of air necessary for'the
longest hose delivery. The air compressor capacity determinations shall include allowances made
for the air consumed in blowing rebound, cleaning, reinforcing and for incidental uses.
Compressor equipment shall be of such capacity so as to insure air pressures at the special mixer
capable of producing the required material velocities.
Water Supply: The water pressure at the discharge nozzle should be sufficiently greater than the
operating air pressure to assure the water is intimately mixed with the other materials. If the line
water pressure is inadequate, a water pump or pressurized tank shall be introduced into the line.
The water pressure shall be uniformly steady (nonpulsating).
49 SANITARY AND STORM MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION
49.1 SCOPE AND INTENT
It is the intent of this portion of the specification to provide for the structural rehabilitation of
manhole walls and bases with solid preformed liners and made-in-place liner systems used in
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and these specifications. In addition to
these specifications, the Contractor shall comply with manufacturer's instructions and
recommendations for work. Purpose of work is to eliminate infiltration, provide corrosion
protection, repair voids and to restore the structural integrity of the manhole. For any particular
system the Contractor will submit manufacturer's technical data and application instructions. All
OSHA regulations shall be met.
49.2 PAYMENT
Payment for liners shall be per vertical foot of liner installed from the base to the top of the
installed liner. Liners will generally be installed to the top of existing or new corbels. No separate
payment will be made for the following items and the cost of such work shall be included in the
pay item per linear foot of liner: Bypass pumping; Traffic Control; Debris Disposal; Excavation,
including necessary pavement removal; Shoring and/or dewatering; Structural fill; Backfill and
compaction; Grout and mortar; Brick; Resetting of the manhole ring and cover; Pipe extensions
and connectors necessary to the installation; Replacement of unpaved roadway and grass or
shrubbery plot; Replacement of roadway base and asphalt surface; and Appurtenant work as
required for a complete and operable system.
49.3 FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS
49.3.1 MATERIALS
49.3.1.1 LINERS
Liners shall be fiberglass engineered to meet or exceed AASHTO H 20 loading of 16,000 pound
vertical wheel load. Manhole liners are to be of the integral corbel design unless otherwise
stipulated. Manhole liners are to be as large in diameter as will fit into the existing manhole. The
contractor shall measure the existing manhole immediately prior to ordering materials and is
solely responsible for the fitting of the liner. Contractor will be required to submit factory
certification for fiberglass liners. The manhole liner shall meet all requirements of ASTM D
3753.
SectionIV.doc Page 104 Revised: 9/22/05
Section N - Technical Specifications
49.3.1.2 MORTAR
Mortar shall be composed of one part Portland Cement Type I and between two and three parts
clean, well graded sand, 100% of which shall pass a No. 8 sieve.
49.3.1.3 GROUTING
Grouting shall be a concrete slurry of four bags of Portland Cement Type II per cubic yard of
clean, well graded sand.
49.3.2 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION
Excavate an area around the top of the existing manhole sufficiently wide and deep for the
removal of the manhole ring and corbel section.
Remove the frame and cover and corbel section without damaging the existing manhole walls.
Care is to be taken not to allow brick or soil to fall into the existing manhole.
Remove or reinsert loose brick which protrude more than one inch from the interior wall of the
manhole and which could interfere with the insertion of the fiberglass liner.
If the shelf of the manhole invert is not level around the perimeter, form a flat shelf with mortar.
Cut the liner to the proper length. Cutouts in the manhole shall be made to accommodate existing
inlet and outlet pipes, drops and cleanouts.
Lower the liner into the existing manhole and set the bottom of the liner into quick setting grout.
Obtain a good bottom seal to prevent the loss of grout from the annular space between the
outside of the liner and the inside wall of the existing manhole. Set the liner as nearly vertically
as possible. Pour six inches of quick setting grout above the initial bottom seal in the annular
void to insure an adequate bottom seal.
Bridge the gap from drops, laterals, force mains, cleanouts and all existing piping between the
existing manhole wall and the new manhole liner with P.V.C. pipe. Use quick setting mortar to
seal the area around the manhole liner and piping.
Fill the annular space between the manhole liner and the existing manhole interior walls with
grout. Care must be taken not to deflect the manhole liner due to head pressure.
Set the existing manhole ring and cover using brick to make elevation adjustments as needed.
Observe watertightness and repair any visible leakage.
Backfill around the new liner and compact the backfill. Sod the disturbed area. Match existing
sod.
Where manholes fall in paved areas, disturbed base shall be replaced twice the original thickness
and compacted in 8" layers. Asphalt shall be replaced with 1 1/2" of Pinellas County Type II
surface.
49.4 STRONG SEAL MS-2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM
This specification shall govern all work to spray apply a monolithic fiber reinforced cementitious
liner to the wall and bench surfaces of brick, concrete or any other construction material; Strong
Seal MS 2 product.
Described are procedures for manhole preparation, cleaning, application and testing. The
applicator must be approved, trained and certified as having successfully completed factory
SectionIV.doc Page 105 Reviscd: 9/22/05
Section 1V - Technical Specifications
training. The applicator/contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and materials for applying
the Strong Seal MS 2 product directly to the contour of the manhole to form a structural
cementitious liner of a minimum 1/2" thickness using a machine specially designed for the
application. All aspects of the installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations and with the following specifications which includes:
1. The elimination of active infiltration prior to making the application.
2. The removal of any loose and unsound material.
3. The spray application of a pre blended cementitious mix to form a monolithic liner in a 2
coat application.
49.4.1 MATERIALS
49.4.1.1 PATCHING MIX
Strong Seal shall be used as a patching mix according to the manufacturer's recommendations
and shall have the following minimum requirements:
1. Compressive Strength (ASTM C-109) 15 min., 200 psi 6 hrs., 1,400 psi
2. Shrinkage (ASTM C-596) 28 days, 150 psi
3. Bond (ASTM C-952) 28 days, 150 psi
4. Cement Sulfate resistant
5. Density, when applied 105 +/- 5 pcf
49.5 INFILTRATION CONTROL
Strong Plug shall be used to stop minor water infiltration according to the manufacture's
recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements:
1. Compressive strength (ASTM C-109) - 600 psi, 1 hr.; 1000 psi 24 hrs.
2. Bond (ASTM C-952) - 30 psi, 1 hr.; 80 psi, 24 hrs.
49.6 GROUTING MIX
Strong-Seal Grout shall be used for stopping very active infiltration and filling voids according
to the manufacture's recommendations. The grout shall be volume stable, and have a minimum
28 day compressive strength of 250 psi and a 1 day strength of 50 psi.
49.7 LINER MIX
Strong Seal MS 2 shall be used to form the monolithic liner covering all interior manhole
surfaces and shall have the following minimum requirements at 28 days:
1. Compressive strength (ASTM C 109) 3,000 psi
2. Tensile strength (ASTM C 496) 300 psi
3. Flexural strength (ASTM C 78) 600 psi
4. Shrinkage (ASTM C 596) 0% at 90% R.H.
5. Bond (ASTM C 952) 130 psi
SectionIV.doc Page 106 Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
6. Density, when applied 105 + pcf
Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at the Job site. Bag weight
shall be 50 51 pounds and contents shall have dry bulk density of 54 to 56 pounds per cubic foot.
Fiberglass rods which are contained in the product shall be alkaline resistant and shall be 1/2" to
5/8" long with a diameter of 635 to 640 microns. Products shall, in the un mixed state, have a
lead content not greater than two percent (2%) by weight.
Strong Seal MS 2C shall be made with Calcium Aluminate Cement and shall be used according
to the manufacturer's recommendations in applications where there is evidence of severe sulfide
conditions.
Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at job site.
Bag weight shall be 50-51 pounds and contents must have a dry bulk density of 50 56 pounds per
cubic foot.
Cement content must be 65%-75% of total weight of bag.
One bag of product when mixed with correct amount of water must have a wet density of 95 108
pounds per cubic foot and must yield a minimum of .67 cubic foot of volume.
Fiberglass rods must be alkaline resistant with rod lengths not less than 1/2" in length nor greater
than 5/8" in height.
Product shall not include any basic ingredient that exceeds maximum allowable EPA limit for
any heavy metal.
Manufacturer must provide MSDS sheets for product(s) to be used in reconstruction process.
A two coat application of liner material will be required (no exceptions) with the first coat rough
troweled to force materials into cracks and crevices to set the bond. The second coat to be spray
applied to assure minimum 1/2" thickness after troweling or brush finishing to a relatively
smooth finish.
49.8 WATER
Shall be clean and potable.
49.9 OTHER MATERIALS
No other material shall be used with the mixes previously described without prior approval or
recommendation from the manufacturer.
49.10 EQUIPMENT
A specially designed machine consisting of an optimized progressive cavity pump capable of
producing a minimum of 250 psi pumping pressure, contra blend mixer with twin ribbon paddles
with discharge, and an air system for spray application of product. Equipment must be complete
with water storage and metering system. Mixer and pump is to be hydraulically powered.
Equipment is to be mounted to heavy duty construction tandem axle road worthy trailer complete
with electric brakes and running lights. Internal combustion engine must be included to power
the hydraulic system and air compressor.
5ectionrV,doc Page 107 Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
49.11 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION
49.11.1 PREPARATION
1. Place boards over inverts to prevent extraneous material from entering the sewer lines
and to prevent up stream line from flooding the manhole.
2. All foreign material shall be removed from the manhole wall and bench using a high
pressure water spray (minimum 1,200 psi). Loose and protruding brick, mortar and
concrete shall be removed using a mason's hammer and chisel and/or scraper. Fill any
large voids with quick setting patching mix.
3. Active leaks shall be stopped using quick setting specially formulated mixes according to
the manufacturer's recommendations. Some leaks may require weep holes to localize the
infiltration during the application after which the weep holes shall be plugged with the
quick setting mix prior to the final liner application. When severe infiltration is present,
drilling may be required in order to pressure grout using a cementitious grout.
Manufacturer's recommendations shall be followed when pressure grouting is required.
4. Any bench, invert or service line repairs shall be made at this time using the quick setting
mix and following the manufacturer's recommendations.
5. After all preparation has been completed, remove all loose material.
49.11.2 MIXING
For each bag of product, use the amount of water specified by the manufacturer and mix using
the Spray Mate Model 35C or 35D equipment for 30 seconds to a minute after all materials have
been placed in the mixing hopper. Place the mix into the holding hopper and prepare another
batch with timing such that the nozzleman can spray in a continuous manner without interruption
until each application is complete.
49.11.3 SPRAYING
The surface, prior to spraying, shall be damp without noticeable free water droplets or running
water. Materials shall be sprayed, applied to a minimum uniform thickness to insure that all
cracks, crevices and voids are filled and a somewhat smooth surface remains after light
troweling. The light troweling is performed to compact the material into voids and to set the
bond. Not before the first application has begun to take an initial set (disappearance of surface
sheen which could be 15 minutes to 1 hour depending upon ambient conditions) is the second
application made to assure a minimum total finished thickness of 1/2 inch. The surface is then
troweled to a smooth finish being careful not to over trowel so as to bring additional water to the
surface and weaken it. A brush finish may be applied to the finished coat to remove trowel
marks. Manufacturer's recommendation shall be followed whenever more than 24 hours have
elapsed between applications. The wooden bench covers shall be removed and the bench is
sprayed such that a gradual slope is produces from the walls to the invert with the thickness at
the edge of the invert being no less than 1/2 inch. The wall bench intersection shall be rounded to
a uniform radius, the full circumference of the intersection. The final application shall have a
minimum of four (4) hours cure time before being subjected to active flow.
SectionIV.doc Page 108 Revised: 9/22/05
Section W - Technical Specifications
49.11.4 PRODUCT TESTING
At some point during the application, at least four (4) 2 inch cubes may be prepared each day or
from every 50 bags of product used, identified and sent, in accordance with the Owner's or
Manufacturer's directions, for compression strength testing as described in ASTM C 109.
49.11.5 CURING
Ambient manhole conditions are adequate for curing so long as the manhole is covered. It is
imperative that the manhole be covered as soon as possible after the application has been
completed.
49.11.6 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE
Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes
cntcring the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn
into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the
manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten (10) inches of mercury shall be drawn
and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the
vacuum to drop to nine (9) inches. The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60)
seconds for forty eight (48) inch diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and
ninety (90) seconds for seventy two (72) inch diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial
test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained.
Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer.
49.12 INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT
SYSTEM
49.12.1 SCOPE
Materials and application procedures for manhole rehabilitation for the purpose of restoring
structural integrity, providing corrosion resistance, and stopping infiltration by means of:
1. Hydraulic grouting, where required, as a preliminary measure to stop high volume
infiltration
2. Hydrophilic grouting (positive side waterproofing), where required, as follows:
a. Hydrophilic foam-injected through wall of manhole to fill voids and/or
b. Hydrophilic gel-injected through wall of manhole to stop active leaks
3. Cementitious waterproofing with crystallization (negative side waterproofing)
4. Calcium aluminate cement lining, minimum of /2 inch
5. Epoxy coating, minimum of 30 dry mils
49.12.2 MATERIALS
49.12.2.1 REPAIRING CEMENT
A quick setting hydraulic cement compound shall be used to plug all visible minor leaks and to
instantly stop major leaks, so that further waterproofing processes may proceed unhindered. The
5ectionrV.doc Page 109 Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV -- Technical Specifications
repairing cement shall be nonshrinking, nonmetallic, and noncorrosive. The compound shall
have the following properties:
Set Time 1-3 minutes
Tensile Strength 1 day 510 psi
ASTM C 307 3 days 745 psi
28 days 855 psi
Compressive Strength 1 day 3,125 psi
ASTM -C 109 7 days 7,808 psi
28 days 9,543 psi
Flexural Strength ASTM C 78 1 day 410 psi
3 days 855 psi
28 days 1,245 psi
49.12.2.2 HYDROPHILIC GROUTING
Based on conditions found in and around the manhole, the applicator shall pressure inject either
one or both of the following materials:
1. An expansive foam grout shall be used to stop major intrusion of water and fill cracks in
and voids behind the structure's surface. Physical properties are as follows:
Tensile Strength 380 psi ASTM D 3574-86
Elongation 400% ASTM D 3574-86
Bonding Strength 250-300 psi
2. A hydrophilic gel grout shall be used for soil stabilization behind the manhole-to prevent
seepage, to provide a damming effect, and to place a hydrostatic barrier around exterior
of manhole. Physical properties are as follows:
Density 8.75-9.17 lbs/gal ASTM D-3574
Tensile Strength 150 psi ASTM D- 412
Elongation 250% ASTM D-3574
Shrinkage Less than 4% ASTM D-1042
Toxicity Non Toxic
49.12.2.3 WATERPROOFING
A waterproofing component based on the crystallization process shall be applied. The system
combines cementitious and silicate based materials that are applied to negative side surfaces to
seal and stop leakage caused by hydrostatic pressure. A combination of five coats (using three
components-two powders and a special liquid) react with moisture and the constituents of the
substrate to form the crystalline structure. It becomes an integral part of the structure and blocks
the passage of water. With moisture present, the crystallization process will continue for
approximately six months. Upon completion the color will be light grey. Physical properties are
as follows:
Slant/Shear bond Strength to Calcium Aluminate Cement
ASTM (to be given)
1,200 to 1,800 psi
SectionIV.doc Page 110 Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
Tensile Strength
(7 day cure)
ASTM C 190
380 psi (2.62 MPa)
325 psi (2.24 MPa)
at 100% RH
at 50% RH
Permeability
(3 day cure)
CRD 48 55
49.12.2.4 CEMENT LINING
8.1 x10 llcm/sec to
7.6x10 cm/sec
A self bonding calcium alulinate cement shall be applied to restore structural integrity and
provide corrosion resistance qualities. The cement (before adding fibers) shall have the following
properties:
Calcium Aluminate Cement 12 Hrs 24 Hrs 7 Days 28 Days
Astm C 495 Compressive Strength, Psi 7000 11000 12000 13000
Astm C 293 Flexural Strength, Psi 1000 1500 1800 2000
Astm C 596 Shrinkage At 90% Humidity -- <0.04 X0.06 <0.08
Astm C 666 Freeze-Thaw Aft 300 Cycle No Damage
Astm C 990 Pull - Out Strength 200 - 230 Psi Tensile
Astm C 457 Air Void Content (7 Days) 3%
Astm C 497 Porosity/Adsorption Test 4-5%
Modules of Elasticity: 7.10 X 10 PSI after 24 Hrs moist curing at 68 F.
The calcium aluminate cement shall be reinforced with inert fibers which comply with ASTM C
1116 and ASTM C 1018, added at the rate of one pound per cubic yard of concrete. The mixture
shall be applied to a thickness of at least one half inch, but no greater than two inches. It will
have a dark grey color.
49.12.2.5 EPOXY COATING
A high build, flexible waterproofing epoxy shall be applied to a minimum of 30 dry mils. This
epoxy will seal structure from moisture and provide protective qualities to the surface, including
excellent resistance to chemical attack and abrasion. The epoxy shall be 100% solids, can be
applied to damp surfaces, cures to a tile like finish, is easy to clean, and has no toxic fumes. Its
uses include sewage treatment plants and other sewer structures. The epoxy shall have the
following properties at 75 degrees F:
Mixing Ratio (Parts A:B), by volume
Color (other colors available on request)
Pot Life, hrs
Tensile Strength, psi, min
Tensile Elongation, %
Water Extractable Substances, mg./sq. in., max
Bond Strength to Cement (ASTM 882) psi
1:1
Light Gray
2,000
10-20
5
1,800
SectionIV.doc Page 111 Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
49.12.2.6 CHEMICAL RESISTANCE
Alcohols, Trichloroethylene, Nitric Acid (3%), Jet Fuels, Water, Sulfuric Acid (3% 10%), MEK,
Wine, Butyl Acetate, Beer, Lactic Acid (3%), Gasoline, Corn Oil, Aluminum Sulfate, Paraffin
Oil, Vegetable Juice, Sodium Chloride, Motor Oil, Hydrochloric Acid (3%), and many others.
49.12.3 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION
49.12.3.1 PROCEDURAL OVERVIEW
Work shall proceed as follows:
1. Remove rungs (steps), if desired by client.
2. Clean manhole and remove debris.
a. Plug lines and/or screen out displaced debris.
b. Apply acid wash, if necessary, to clean and degrease.
c. Hydroblast and/or sand blast structure.
d. Remove debris from work area.
3. Repair minor defects in walls, benches, and inverts, as required, with repairing cement.
(Note: Major structural repairs, such as rebuilding of benches, will also be made as
required by client.
4. Inject hydrophilic grout through all surfaces, as needed, to eliminate infiltration.
5. Apply cementitious/crystallization waterproofing agents to all surfaces, repeating steps as
needed.
6. Spray and/or hand apply calcium aluminate cement lining to all surfaces.
7. Spray apply epoxy coating to all surfaces.
NOTE: Steps 1-5 shall be executed consecutively with minimal delays; calcium aluminate (Step
6) shall require a cure time of at least twenty-four hours for needed adhesion of epoxy (Step 7) to
cement lining.
49.12.3.2 PREPARATION
An acid wash shall be used (if needed) to clean and degrease. Then, if the client desires, the
rungs shall be removed. Next, the entire structure is thoroughly water and/or sand blasted to
remove any loose or deteriorated material. Care shall be taken to prevent any loose material from
entering lines and other areas by either plugging the lines ( where feasible) or inserting protective
screens.
49.12.3.3 STRUCTURAL REPAIR
Hand place or spray apply hydraulic cement material as necessary to prepared surface to fill
cracks and voids in structure. Allow twenty (20) minutes before applying
waterproofing/crystallization.
49.12.3.4 INFILTRATION CONTROL
Pressure injection of hydrophilic gel and hydrophilic foam.
SectionlV.doc Page 112 Revised. 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
1. Drill 5/8" holes through active leaking surface.
2. Install all zert fittings, as recommended by manufacturer.
3. Inject material until water flow stops.
4. Remove fittings (if necessary).
49.12.3.5 WATERPROOFING/CRYSTALLIZATION PROCESS
1. Apply a slurry coat of powder #1 to moist wall using a stiffbrush, forming an undercoat.
2. Apply dry powder #2 to slurry coat by hand.
3. Brush or spray on sealing liquid during the application to penetrate and initiate the crystal
forming process.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3, until there are no visible leaks.
5. Apply powder #1 as an overcoat.
6. Allow one (1) hour to cure before applying cement lining.
49.12.3.6 CEMENT LINING
1. Dampen surface.
2. Mix material in mixer as recommended for spray or hand trowel application.
3. Apply cement until required build up of at least one half inch (and no more than 2 inches)
has been achieved.
4. Trowel to smooth finish, restoring contours of manhole.
5. Texture brush surface to prepare for epoxy finish.
6. Allow for a 24-hour cure time prior to epoxy coating.
NOTE: If conditions of heavy humidity prevail, a dry air blower shall be used to facilitate curing
times.
49.12.3.7 EPOXY COATING
Spray apply epoxy coating using airless spraying equipment until surface is visibly covered and a
thickness of at least 30 mils has been achieved. Manhole may be safely entered after six (6)
hours, as epoxy will be hardened. Full cure strength will be achieved at forty eight (48) hours.
49.12.3.8 CLEAN UP
The work crew shall remove all debris and clean work area.
49.12.3.9 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE
Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes
entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn
into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the
manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten (10) inches of mercury shall be drawn
and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the
vacuum to drop to nine (9) inches. The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60)
seconds for forty eight (48) inch diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and
SectionIV.doc Page 113 Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
ninety (90) seconds for seventy two (72) inch diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial
test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained.
Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer.
49.12.3.10 WARRANTY
pe6ed ef five (5) years;
Owner- for-
All ma4er-ia4s and workmanship sha4i be waffanted to the
50 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS
50.1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE
The City desires to inform the general public on the City's use and expenditure of public funding
for general capital improvement and maintenance projects. To help accomplish this purpose,, the
Contractor is required to prepare and display public project information signs during the full
course of the contract period. These signs will be displayed at all location(s) of active work.
50.2 TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE
Sign type shall be "fixed" on stationary projects and "portable" on projects which have extended
locations or various locations. Payment to Contractor for the preparation, installation and
management of project sign(s) shall be lump sum for the entire project. The number of and type
of signs will be stated in the Scope of the Work section of the contract documents. Lump sum
item will be included in the bid proposal for signs. The particular wording to be used on the signs
will be determined after contract award has been approved. Contractor will be provided the
wording to be used on sign at the preconstruction conference.
50.3 FIXED SIGN
Fixed sign shall be 4' by 8' in size and painted on a sheet of exterior grade plywood of the same
size and a minimum thickness of 1/2". Sign shall be attached to a minimum of three pressure
treated 4" by 4" below grade pressure treated wooden posts and braced as necessary for high
winds. Posts shall be long enough to provide secure anchoring in the ground. Bottom of sign
must be a minimum of 24" above the ground. Alternate mounting system or attachment to
fencing or other fixed structure can be considered for approval. Sign shall be painted white on
both sides with exterior rated paint.
50.4 PORTABLE SIGNS
Portable sign shall be a minimum of 24" by 30" in size and will be attached to a standard sized
portable traffic barricade. Sign material shall be aluminum, 0.080" or thicker, background of
white reflective sheeting, and shall be silkscreen or vinyl lettering. Portable sign shall be two
signs located and attached to each side of the traffic barricade.
50.5 SIGN COLORING
Background shall be white. Project Descriptive Name shall be in blue lettering. All other
lettering shall be black. Basic lettering on sign shall be in all capital letters, of size proportional
to the sign itself.
SectionfV.doc Page 114 Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
50.6 SIGN PLACEMENT
Signs shall be placed where they are readily visible by the general public which pass by the
project site. Signs are not to be placed where they may become a hazard or impediment to either
pedestrian or vehicular traffic. For construction projects outside of the City's right-of-way, the
signs will be placed on the project site. For projects constructed inside of the City's right-of-way,
the signs will be placed in the right-of-way. Portable signs are to be moved to the locations of
active work on the project. Multiple portable signs will be necessary where work is ongoing in
several locations at the same time. Fixed signs are to be placed at the start of construction and
will remain in place until the request for final payment.
50.7 SIGN MAINTENANCE
The Contractor is responsible for preparation, installation, movement, maintenance, replacement,
removal and disposal of all project signs during the full course of the contract period. The
Contractor will place and secure portable signs from dislocation by wind or other actions. Signs
are to be cleaned as necessary to maintain legibility and immediately replaced if defaced.
50.8 TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN
PROJECT NAME
A CITY OF CLEARWATER ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT PROJECT
FUNDING:
CONTRACTOR:
CONSTRUCTION COMPLETION:
CITY PROJECT MANAGER:
PHONE
51 IN-LINE SKATING SURFACING SYSTEM
51.1 SCOPE
1. These specifications pertain to the application of the Plexiflor Color Finish System over
recreational areas intended for In-Line Skating activities. The materials specified in the
site plans shall be of colors indicated and for application over the Plexipave Acrylic Latex
System.
2. The work shall consist of suitable cleaning and preparation of the surface to assure a
satisfactory bond of the system to the existing surface.
3. All coverage rates are calculated prior to dilution.
4. Plexiflor In-line Skating Surfacing System
• 1 Coat of Acrylic Resurfacer
• 2 Coats of Fortified Plexipave
• 2 Coats of Plexiflor
• Plexicolor Line Paint
SectionIV.doc Page 115 Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
51.2 SURFACE PREPARATIONS
51.2.1 ASPHALT
Allow new asphalt to cure a minimum of 6 months. The surface must be checked for birdbaths,
cracks and other irregularities and repaired with Court Patch Binder according to California
Specification Section 10.14. (Surfacing prior to six months may make the asphalt subject to
indentation).
51.2.2 CONCRETE
Concrete shall have a wood float or broom finish. DO NOT PROVIDE STEEL TROWEL
FINISH. DO NOT USE CURING AGENTS OR CONCRETE HARDENERS. Allow the
concrete to cure a minimum of 30 days. Acid Etch the entire surface with Concrete Preparer
according to California Specification Section 10.13. Check surface for birdbaths, cracks and
other irregularities and repair with Court Patch Binder according to California Specification
Section 10.14.
51.2.3 COURT PATCH BINDER MIX
Court Patch Binder Mix: 100 Lbs. #80-100 Mesh Silica Sand (dry) 3 gallons Couth Patch Binder
1 to 2 gallons Portland Cement.
51.3 APPLICATION OF ACRYLIC FILLER COAT
1. Application of the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix shall be applied to the clean, dry, level
surfaces to receive the Plexiflor Surfacing System. The mix shall be applied according to
California Specification Section 10.8 using the following mix:
Acrylic Resurfacer 55 gallons
Water (Clean and Potable) 20-40 gallons
Sand (60-80 mesh) 600-900 pounds
Liquid Yield 112-138 gallons
2. Over asphalt surfaces, apply the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix in one or two coats (depending
on surface porosity) at a rate of .05 -.07 gallons per square yard per coat.
3. Non-coated concrete surfaces must be neutralized with concrete preparer and primed with
California Ti-Coat according to Specification Section 10.17. The Acrylic Resurfacer Mix
must be applied within 3 hours of the TiCoat application while the primer is dry but still
tacky to the touch. Apply the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix in one or two applications at a rate
of .05-.07 gallons per square yard per coat.
51.4 APPLICATION OF FORTIFIED PLEXIPAVE
After the filler coat application has dried, apply two coats of Fortified Plexipave at an undiluted
rate of .05-.07 gallons per square yard per coat using the following mix:
Plexipave Color Base 30 gallons
Plexichrome 20 gallons
Water 20 gallons
SectionlV.doc Page 116 Revised: 9/22/05
Section N - Technical Specifications
51.5 PLEXIFLOR APPLICATION
1. Plexiflor is factory premixed and ready to use from the container. The material may be
diluted with one (1 ) part water to six (6) parts Plexiflor to improve flowability and
provide uniform application.
2. Apply two coats of Plexiflor at a rate of .04-.05 gallons per square yard per coat.
3. Plexiflor is applied (in a similar manner to Plexipave) in windrows on the surface with
sufficient quantity to cover as the squeegee is pulled over the surface. Apply only light
pressure to the squeegee. Do not allow ridges to form between passes of the squeegee.
Ridges existing after material dries should require corrective action.
4. Plexiflor and its preliminary coatings should be allowed to thoroughly dry prior to
application of subsequent coats.
51.6 PLAYING LINES
Four hours minimum after completion of the color resurfacing, playing lines shall be accurately
located, marked and painted with Plexicolor Line Paint as specified by The National In-Line
Hockey Association.
51.7 GENERAL
1. The contractor shall remove all containers, surplus materials and debris upon completion
of work leaving the site in a clean, orderly condition that is acceptable to the owner.
Gates shall be secured and all containers shall be disposed of in accordance with Local,
State and Federal regulations.
2. Materials specified for the Plexiflor System shall tee delivered to the site in sealed,
property labeled arums with California Products Corporation labels that are stenciled
with the proper batch code numbers. Products packaged or labeled in any other manner
will not be accepted. Mixing with clear, fresh water shall only be done at the job site.
Coverage rates are based upon material prior to mixing with water as specified.
51.8 LIMITATIONS
1. Do not apply if surface temperature is less than 50°F or more than 1 40°F.
2. Do not apply when rain or high humidity is imminent.
3. Do not apply when surface is damp or has standing water.
4. Plexiflor will not hide surface imperfections of previous coatings.
5. Keep from freezing. Do not store in the hot sun.
6. Keep containers tightly closed when not in use.
7. Plexiflor will not prevent substrate cracks from occurring.
8. Plexiflor will mark slightly from normal use of some In-line Skates.
9. Coefficient of friction = 0.78
10. Coating Application Drying Time: 30 minutes to 1 hour at 70°F with 60% relative
humidity.
SectionrV.doc Page 117 Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
11. Keep court clean. Excess dirt or foreign material can cause the surface to be slippery.
In-Line hockey is a physical sport. Always wear NIHA recommended protective gear.
52 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION
52.1 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION PERFORMED BY CITY
See below for Resident Notification performed by the Contractor.
52.2 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION PERFORMED BY CONTRACTOR
The Contractor shall notify all residents along the construction route with a printed door hanger
notice indicating the following information about the proposed construction work and the
Contractor performing the work: City seal or logo; the scheduled date for the start of
construction; the type of construction; general sequence and scheduling of construction events;
possibility of water service disruption and/or colored water due to construction efforts;
Contractor's name, the Superintendent's name, Contractor address and telephone number;
Contractor's company logo (optional); requirement for residents to remove landscaping and/or
other private appurtenances which are in conflict with the proposed construction; and other
language as appropriate to the scope of Contract work. Sample door hanger including proposed
language shall be approved by the City prior to the start of construction. Notification shall be
printed on brightly colored and durable card stock and shall be a minimum of 4 '/ by 11 inches
in size. Notification (door hanger) shall be posted to residences and businesses directly affected
by the Contractor's activities no later than 7 days prior to the start of construction activity.
Directly affected by the Contractor's activities shall mean all Contractor operations including
staging areas, equipment and material storage, principal access routes across private property,
etc. Contractor cannot start without proper 7 day notice period to residents. Contractor is
required to maintain sufficient staff to answer citizen inquiries during normal business hours and
to maintain appropriate message recording equipment to receive citizen inquires after business
hours.
Resident notification by the Contractor is a non-specific pay item to be included in the bid items
provided in the contract proposal.
SectionIV.doc Page I IS Reviscd: 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
EXAMPLE
CITY SEAL
Of
CITY OF CLEARWATER
NOTICE OF CONSTRUCTION
TODAY'S DATE:
PLEASE EXCUSE US FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE
We are the construction contractor performing (state type of contract) for the City of Clearwater
in your area. The work will be performed in the public right-of-way adjacent to your property.
This notice is placed a minimum of 7 days in advance of construction to notify property owners
of the pending start of construction.
(Brief description of the construction process to be expected by the property owners)
The construction process may necessitate the removal of certain items from the right-of-way.
Typical items such as sprinklers, grass, and postal approved mailboxes will be replaced by the
contractor within a reasonably short period of time. The replacement of driveways and sidewalks
will be made using standard asphalt or concrete materials. The property owner is responsible for
the expense and coordination to replace driveways and sidewalks which have customized colors,
textures and/or materials. Small trees, shrubs, landscaping materials, unauthorized mailboxes or
structures within the right-of-way which must be removed due to the construction process will
not be replaced. The property owner is responsible to relocate any such items which the property
owner wishes to save prior to the start of construction. Vehicles parked on the streets or within
the right-of-way may be required to be placed elsewhere.
We are available to answer any questions you may have regarding the construction process or
any particular item that must be relocated. Please contact our Construction Superintendent
at (727) . We will be more than happy to assist you.
Construction is anticipated to begin on:
Company Name
Company Address
Contractor Phone Number
53 GABIONS AND MATTRESSES
53.1 MATERIAL
53.1.1 GABION AND RENO MATTRESS MATERIAL
53.1.1.1 PVC COATED WIRE MESH GABIONS & MATTRESSES
Gabion & mattress basket units shall be of non-raveling construction and fabricated from a
double twist by twisting each pair of wires through three half turns developing the appearance of
a triple twist. The galvanized wire core shall have a diameter of 0.1063 inches (approx. US gauge
12). All wire used in the fabrication of the gabion shall comply with or exceed Federal
Specifications QQ-W 461H, possess a maximum tensile strength of 70,000 p.s.i. with a Finish 5,
Class 3 zinc coating in accordance with the current ASTM A-641. The weight of zinc coating
shall be determined by ASTM A-90. The grade of zinc used for coating shall be High Grade or
SectionlV.doc Page 119 Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
Special High Grade, as prescribed in ASTM B-6, Table 1. Uniformity of coating shall equal or
exceed four 1-minute dips by the Preece test, as determined by ASTM A-239.
The PVC coating shall be extruded and adhere to the wire core prior to weaving. The PVC
coated wire shall be woven into a double twisted hexagonal mesh having uniform openings of 3
1/4 inches by 4 % inches. The overall diameter of the mesh wire (galvanized wire core plus PVC
coating) shall be 0.146 inches. Selvedge and reinforcing wire shall be of heavily galvanized wire
core, 0.1338 inches in diameter (approx. US gauge 10), coated with PVC and having an overall
diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.173 inches. Lacing and connecting wire
shall be of soft tensile strength (75,000 PSI max), heavily galvanized wire core, 0.087 inches in
diameter (approx. US gauge 13 %), coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized
wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.127 inches. The use of alternate wire fasteners shall be
permitted in lieu of tie wire providing the alternate fastener produces a four (4) wire selvedge
joint with a strength of 1200 lbs. per linear foot while remaining in a locked and closed
condition. Properly formed interlocking fasteners shall be spaced from 4 to 6 inches and have a
minimum 3/4 square inch inside area to properly confine the required selvedge wires. Tiger-Tite
Interlocking Fasteners are an approved alternate joint material. The Interlocking Wire Fastener
shall meet stainless steel material specification ASTM A-313, Type 302, Class 1, or equal.
All of the above wire diameters are subject to tolerance limit of 0.004 inches in accordance with
ASTM A-641.
53.1.1.2 PVC (POLYVINYL CHLORIDE) COATING
The coating shall be gray in color and shall have a nominal thickness of 0.0216 inches but not
less than 0.015 inches in thickness. The protective PVC plastic shall be suitable to resist
deleterious effects from exposure to light, immersion in salt or polluted water and shall not show
any material difference in its initial compound properties. The PVC compound is also resistant to
attack from acids and resistant to abrasion.
1. Specific Gravity:
a. According to ASTM D-2287 and ASTM D- 792; in the range of 1.30 to 1.34.
2. Tensile Strength:
a. According to ASTM D-142; not less than 2980 psi.
3. Modulus of Elasticity:
a. According to ASTM D-412; not less than 2700 psi at 100% strain.
4. Resistance to Abrasion:
a. According to ASTM 1242; weight loss <12% (Method B).
5. Brittleness Temperature:
a. According to ASTM D-746, Procedure A; shall be at least 8.3 degrees centigrade
below the minimum temperature at which the gabions will be handled or placed but
not lower than -9.4 degrees centigrade.
6. Hardness:
a. According to ASTM D-2240; shall be between 50 and 60 Shore D when tested.
7. Creeping Corrosion:
SectionIV.doc Page 120 Revised: 9/22/05
Section N -- Technical Specifications
a. Maximum corrosion penetration to the wire core from a square cut end section shall
not be more than 25mm when the specimen has been immersed for 2000 hours in a
50% SOLUTION HCl (hydrochloric acid 12 Be).
53.1.1.3 ACCELERATED AGING TESTS
Variation of the initial properties will be allowed, as specified below, when the specimen is
submitted to the following Accelerated Aging Tests:
1. Salt Spray Test:
a. According to ASTM B-117
b. Period of test = 3000 hours.
2. Exposure to ultraviolet rays:
a. According to ASTM D-1499 and ASTM G-23 (Apparatus Type E). Period of test =
3000 hours at 63 degrees centigrade.
3. Exposure to high temperature:
a. Testing period: 240 hours at 105 degrees centigrade, when tested in accordance with
ASTM D- 1203 and ASTM D-2287.
53.1.1.4 PROPERTIES AFTER AGING TESTS
After the above Accelerated Aging Tests have been performed, the PVC compound shall exhibit
the following properties:
1. Appearance:
a. The vinyl coating shall not crack, blister or split and shall not show any remarkable
change in color.
2. Specific Gravity:
a. Shall not show change higher than 6% of its initial value.
3. Durometer Hardness:
a. Shall not show change higher than 10% of its initial value.
4. Tensile Strength:
a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value.
5. Elongation:
a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value.
6. Modulus of Elasticity:
a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value.
7. Resistance to Abrasion:
a. Shall not show change higher than 10% of its initial value.
8. Brittleness Temperature:
a. Cold Bend Temperature - Shall not be lower than -20 degrees centigrade.
Sectionlv.doc Page 121 Revised: 9/22/05
Section rV - Technical Specifications
b. Cold Flex Temperature -Shall not be higher than +18 degrees centigrade.
53.1.2 GABION AND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL:
The filler stone shall be limestone from a source approved by the Engineer before delivery is
started. Representative preliminary samples of the stone shall be submitted by the contractor or
supplier for examination and testing by the Engineer. The stone shall have a minimum specific
gravity of 2.3 and be of a quality and durability sufficient to insure permanency in the structure.
The individual stones shall be free of cracks, seams, and other defects that would tend to promote
deterioration from natural causes, or which might reduce the stones to sizes that could not be
retained in the gabion or mattress baskets.
The stone shall meet the following physical requirements:
• Absorption, maximum 5%
• Los Angeles Abrasion (FM 10T096), maximum loss 45%
• Soundness (Sodium Sulphate), (FM 1-T104), maximum loss 12%
• Flat and elongated pieces, materials with least dimension less than one third of greatest
dimension shall not exceed 5% by weight.
All filler material shall be uniformly graded between 4 inch and 8 inch (equivalent spherical
diameter) and shall be angular in form. Rounded stones shall not exceed 10% of the stone, by
weight and 70% of the stone, by weight, shall exceed the largest dimension of the mesh opening.
53.1.3 MATTRESS WIRE
Mattress wire shall conform to the same specifications as gabions except as follows:
1. The nominal diameter of the wire used in the fabrication of the netting shall be 0.0866
inches minimum, subject to diameter tolerance in accordance with the current ASTM A
641, Table 3.
2. All wire shall be galvanized according to ASTM A 641, Table 1. The minimum weight of
the zinc coating shall be 0.70 ozs./sq. ft. for the 0.0866 inch wire used for mesh and
lacing and 0.80 ozs./sq. ft. for the 0.106 wire used for selvedge.
3. Adhesion of the zinc coating to the wire shall be capable of being wrapped in a close
helix at a rate not exceeding 15 turns per minute around a cylindrical steel mandrel
having a diameter 3 times the nominal wire diameter being tested. After the wrap test is
completed, the wire shall not exhibit any cracking or flaking of the zinc coating to such
an extent that any zinc can be removed by rubbing with bare fingers.
53.1.4 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC
Fabric shall conform to FDOT Standard Index 199, Type D-2, and FDOT Standard
Specifications, 1996 edition, Section 985.
53.2 PERFORMANCE
Gabions and Reno Mattresses shall be installed according to the manufacturer's
recommendations and as shown on the Drawings. Fabrication of gabion baskets shall be in such
a manner that the sides, ends, lid and diaphragms can be assembled at the construction site into
rectangular baskets of the sizes specified and shown on the Drawings. Gabions and mattresses
SectionrV.doc Page 122 Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
shall be of single unit construction; the base, lid ends and sides shall be either woven into a
single unit or one edge of these members connected to the base section of the gabion in such a
manner that the strength and flexibility at the connecting point is at least equal to that of the
mesh. Where the length of the gabion and mattress exceeds one and one-half its horizontal width,
they shall be equally divided by diaphragms of the same mesh and gauge as the mattresses shall
be furnished with the necessary diaphragms secured in proper position on the base so that no
additional tying is required at this juncture. The wire mesh is to be fabricated so that it will not
ravel. This is defined as the ability to resist pulling apart at any of the twists or connections
forming the mesh when a single wire strand in a section of mesh is cut.
Each gabion or mattress shall be assembled by tying all untied edges with binding wire. The
binding wire shall be tightly looped around every other mesh opening along seams so that single
and double loops are alternated.
A line of empty gabions shall be placed into position according to the contract drawings and
binding wire shall be used to securely tie each unit to the adjoining one along the vertical
reinforced edges and the top selvedges. The base of the empty gabions placed on top of a filled
line of gabions shall be tightly wire to the latter at front and back.
To achieve better alignment and finish in retaining walls, gabion stretching is recommended.
Connecting wires shall be inserted during the filling operation in the following manner: Gabions
shall be filled to one third full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to
opposite faces of each cell at one third height. The gabion shall then be filled to two thirds full
and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite face of each cell at one
two third height. The cell shall then be filled to the top.
Filler stone shall not be dropped more than 12" into the gabions and mattresses.
Geotextile fabric shall be installed at locations shown in the Drawings. The surface to receive the
cloth shall be prepared to a relatively smooth condition free of obstructions which may tear or
cut the cloth. The panel shall be overlapped a minimum of 30 inches and secured against
movement. Cloth damaged or displaced during installation, gabion work, or backfill shall be
replaced or repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the contractor's expense. The work
shall be scheduled so that the fabric is not exposed to ultraviolet light more than the
manufacturer's recommendations or five days, whichever is less.
54 LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS
54.1 SCOPE
To remove trash and debris from landscape and paved area; maintenance and fertilization of
plant beds and landscape materials; maintenance, repair, and operation of irrigation systems;
ornamental pest control; palm pruning; maintenance of traffic; and the cleaning of hard surfaces
at designated areas. The Contractor is to work with the City in coordinating maintenance
activities and reporting irregularities in the work zone.
The Contractor(s) will provide the labor and materials required to maintain the landscaped street
medians including:
• Traffic safety and Maintenance of Traffic;
• Trash and debris removal from the job site;
SectionIV.doc Page 123 Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
• Removal of weeds in landscaped areas and hard surfaces;
• Proper trimming and pruning of landscape plants and palms;
• Proper fertilization and pest control of landscape and palms (may be subcontracted);
• Irrigation service and repair;
• Mulch replacement;
• Cleaning of hard surfaces; and the
• Reporting of irregularities at the job site.
54.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK
The Contractor(s) shall accomplish all landscape maintenance required under the contract
between the hours of 6:30 a.m. and 7:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday, excluding observed
holidays. The City may grant, on an individual basis, permission to perform contract
maintenance at other hours.
All work shall be completed in a continuous manner, that is the cleanup, weeding, trimming, etc.,
be completed before leaving the job site.
54.3 WORK METHODS
54.3.1 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING
The Contractor(s) will adhere to a work schedule provided by the City (see Level of Service).
Any variations to that schedule, requested by either party, must be approved, either verbally or in
writing by an authorized representative of the other party.
54.3.2 DUTIES PER SERVICE VISIT
The contractor(s) shall provide the following service at each scheduled visit to the designated
location:
54.4 LITTER
Remove trash and debris from the area to be maintained. Proper disposal of collected trash and
debris is a requirement of the contractor. Extraordinary amounts of debris caused by hurricanes,
tornadoes, vandalism, etc., would be the responsibility of the City to clean up. The contractor
should report such accumulations of debris when they are encountered. Bids for the
extraordinary cleanup from the contractor would be considered.
54.5 VISUAL CHECK
The site should be checked for irregularities, such as irrigation leaks, vehicle damage, dead or
damaged plant material, vandalism, etc., which should be reported to the City within 24 hours
after providing the service.
54.6 PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING
All plant material should be trimmed in a manner that promotes the natural shape and mature
size of the particular specie. Trimming should be performed at intervals that will maintain plants
SectionIV.doc Page 124 Revised: 9/22/05
Section N -- Technical Specifications
in a neat appearance. Trimming should be performed to promote fullness of the plants, while
maintaining height restrictions in Clear Sight Zones as established on the landscape plans. Plants
shall be kept trimmed to the back of curb. Brown foliage shall be removed from Liriope.
Palm pruning to be performed at least once per year, preferably in late June or July following
flower formation, according to the following specifications:
54.7 PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY
DATE, ETC.)
Remove all descending fronds, to the base of the frond; all parallel and ascending fronds are to
remain in order to leave a full, rounded head; seed heads may remain, but remove old faded
heads that are encountered in the pruning process; remove loose frond boots; remove vegetation;
such as strangler figs, Brazilian Pepper, Asparagus fern, etc., growing in the frond boots or on the
trunk. Provide the rounded, classic cut on all Medjool palm boots. No climbing spikes allowed
on palms.
54.8 DEBRIS REMOVAL
All debris from pruning process is to be removed from the job site and disposed of by the
contractor. Work sites should be left in a clean and neat appearance upon completion.
54.9 TRAFFIC CONTROL
Proper and safe work zones in vehicular traffic areas are to be set up and maintained by the
contractor, according to the attached Maintenance of Traffic specifications.
54.10 PEDESTRIAN SAFETY
Contractor is responsible for maintaining safe work zones in areas where pedestrian and park
users are present. The City reserves the right to limit the hours of operation in certain high
pedestrian use areas.
54.11 PLANT FERTILIZATION
All tree and plant material should be fertilized with the appropriate amount of 20-6-12 sulfur
coated, slow release, ornamental fertilizer, three times per year. Applications should be made in
mid-February, early June, and mid-September, for the first two years. Fertilizer types and
amounts will change with requirements of maturing landscape materials.
54.12 WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA
Weeds should be removed on a regular basis in order to keep them from being visibly noticeable.
Weed control with the use of appropriate herbicides is allowable, given they are properly applied
by a certified applicator. Herbicide damage to landscape material will be remedied by contractor
at his/her expense.
54.13 MULCH CONDITION
Should be maintained at a thickness that will discourage weed growth as well as help retain soil
moisture, usually 3 inches.
SectionN.doc Page 125 Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
54.14 IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR
Should be performed at each visit to assure the systems proper operation and timing. Drip tubing
should be kept covered with mulch. Timer should be checked for proper time of day and
operating schedule. Leaks or breaks in the system should be repaired before the next scheduled
system running time. All repairs which will be charged at $20.00 or more must be approved in
advance by the city. Minor repairs, less than $20.00, should be billed to the City in addition to
the monthly maintenance fee.
54.15 LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL
Should be performed by a properly licensed and certified applicator to keep pest populations at a
less than damaging level. Landscape materials lost to or extensively damaged by pests will be
replaced by the contractor at the contractor's expense. Diazinon products are not to be used on
City properties.
54.16 PALM FERTILIZATION
Apply three pounds of Magnesium sulfate and one pound of Potassium evenly, per tree, across
the root zone (typically within the dripline), annually in early February.
54.17 FREEZE PROTECTION
The City will provide a freeze/frost protection fabric for the Contractor to install over freeze/frost
sensitive plants (Lantana and Pentas). The covering material will be stored at a City facility (yet
to be determined). Contractor will remove the covering material from storage and install over the
sensitive plants, securely fastening edges of the material to the ground per manufacturer's
directions. The City will furnish metal pins needed for securing fabric to the ground. The City
will notify the Contractor one (1) day or twenty-four (24) hours minimum prior to the need to
protect plant material. After uses, the Contractor will prepare the fabric for storage and return it
to the designated City facility. Protective covering shall be removed the following afternoon or
remain in placed as directed by the City. The City shall notify the Contractor by 11:00 a.m. about
removing the cover or keeping it in place due to continued freezing temperatures. The City may
cancel the freeze protection event at any time prior to the end of the scheduled installation day
(5:00 p.m.) The Contractor will be compensated for the number of hours mobilization or on-site
work at the contracted rate per man-hour unit price. The Contractor shall provide a unit price for
the installation and removal of the covering fabric on a per event basis, as well as an hourly rate
per employee required. The City and contractor will coordinate appropriate irrigation operations
with weather conditions. Should freeze/frost damage occur, the Contractor shall perform
remedial work as per unit basis, as directed by the City.
54.18 LEVEL OF SERVICE
This location is to be serviced weekly. Repairs to damage or vandalism to be made within 7
working days of reported irregularity. Weekly visits should occur no closer than six and no
further than ten calendar days apart.
54.19 COMPLETION OF WORK
Within 24 hours of completing work the contractor shall notify the supervisor assigned to
monitor the contract either in person or by phone of said completion. It is acceptable to leave a
SectionIV.doc Page 126 Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
phone message. However, to make certain the message is received, it is advisable to call between
6:30 a.m. - 7:30 a.m. or 2:30 p.m. - 3:00 p.m.
54.20 INSPECTION AND APPROVAL
Upon receiving notification from the Contractor, the City shall inspect the serviced location the
following business day. If, upon inspection, the work specified has not been completed, the City
shall contact the Contractor to indicate the necessary corrective measures. The Contractor will be
given 48 hours from this notification to make appropriate corrections. If the work has been
completed successfully then the City will pay for services billed.
54.21 SPECIAL CONDITIONS
1. This location will be newly installed and under warranty by the installer for a six month
period on plants and 12 month warranty on palms. Landscape installer will coordinate
irrigation operation with the Maintenance contractor to assure adequate irrigation to the
landscape materials. Installer will also be responsible for the untying of palm
heads/fronds as he feels appropriate.
2. All listed acreage or square footage figures are estimates.
3. All maintenance shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, consistent with
trade practices and standards which prevail in the industry.
4. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage to any plant material or site feature
caused by the Contractor or his/her employees. The Contractor shall be notified in writing
of the specific nature of the damage and cost of repair. The City shall, at its option,
invoice the Contractor for the payment, or reduce by the amount of the repairs the next
regular payment to the Contractor.
5. Occasionally circumstances (standing water, prolonged inclement weather, parked
vehicles, etc.) may make all or portions of a location unserviceable during the regular
schedule. The Contractor shall notify the City Supervisor of such occurrences, and shall
schedule to perform the required maintenance to the location as soon as the pertaining
circumstances are relieved.
55 MILLING OPERATIONS
55.1 EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE
Unless otherwise noted in the specs, plans or this Article, the milling operation shall be
performed in accordance with Section 327 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition).
The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all
milling.
55.2 ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS
1. If the milling machine is equipped with preheating devices, the contractor is responsible
to secure any necessary permits, and for complying with all local, state and federal
environmental regulations governing operation of this type of equipment.
2. All milled surfaces must be repaved within seven days from the time it was milled, unless
otherwise noted in the contract documents.
SectionIV.doc Page 127 Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
3. Prior to paving, all milled areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper either of
the vacuum or the mechanical type, that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt (the Broom
Tractor way of sweeping is not be permitted). The sweeper must be equipped with its
own water supply for pre-wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep
debris off of sidewalks, driveways and curbs in addition to the roadways before leaving
the job site.
4. In cases where concrete valley swales are present, the adjoining pavement shall be milled
to allow for the new asphalt grade to be flush with the contract surface.
5. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing any asphalt that remains in the curb line
and/or median curbs after the milling operation of a street is complete. The cost of this
removal shall be included in the bid item for milling.
6. All radius returns on streets to be milled shall also be milled unless otherwise directed by
the Engineer, with payment to be included in the bid item for milling.
7. Any leveling or base replacement required after milling shall be applied to sections of the
road as noted on the plans, or directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's 2007
Standard Specifications for S-Type resurfacing projects or Section 330 (latest edition) for
superpave resurfacing projects. The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for
asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans.
8. Any roadway base material exposed as a result of the milling operation shall be primed
that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's
Standard Specifications (latest edition). Repairs required to said base that result from a
failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and
at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City
approves the repaired base. The cost of said prime shall be included in the bid item for
milling.
9. Prior to the placement of asphalt, the face of all curbs and driveways shall be tacked after
the milling operation is complete.
55.3 SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS
All surplus existing materials resulting from milling operations shall remain the property of the
City. The transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials shall be performed by the
Contractor. The Contractor shall contact the Public Services Division at (727) 562-4950 to
schedule delivery of material.
55.4 DISPOSABLE MATERIALS
All surplus materials not claimed by the City shall become the property of the Contractor. The
Contractor shall dispose of the material in a timely manner and in accordance with all regulatory
requirements in areas provided by the Contractor at no additional expense to the City.
55.5 ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES
All utilities and related structures requiring adjustment shall be located and adjusted by their
owners at the owner's expense. The Contractor shall arrange his schedule to allow utility owners
the time required for such adjustments (minimum 48 hours notice per State Statute). All utility
SectionIV.doc Page 128 Revised: 9/22/05
Section N -- Technical Specifications
adjustments shall be completed prior to the commencement of milling and resurfacing
operations.
55.6 ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES
The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and stormwater utility manholes and appurtenances
shall be accomplished by the Contractor in accordance with Section IV, Article 23.7 of the City's
Technical Specifications.
55.7 TYPES OF MILLING
There are two types of milling used by the City:
A. Wedge - This will consist of milling a six foot wide strip along the curb line of the
pavement adjacent to the curb so the new asphalt will align with the original curb height
and pavement cross section.
B. Full Width - This will consist of milling the entire roadway (i.e. curb line/edge of
pavement to curb line/edge of pavement). All existing horizontal and vertical geometry
shall remain unless otherwise indicated or approved by the Engineer.
55.8 MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS
Intersections, as well as other areas (including radius returns) are to be milled and repaved to
restore and/or improve the original drainage characteristics. Said work should extend
approximately 50 to 100 feet in both directions from the low point of the existing swale.
55.9 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The quantity to be paid for will be the area milled, in square yards, completed and accepted.
55.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT
The unit price for milling shall include: all materials, preparation, hauling, transporting and
stockpiling of salvageable materials, disposal of all surplus material, any required milling of
radius returns and intersections, prune and/or tack coat either required or placed at Engineer's
discretion, removal of asphalt from curbs, sweeping, labor, equipment, and all incidentals
necessary to complete the milling in accordance with the plans and specifications.
56 CLEARING AND GRUBBING
The work included in this specification includes the removal and disposal of all structures,
appurtenances, asphalt, concrete, curbs, walls, trees, roots, vegetation, boulders, conduits, poles,
posts, pipes, inlets, brush, stumps, debris and other obstructions resting on or protruding through
the ground surface necessary to prepare the area for construction.
Clearing and grubbing shall be performed in accordance with Section 110 of FDOT's Standard
Specifications (latest edition). Unless otherwise specified in the contract documents, the
Contractor shall take ownership of all removed material and dispose of them off-site in
accordance with all Local, State and Federal Requirements.
SectionIV.doc Page 129 Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
56.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of measurement shall be either a lump sum quantity or the number of acres cleared and
grubbed as specified on the plans or directed by the Engineer.
56.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT
The pay item for clearing and grubbing shall include: all removal and disposal of materials and
structures as well as all materials, hauling, equipment, tools, labor, leveling of terrain, landscape
trimming and all incidentals necessary to complete the work.
57 RIPRAP
The work included in this specification includes the construction of either sand-cement or rubble
riprap as shown on the plans. The riprap shall be constructed per Section 530 of FDOT's
Standard Specifications (lastest edition).
57.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of measurement for riprap shall be the volume of sand used in cubic yards for sand-
cement, or the dry weight in tons for rubble.
57.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT
The pay item for sand-cement riprap shall include: all materials, testing, labor, grout, hauling,
equipment, excavation, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of sand-cement and all
incidentals necessary to complete the work.
The pay item for rubble riprap shall include: all materials, required bedding stone, dressing and
shaping for placement of bedding stone, filter fabric, testing, hauling, excavating, backfill,
dressing and shaping for placement of rubble, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work.
No payment will be granted if concrete or stone that exists on-site is used as rubble riprap.
58 TREATMENT PLANT SAFETY
This article applies to all City projects located at one of the City's Wastewater Treatment Plants
(WWTP) or Potable Water Reservoirs.
58.1 HAZARD POTENTIAL
The Contractor shall be aware that hazardous materials are used at the WWTP's and the water
reservoirs. These may include sodium hypochlorite, gaseous chlorine, sulfur dioxide and
ammonia. Potential safety hazards associated with these substances include:
An accidental spill or release can impair respiratory functions and result in severe burns
to the skin and eyes. At the pre-construction conference, the contractor will be provided
with a copy of the City of Clearwater Public Utilities Department Emergency Response
Plan, and a copy of the applicable Material Safety Data Sheets. All employees of the
contractor and sub-contractor assigned to this job shall be familiar with the content of
these documents.
SectionIV.doc Page 130 Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
58.2 REQUIRED CONTRACTOR TRAINING
Prior to issuance of a notice to proceed, the contractor must submit documentation regarding
employee safety training relating to the items in Section A above. The documentation must
include:
Verification that all employees assigned to this job have received and understood training
in the proper work practices necessary to safely perform the job while working around
gaseous chlorine and sulfur dioxide gas.
+ The date of the training, and
• The means used to verify that the employee understood the training.
59 TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
All traffic signal work shall be performed per the latest edition of FDOT's Standard
Specifications (Sections 603 through 690), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents
and plans.
This specification includes, but is not limited to, the following items: all necessary equipment,
materials, guaranties, acceptance procedures, signal timings, field tests, grounding, conduit,
signal and interconnect cable, span wire assemblies, pull and junction boxes, electrical power
service assemblies, poles, signal assemblies, pedestrian assemblies, inductive loop detectors,
pedestrian detectors, traffic controller assemblies, controller cabinets and accessories, and
removal of existing traffic signal equipment.
All mast arms signal installations shall meet the requirements of FDOT's Mast Arm Assembly
standard, and shall be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the state of
Florida. All mast arm calculations, as well as the geotechnical report, shall also be signed and
sealed by a professional engineer registered in the state of Florida. All mast arm poles shall be
chestnut bronze, with the color approved by the City prior to placement.
All traffic signal indicators shall be LED's, approved by both the City and FDOT.
Contractor changes to the operation of an existing signal is PROHIBITED unless directed by the
City's Traffic Engineering Division.
59.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans
and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials, testing and incidentals required to
complete the work per the plans.
60 SIGNING AND MARKING
All signing and marking work shall be performed per the latest edition of FDOT's Standard
Specifications, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans.
This specification includes the following work: RPM's (Section 706), painted traffic stripes and
markings (Section 710), thermoplastic stripes and markings (Section 711) and tubular
delineators/flex posts (Sections 705 and 972).
The Contractor is responsible to ensure that striping is correctly placed. Errors in striping or
markings shall be "blacked-out" with paint, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. No
SectionIV.doc Page 131 Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
payment will be made for these incorrect or "blacked-out" areas. Omissions in striping or
markings shall be corrected to the City's satisfaction prior to any payment being made.
60.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans
and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials and incidentals required to complete the
work per the plans.
61 ROADWAY LIGHTING
All roadway lighting shall be constructed per Sections 715 and 992 of FDOT's Standard
Specifications (latest edition), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans.
61.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans
and shall include all equipment, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work
per the plans.
62 TREE PROTECTION
62.1 TREE BARRICADES
A. A protective barrier shall be placed around all protected trees and palms prior to land
preparation or construction activities within or adjacent to the work zone, including all
staging and/or lay down areas. Protective barriers shall be installed as follows:
1. At or greater than the full dripline of all species of Mangroves and Cabbage Palms.
2. At or greater than the full dripline or all protected native pine trees and other conifer
species.
3. At or greater than two-thirds of the dripline of all other protected species
4. At or greater than the full dripline of trees within a specimen tree stand.
B. Protective barriers are to be constructed using no less than two-inch lumber for upright posts.
Upright posts are to be at least four feet in length with a minimum of one foot anchored in
the ground. Upright posts are to be placed at a maximum distance of eight feet apart.
Horizontal rails are to be constructed using no less than one inch by four-inch lumber and
shall be securely attached to the top of the upright post. The project City's representative
must approve any variation from the above requirements.
C. Whenever a protective barrier is required, it shall be in place until all construction activity is
terminated. The area within the barrier limits shall remain undisturbed by any activity during
construction. Native ground cover and understory vegetation existing within the barriers shall
remain throughout construction. Exotic plant species may only be removed by manual labor
utilizing hand tools or by other means if authorized in writing by the City's representative.
D. Prior to the erection of any required protective barrier, all surface foreign material, trash or
debris shall be removed from the area enclosed by the barrier, and after erection of the barrier
no such material or litter shall be permitted to remain within the protected area. No
SectionIV.doc Page 132 Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
equipment, chemicals, soil deposits or construction materials shall be placed within such
protective barriers.
E. No signs, building permits, wires, or other attachments of any kind shall be attached to any
protected tree or palm.
F. At all times, due care shall be taken to protect the critical root zone of trees protected by this
section, and root pruning requirements shall apply to such trees.
62.2 ROOT PRUNING
A. Where proposed construction improvements involve excavation and/or impacts to the critical
root zone of protected trees, the Contractor shall be required to have an International Society
of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist perform, or directly supervise root pruning to reduce
the impacts of construction. The critical root zone is equivalent to the tree's dripline. Prior to
any clearing, grubbing or excavation activities, the affected roots must be severed by clean
pruning cuts at the point where grubbing or excavation impacts the root system. Roots can be
pruned utilizing specified root pruning equipment designed for that purpose or by hand
digging a trench and pruning roots with a pruning saw, chain saw or other equipment
designed for tree pruning. Root pruning by trenching equipment or excavation equipment is
strictly prohibited. Roots located in the critical root zone that will be impacted by
construction activities shall be pruned to a minimum depth of 18 inches below existing grade
or to the depth of the proposed impact if less than 18 inches from existing grade. Tim Kurtz,
Senior Landscape Architect is the City's Representative on Public Works projects for root
Pruning issues and can be reached at (727) 562-4737, or through the construction inspector
assigned to the project.
B. Root pruning shall only be preformed by or under the direct supervision of an International
Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist.
C. Any proposed root pruning trenches shall be identified on site (i.e. staked or painted)
inspected and approved by the City's representative prior to actual root pruning.
D. Root pruning shall be preformed as far in advance of other construction activities as is
feasible, but at a minimum shall be performed prior to ANY impacts to the soil. Associated
tree protection measures should be implemented upon completion of said root pruning.
E. If there is a likelihood of excessive wind and/or rain exceptional care shall be taken on any
root pruning activities.
F. Root pruning shall be limited to a minimum of ten inches per one inch of the trunk diameter
from the tree base. Any exception must be approved by the City's representative prior to said
root pruning.
G. Roots shall be cut cleanly, as far from the trunk of the tree as possible. Root pruning shall be
done to a minimum depth of 18" from existing grade, or to the depth of the disturbance if less
than 18".
H. Root pruning shall be performed using a Doscocil Root Cutting Machine or equivalent.
Alternate equipment or techniques must be approved by the City's representative, prior to
any work adjacent to trees to be preserved.
1. Root pruning shall be completed, inspected and accepted prior to the commencement of any
excavation or other impacts to the critical root zones of trees to be protected.
SectionIV.doc Page 133 Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
J. Excavations in an area where root are present shall not cause the tearing or ripping of tree
roots. Roots must first be cleanly severed prior to continuing with the excavation, or tunneled
around to prevent damage to the root.
K. Tree roots shall not be exposed to drying out. Root ends shall be covered with native soil or
burlap and kept moist until final backfill or final grades has been established.
L. When deemed appropriate (e.g., during periods of drought) the City representative may
require a temporary irrigation system be utilized in the remaining critical root zones of root
pruned trees.
M. When underground utility lines are to be installed within the critical root zone, the root
pruning requirement may be waived if the lines are installed via tunneling or directional
boring as opposed to open trenching.
62.3 PROPER TREE PRUNING
A. All tree pruning and/or root pruning on existing trees to remain shall only be preformed by or
under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified
arborist. Furthermore, all tree work shall conform to the American National Standards
Institute (ANSI) 2001, American National Standard for tree care operations - Tree, Shrub and
other Woody Plant Maintenance -- Standard practices (pruning) ANSI A-300.
B. Proper pruning techniques for all lateral branches of protected trees are required. Flush cuts
(pruning cuts that remove the branch collar) and stub cuts (cuts that leave a stub on the tree)
are improper techniques. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be
recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require
replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances.
C. No protected tree shall have more than 30 percent of its foliage removed.
D. No protected tree shall be topped, hat racked or lion-tailed. Any protected tree that has been
improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing
condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and
Ordinances.
E. Tree Trunks and limbs shall be protected. The use of tree spikes or other devices that damage
trunk and bark tissue on protected trees shall be prohibited. Any protected tree that has been
damaged in such a manner will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy
growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and
Ordinances.
63 PROJECT WEB PAGES
63.1 WEB PAGES DESIGN
If requested by the City, Engineer shall design the Project Web Site in accordance with the
current City Web Site standards and styles. Project Web Site should include general project
information as: Project Name & Number, Scope description, Location, Schedule, and Project
Contacts.
Note: Occasionally City modifies the general design of the City's Web Site, and the Engineer
shall consult the City Webmaster for the current requirements, before designing or updating the
Project Web Pages.
SectionIV.doc Page 134 Revised: 9/22/05
Section IV - Technical Specifications
63.2 WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES
Project Web Pages should conform to the W3C Web Accessibility Guidelines and US Section
508 guidelines whenever possible:
http://www.w3.org/TR/ 1999/WAI-WEBCONTENT-19990505/
v/
hq://www.section508.go
In particular, use of variable-width tables, user-adjustable/relative font sizes, ALT text for
images, CSS whenever possible, etc. Accessibility should be a priority over design/aesthetics.
63.3 THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE
The City's Sun and Waves logo should be used for everyday business, on all print and electronic
material. It should be used on all internal correspondence, brochures, advertising, vehicles,
apparel and signage. It should be used only in the manner presented here, in the proportion
shown here, with no alterations. It should not be condensed, lengthened, or otherwise distorted to
fit a space. The logo is approved for use by city departments, and is not to be used by outside
vendors without the permission of the City Manager, Assistant City Manager or Public
Communications office. Electronic versions of the logo should be obtained from the Public
Communications. This is for internal use only.
63.4 MAPS AND GRAPHICS
Use of maps and graphics is recommended to illustrate the project; only approved graphics
should be posted to the Project Web Pages.
63.5 INTERACTIVE FORMS
The site should also include an interactive form or other options to allow Public's input sent back
to the City regarding the Project.
63.6 POSTING
The site should be presented to the City's Webrnaster for review and posting to the City's Web
Server. Posting of the Project Web Pages to a different than City's Web server, if approved,
should be coordinated with the City's Webmaster for resolving all accessibility and conformity
issues.
63.7 WEB PAGES UPDATES
Unless otherwise specified and agreed Engineer is responsible for keeping the posted Web Pages
up-to-date, by sending revisions and updates through the City Project Manager to the City's
Webmaster for posting.
5ectionIV.doc Page 135 Revised: 9/22/05
SECTION V
CONTRACT
DOUCMENTS
FRONT PAGE
Attached to and part of Bond No. 58662352
In Compliance with Florida Statute Chapter 255.05 (1)(a), Public Work.
All other Bond Page(s) are deemed subsequent to this page regardless of
any number(s) that may be pre-printed thereon.
Contractor Name:
Contractor Address:
Contractor Phone No.:
Surety Company:
Surety Address:
Surety Phone No.:
Owner Name:
Owner Address:
Owner Phone No.:
Obligee Name:
(If contracting entity is different from
the owner, the contracting public entity)
Obligee Address:
Obligee Phone No.:
Bond Amount:
Contract No. (if applicable):
Description of Work:
Project Location:
Legal Description:
Clark Hunt Construction, Inc.
2165 Logan Street
Clearwater, FL 33765
727-441-1559
Western Surety Company
101 S. Phillips Avenue
Sioux Falls, SD 57117
800-331-6053
City of Clearwater
100 S. Myrtle Avenue
Clearwater, FL 33756
727-562-4747
N/A
N/A
N/A
$896,936.87
Project No. 04-0042-EN
Beach Connector Trail and Walk
Clearwater, FL
Beach Connector Trail and Walk (Phases 1 & 2)
. This bond is given to comply with
section 255.05 Florida Statutes, and any
action instituted by a claimant
under this bond for payment must
be in accordance with the notice
and time limitation provisions in
Section 255.05(2), Florida
Statutes.
STATE OF FLORIDA
COUNTY OF PINELLAS
CONTRACT BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we Clark Hunt construction, Inc
as
Contractor and western Surety Company
(Surety) whose home address is 101 S. Phillips Avenue, Sioux Falls, SD 57117
HEREINAFTER CALLED THE "Surety", are held and firmly bound into the City of Clearwater,
Florida (hereinafter called the "Owner") in the penal sum of: Eight Hundred Ninety-Six Thousand
Nine Hundred Thirty-Six and 87/100 Dollars ($ 896,936.87 )
for the payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, stlccessors, and
assigns for the faithful performance of a certain written contract, dated the at 3 ?c? day of
2009, entered into between the Contractor and the City of Clearwater for:
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK (PHASES 1 & 2)
PROJECT #04-0042-EN
a copy of which said contract is incorporated herein by reference and is made a part hereof as if fully
copied herein.
NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH, that if the
Contractor shall in all respects comply with the terms and conditions of said contract, including the
one-year guarantee of material and labor, and his obligations thereunder, including the contract
documents (which include the Advertisement for Bids, Form of Proposal, Form of Contract, Form of
Surety Bond, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions and Technical Specifications) and the
Plans and Specifications therein referred to and made a part thereof, and such alterations as may be
made in said Plans and Specifications as therein provided for, and shall indemnify and save harmless
the said Owner against and from all costs, expenses, damages, injury or conduct, want of care or
skill, negligence or default, including patent infringements on the part of the said Contractor agents
or employees, in the execution or performance of said contract, including errors in the plans
furnished by the Contractor, and further, if such "Contractor" or "Contractors" shall promptly make
payments to all persons supplying him, them or it, labor, material, and supplies used directly or
indirectly by said Contractor, Contractors, Sub-Contractor, or Sub-Contractors, in the prosecution of
the work provided for in said Contract, this obligation shall be void, otherwise, the Contractor and
Surety jointly and severally agree to pay to the Owner any difference between the sum to which the
said Contractor would be entitled on the completion of the Contract, and that which the Owner may
be obliged to pay for the completion of said work by contract or otherwise, & any damages, direct or
indirect, or consequential, which said Owner may sustain on account of such work, or on account of
the failure of the said Contractor to properly and in all things, keep and execute all the provisions of
said contract.
BOND NUMBER: 58662352
SectionV.doc Page 1 Revised: 5/09/2007
CONTRACT BOND
(2)
And the said Contractor and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, executors,
administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, that they will amply and fully protect the said
Owner against, and will pay any and all amounts, damages, costs and judgments which may be
recovered against or which the Owner may be called upon to pay to any person or corporation by
reason of any damages arising from the performance of said work, or of the repair or maintenance
thereof, or the manner of doing the same or the neglect of the said Contractor or his agents or
servants or the improper performance of the said work by the Contractor or his agents or servants, or
the infringements of any patent rights by reason of the use of any material furnished or work done; as
aforesaid, or otherwise.
And the said Contractor and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, heirs,
executors, administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, to repay the owner any sum which the
Owner may be compelled to pay because of any -lien for labor material furnished for the work,
embraced by said Contract.
And the said Surety, for the value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of
time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or
the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligations on this bond, and it
does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of
the contract or to the work or to the specifications.
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness the hands and seals of the parties hereto this
day of 2009.
ATTEST:
?? )a'?n QX
WITNESS: i
Rita Lazarides
COUNTERSIGNED:
N/A
SectionV.doc Page 2
c_ Y
Clark Hunt Construct:f6x-11
CONTRACTOR
By:.?
L 11 4r
Western Surety Company
SURETY 7
By:
TO - N-FACT John R-. Neu
& FL Licensed Agent
Revised: 6/18/2007
Western Surety Company
POWER OF ATTORNEY APPOINTING INDIVIDUAL ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
Know All Men By These Presents, That WESTERN SURETY COMPANY, a South Dakota corporation, is a duty organized and existing corporation
having its principal office in the City of Sioux Falls, and State of South Dakota, and that it does by virtue of the signature and seal herein affixed hereby
make, constitute and appoint
Laura D Mosholder, John R Neu, Charles J Nielson, Warren M Alter, Kevin Wojtowiez, Mary
C Aceves, Glenn Arvantis, Charles D Nielson, Individually
of St. Petersburg, FL, its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact with full power and authority hereby conferred to sign, seal and execute for and on its behalf
bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of similar nature
- In Unlimited Amounts -
and to bind it thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such instruments were signed by a duly authorized officer of the corporation and all the acts of said
Attorney, pursuant to the authority hereby given, are hereby ratified and confirmed.
This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the By-Law printed on the reverse hereof, duly adopted, as indicated, by
the shareholders of the corporation.
In Witness Whereof, WESTERN SURETY COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its Senior Vice President and its corporate seal to
be hereto affixed on this 5th day of August, 2008.
Er} WESTERN SURETY COMPANY
15o
A?'f i
s?T?s Paul . Bruflat, Senior Vice President
? °P'r?,P
NO
State of South Dakota
ss
County of Minnehaha
On this 5th day of August, 2008, before me personally came Paul T. Bruflat, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: that he
resides in the City of Sioux Falls, State of South Dakota; that he is the Senior Vice President of WESTERN SURETY COMPANY described in and which
executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so
affixed pursuant to authority given by the Board of Directors of said corporation and that he signed his name thereto pursuant to like authority, and
acknowledges same to be the act and deed of said corporation.
My commission expires pa44ti444g44444g44S?.4 nabtiti +
r -D. KRELL J
November 30, 2012 i S NOTARY PUBLIC SEAL f
la SOUTH DAKOTAr
+44444444ti444N444444444Y +
CERTIFICATE
D. Krell, No Public
I, L. Nelson, Assistant Secretary of WESTERN SURETY COMPANY do hereby certify that the Power of Attorney hereinabove set forth is still in
force, and further certify tlietife-By.Law of the corporation printed on the reverse hereof.is still in force. In testimony whereof I have hereunto subscribed
my name and affixed-the sell of the said`corporation this day of
==: = ?a?aerrco WESTERN SURETY COMPANY
.rn ?oRpO?f?sy
- KINpA
L. Nelson, Assistant Secretary
Form F4280-09-06
Authorizing By-Law
ADOPTED BY THE SHAREHOLDERS OF WESTERN SURETY COMPANY
This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By-Law duly adopted by the shareholders
of the Company.
Section 7. All bonds, policies, undertakings, Powers of Attorney, or other obligations of the corporation shall be executed in the
corporate name of the Company by the President, Secretary, and Assistant Secretary, Treasurer, or any Vice President, or by such other
officers as the Board of Directors may authorize. The President, any Vice President, Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer
may appoint Attorneys in Fact or agents who shall have authority to issue bonds, policies, or undertakings in the name of the Company.
The corporate seal is not necessary for the validity of any bonds, policies, undertakings, Powers of Attorney or other obligations of the
corporation. The signature of any such officer and the corporate seal may be printed by facsimile.
CONTRACT
This CONTRACT made and entered into this 23:v%fay of , 2009 by and between the
City of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, herei er designated as the "City", and
CLARK HUNT CONSTRUCTION, INC. of the City of CLEARWATER, County of
PINELLAS and State of FLORIDA hereinafter designated as the "Contractor".
WITNESSETH:
That the parties to this contract each in consideration of the undertakings, promises and agreements
on the part of the other herein contained, do hereby undertake, promise and agree as follows:
The Contractor, and his or its successors, assigns, executors or administrators, in consideration of the
sums of money as herein after set forth to be paid by the City and to the Contractor, shall and will at
their own cost and expense perform all labor, furnish all materials, tools and equipment for the
following:
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK - PHASES 1 & 2 (04-0042-EN) for the sum of:
EIGHT HUNDRED NINETY-EIGHT THOUSAND FIVE HUNDRED SEVENTY-SEVEN
DOLLARS AND NINETY-NINE CENTS ($898,577.99)
In accordance with such proposal and technical supplemental specifications and such other special
provisions and drawings, if any, which will be submitted by the City, together with any
advertisement, instructions to bidders, general conditions, proposal and bond, which may be hereto
attached, and any drawings if any, which may be herein referred to, are hereby made a part of this
contract, and all of said work to be performed and completed by the contractor and its successors and
assigns shall be fully completed in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the City.
If the Contractor should fail to comply with any of the terms, conditions, provisions or stipulations as
contained herein within the time specified for completion of the work to be performed by the
Contractor, then the City, may at its option, avail itself of any or all remedies provided on its behalf
and shall have the right to proceed to complete such work as Contractor is obligated to perform in
accordance with the provisions as contained herein.
THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS OR ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS DOES HEREBY
AGREE TO ASSUME THE DEFENSE OF ANY LEGAL ACTION WHICH MAY BE
BROUGHT AGAINST THE CITY AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES
ARISING OUT OF THIS CONTRACT AND FURTHERMORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF
THE TERMS, STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS AS CONTAINED HEREIN, AGREES
TO HOLD THE CITY FREE AND HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR
DAMAGES, COSTS OF SUITS, JUDGMENTS OR DECREES RESULTING FROM ANY
CLAIMS MADE UNDER THIS CONTRACT AGAINST THE CITY OR THE
CONTRACTOR OR THE CONTRACTOR'S SUB-CONTRACTORS, AGENTS, SERVANTS
OR EMPLOYEES RESULTING FROM ACTIVITIES BY THE AFOREMENTIONED
CONTRACTOR, SUS-CONTRACTOR, AGENT SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES.
Page 3
CONTRACT
(2)
In addition to the foregoing provisions, the Contractor agrees to conform to the following requirements:
In connection with the performance of work under this contract, the Contractor agrees not to
discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, sex, religion, color, or
national origin. The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; lay-off or
termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including
apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post hereafter in conspicuous places, available for employees
or applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the
provisions of the non-discrimination clause.
The Contractor further agrees to insert the foregoing provisions in all contracts hereunder, including
contracts or agreements with labor unions and/or worker's representatives, except sub-contractors for
standard commercial supplies or raw materials.
It is mutually agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of this contract, and in the
event that the work to be performed by the Contractor is not completed within the time stipulated
herein, it is then further agreed that the City may deduct from such sums or compensation as may be
due to the Contractor the sum of $1,000.00 per day for each day that the work to be performed by the
Contractor remains incomplete beyond the time limit specified herein, which sum of 1000.00 per
day shall only and solely represent damages which the City has sustained by reason of the failure of
the Contractor to complete the work within the time stipulated, it being further agreed that this sum is
not to be construed as a penalty but is only to be construed as liquidated damages for failure of the
Contractor to complete and perform all work within the time period as specified in this contract.
It is further mutually agreed between the City and the Contractor that if, any time after the execution of
this contract and the surety bond which is attached hereto for the faithful performance of the terms and
conditions as contained herein by the Contractor, that the City shall at any time deem the surety or
sureties upon such performance bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason, the said bond ceases to
be adequate in amount to cover the performance of the work the Contractor shall, at his or its own
expense, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from the City to do so, furnish an additional
bond or bonds in such term and amounts and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the
City. If such an event occurs, no further payment shall be made to the Contractor under the terms and
provisions of this contract until such new or additional security bond guaranteeing the faithful
performance of the work under the terms hereof shall be completed and furnished to the City in a form
satisfactory to it.
Page 4
CONTRACT
(3)
IN WITNESS WI3EREOF, the parties to the agreement have hereunto set their hands and seals and
have executed this Agreement, in duplicate, the day and year first above written.
CITY OF CLEARWATER
IN PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA
By: 4!9.1 -"- - -jE
William B. Horne, lI
City Manager
Countersigned:
By: ]_.?/1?
Frank Hibbard,
Mayor-Councilmember
ncz
CM.
(Seal)
C._-. Aaa,?
C a E. Goudeau,
City -Clerk
Camilo Soto
Assistant City Attorney
(Contractor must indicate whether Corporation,,
Partnership, Company or Individual.)
(The person signing shall, in his own
handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own
name, and his title; where the person is signing
for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show
his authority to bind the Corporation).
(Contractor)
Byrl_?
Y?° '? w .yam `v1'
Page 5
CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT FOR FINAL PAYMENT
CORPORATION FORM)
STATE OF
COUNTY OF
On this day personally appeared before me, the undersigned authority, duly authorized to
administer oaths and take acknowledgments, , who after being duly sworn,
deposes and says:
That he is the
(TITLE) of CLARK HUNT
CONSTRUCTION, INC. a Florida Corporation, with its principal place of business located at 2165
LOGAN STREET CLEARWATER FLORIDA 33765 (herein, the "Contractor").
That the Contractor was the general contractor under a contract executed on the day of
2009 with the CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, a municipal corporation, as
Owner, and that the Contractor was to perform the construction of:
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK - PHASES 1 & 2 (04-0042-EN)
That said work has now been completed and the Contractor has paid and discharged all sub-contractors,
laborers and material men in connection with said work and there are no liens outstanding of any nature
nor any debts or obligations that might become a lien or encumbrance in connection with said work
against the described property.
That he is making this affidavit pursuant to the requirements of Chapter 713, Florida Statutes,
and upon consideration of the payment of (Final Full Amount of Contract) in
full satisfaction and discharge of said contract.
That the Owner is hereby released from any claim which might arise out of said Contract.
The word "liens" as used in this affidavit shall mean any and all arising under the operation of
the Florida Mechanic's Lien Law as set forth in Chapter 713, Florida Statutes.
Sworn and subscribed to before me CLARK HUNT CONSTRUCTION INC.
AFFIANT
This day of 2009
NOTARY PUBLIC
My Commission Expires:
BY:
PRESIDENT
Page 6
PROPOSAL BOND
(Not to be filled out if a certified check is submitted)
KNOWN ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned,
Clark Hunt Construction, Inc. as Principal, and Western Surety Company
as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Clearwater,
Florida, in the SUM of Ten Percent of Amount Bid Dollars ($ log )
(being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount) for the payment of which, well and truly to
be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators,
successors and assigns.
The condition of the above obligation is such that if the attached Proposal of Clark Hunt Construction, Inc .
as Principal, and Western Surety Company as
Surety, for work specified as: BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK - PHASES 1 & 2
0042-EN
all as stipulated in said Proposal, by doing all work incidental thereto, in accordance with the plans and
specifications provided here£or, all within Pinellas County, is accepted and the contract awarded to the
above named bidder, and the said bidder shall within ten days after notice of said award enter into a
contract, in writing, and furnish the required Performance Bond with surety or sureties to be approved
by the City Manager, this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall be in full force and virtue
by law and the full amount of this Proposal Bond will be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated
damages.
Signed this 19th day of March , 2009.
(Principal must indicate whether
corporation, partnership, company
or individual)
Corporation
Clark Hunt Construction, 'Inc.
Principal
The person signing shall, in his own
handwriting, sign the Principal's By:a8_ 5-
name, his own name and his title; Title 7ti •, ?.?`
the person signing for a corporation
must, by affidavit, show his authority western surety Company
to bind the corporation.
,2L e
S )/'C' 4VV/ Neu, Attorney-in-tact
& Florida Licensed Agent
5ectionV,doc Page 7 Revised: 6/18/2007
Western Surety Company
POWER OF ATTORNEY APPOINTING INDIVIDUAL ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
Know All Men By These Presents, That WESTERN SURETY COMPANY, a South Dakota corporation, is a duly organized and existing corporation
having its principal office in the City of Sioux Falls, and State of South Dakota, and that it does by virtue of the signature and seal herein affixed hereby
make, constitute and appoint
Laura D Mosholder, John R Neu, Charles J Nielson, Warren M Alter, Kevin Wojtowicz, Mary
C Aceves, Glenn Arvantis, Charles D Nielson, Individually
of St. Petersburg, FL, its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact with full power and authority hereby conferred to sign, seal and execute for and on its behalf
bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of similar nature
- In Unlimited Amounts -
and to bind it thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such instruments were signed by a duly authorized officer of the corporation and all the acts of said
Attorney, pursuant to the authority hereby given, are hereby ratified and confirmed.
This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the By-Law printed on the reverse hereof, duly adopted, as indicated, by
the shareholders of the corporation.
In Witness Whereof WESTERN SURETY COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its Senior Vice President and its corporate seal to
be hereto affixed on this 5th day of August, 2008.
aEr WESTERN SURETY COMPANY
c
A; Y?pOagef
?'rM °PK°1 Paul . Bruflat, Senior Vice President
State of South Dakota
ss
County of Minnehaha
On this 5th day of August, 2008, before me personally came Paul T. Bruflat, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say; that he
resides in the City of Sioux Falls, State of South Dakota; that he is the Senior Vice President of WESTERN SURETY COMPANY described in and which
executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the sea] affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so
affixed pursuant to authority given by the Board of Directors of said corporation and that he signed his name thereto pursuant to like authority, and
acknowledges same to be the act and deed of said corporation.
My commission expires' iSbb`r4444bb4bb444Swv4..Sti +d
s D. KRELL r
November 30, 2012 r sEat NOTARY PUBLIC sEnL r
iaRSOUTH OAKOTAi
}y4tiya, a, a,.,yy titiS. t,S4?. r?q a...y t
D. Krell, No. Public
CERTIFICATE
I, L. Nelson, Assistant Secretary of WESTERN SURETY COMPANY do hereby certify that the Power of Attorney hereinabove set forth is still in
force, and further certify that the By-Law of the corporation printed on the reverse hereof is still in force. In testimony whereof I have hereunto subscribed
my name and affixed the seal of the said corporation this 19th day of March , 2009
??S°aErr?Q WESTERN SURETY COMPANY
a t .??5
!+y
a
L. Nelson, Assistant Secretary
c..r.., r a')Rn-nQ-nr'
CLARK HUNT
CONSTRUCTION, INC.
2165 LOGAN STREET
CLEARWATER, FL 33765
PROPOSAL
(1)
TO THE CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, for
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK ((04-0042-EN)
and doing such other work incidental thereto, all in accordance with the contract documents, marked
BEACH CONNECTOR TRAIL AND WALK ((04-0042-EN)
Every bidder must take notice of the fact that even though his proposal be accepted and the documents
signed by the bidder to whom an award is made and by those officials authorized to do so on behalf of
the City of Clearwater, Florida, that no such award or signing shall be considered a binding contract
without a certificate from the Finance Director that funds are available to cover the cost of the work to
be done, or without the approval of the City Attorney as to the form and legality of the contract and all
the pertinent documents relating thereto having been approved by said City Attorney; and such bidder is
hereby charged with this notice.
The signer of the Proposal, as bidder, also declares that the only person, persons, company or parties
interested in this Proposal, are named in this Proposal, that he has carefully examined the
Advertisement, Instructions to Bidders, Contract Specifications, Plans, Supplemental Specifications,
General Conditions, Special Provisions, and Contract Bond, that he or his representative has made such
investigation as is necessary to determine the character and extent of the work and he proposes and
agrees that if the Proposal be accepted, he will contract with the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the form
of contract; hereto annexed, to provide the necessary labor, materials, machinery, equipment, tools or
apparatus, do all the work required to complete the contract within the time mentioned in the General
Conditions and according to the requirements of the City of Clearwater, Florida, as herein and
hereinafter set forth, and furnish the required surety bonds for the following prices to wit:
:'j-
SectionV.doc Page 10 Revised: 5/09/2007
CLARK HUNT
CONSTRUCTION, INC.
2165 LOGAN STREET
CLEARWATER, FL 33765
w
f
11
0
CJ
L]
PROPOSAL
(2)
If the foregoing Proposal shall be accepted by the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the undersigned shall
fail to execute a satisfactory contract as stated in the Advertisement herein attached, then the City may,
at its option deterinine that the undersigned has abandoned the contract, and thereupon this Proposal
shall be null and void, and the certified check or bond accompanying this Proposal, shall be forfeited to
become the property of the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the full amount of said check shall be
retained by the City, or if the Proposal Bond be given, the full amount of such bond shall be paid to the
City as stipulated or liquidated damages; otherwise, the bond or certified check accompanying this
Proposal, or the amount of said check, shall be returned to the undersigned as specified herein.
Attached hereto is a bond or certified check on
(being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount).
Bank, for the sum of
Ten percent of bid amount
The full names and residences of all persons and parties interested in the foregoing bid are as follows:
(If corporation, give the names and addresses of the President and Secretary. If firm or partnership, the
names and addresses of the members or partners. The Bidder shall list not only his name but also the
name of any person with whom bidder has any type of agreement whereby such person's improvements,
enrichment, employment or possible benefit, whether sub-contractor, materialman, agent, supplier, or
employer is contingent upon the award of the contract to the bidder).
NAMES: ADDRESSES:
Warren C. Hunt, 2165 T,o an Street, Clearwater, FL 33765
Janet chandler, 2165 Logan Street, Clearwater, FL 33765
Signature of Bidder:
(The bidder must indicate whether Erporation Partnership, Company or Individual).
10 5ectionV.doc
Pan 11
Revised: 6/18/2007
CLARK HUNT
CONSTRUCTION, INC.
2165 LOGAN STREET
CLEARWATER, FL 33765
PROPOSAL
(3)
The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name and his title.
Where the person signing for a corporation is other than the President or Vice-President, he must, by
affidavit, show his authority, to bind the corporation.
Principal: LAD 03 VA r
e.
By: Title: ` T' a P r?er w? - - --
Business Address of Bidder-: 2165 Logan Street, Clearwater, Fl 33765
City and State:
Dated at Clearwater, FL
Zip Code
this 16 day of -April , A.D., 2009
SectionV.doc Page 12 Revised: 6/18/2007
CLARK HUNT
CONSTRUCTION, INC.
2165 LOGAN STREET
LEARWATER, FL 33765
CITY OF CLEARWATER
ADDENDUM SHEET
PROJECT: Beach Connector Trail and Walk (04-0042-EN)
Acknowledgment is hereby made of the following addenda received since issuance of Plans and
Specifications.
Addendum No. 1 Date: April 8, 2009
Addendum No. 2 Date: April 10, 2009
Addendum No. 3 Date: April 13, 2009
Addendum No. 4 Date: April 14, 2009
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Clark Hunt: Construction, Inc.
e
e
e
4
SectionV.doc
(Name of Bidder)
(Signature of Officer)
Warren (Title of Officer)
April 16, 2009
(Date)
Page 13 Revised; 5/09/2007
CLARK HUNT
CONSTRUCTION, INC.
2165 LOGAN STREET
'??LE;'-;RWATER, FL 33755
BIDDER'S PROPOSAL
PROJECT: Beach Connector Trail and walk (04-0042-EN)
CONTRACTOR: Clark Hunt Construct' n, Inc.
VAf,5??•Oft 43
BIDDER'S TOTAL $-,-$7 (Numbers)
BIDDE'R'S GRAND TOTAL Ei ht hundred ninety six thousand WI (W01' s) ,?
?ae hundred ?? x dollars an
THE BIDDER'S TOTAL. ABOVfcIS Ins 'TO? IRI I3AlU ON HIS UNIT I'RICES AND
® LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED FOR EACH
7 SECTION. THIS FIGURE IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT THE TIME. OF OPENING
BIDS. 'T'ILE CITY WILL MAKE THE TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND
y LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF THERE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT
SHALI, BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUIVI PRICE SHALL
GOVERN.
A
y
0
Y"
SectionV.doc page 14 Revised: 5/09/2007
icy
c,LARK HUNT
GpNSTRUCTION, INC.
2165 LOGAN STREET
f;
E;"+ Bid Form
Project: Beach Connector Trail and Walk (Phase 1)
Bid
Item
No.
tem
nit Non
Participating
Items Total
Quantity
Participating
Items Total
Quantity
nit Price
otal
1 MOBILIZATION/DEMOBILIZATION LS 1 $ 875.00 $ 875.00
2 TRAFFIC CONTROL LS 1 $ 4,100.00 $ 4,100.00
3 CLEARING & GRUBBING, EROSION CONTROL AND CONTRACTOR ST LS 1 $ 26,949.95 $ 26,949.95
4 Concrete Driveway Removal SF 1,121 $ 1.02 $ 1,143.42
5 Concrete Sidewalk Removal SY 130 $ 6.59 $ 856.70
6 Trail Pavement Removal BY 6,458 $ 0.72 $ 4,64936
7 Tree Removal EA 121.$9 $ -487-56
8 Excavation. Trail CY 2,149 $ 8.52 $ 18,309.48
9 Fill, Trail CY 648 $ 11.28 $ 7,309.44
10 6" Type B Stabilization SY 9,265 $ 3.71 $ 34,373.15
11 8" Crushed Concrete Base SY 8,162 $ 9.11 $ 74,355.82
12 1-1/2" Superpave Asphalt concrete (Traffic A) (Trail) TON 673 $ 87,00 $ 58,551.00
13 Concrete Sidewalk, 4" SF 719 $ 2.67 $ 1,919.73
14 Header Curb, 6" Concrete LF 9,929 $ 4.68 $ 46,467.72
15 Concrete Rip-Rap (Contingency) SF 250 $ 6.30 $ 1,575.00
16 Adjust Force Main Structure Top EA 1 $ 709.80 $ 709.80
17 Raise Utility Pole Box EA 1 $ 1,001.00 $ 1,001.00
18 Sod SF 48,276 0.16 $ 7,724.16
19 Relocate Water Fountain & Service Connection EA 1 $ 283,14 $ 283.14
20 Water service sleeve HDPE - 4inch) LF 158 $ 12.00 $ 1,896.00
21 Water Service Tap EA 1 $ 901.86 $ 901.86
22 Water Meter Assembly EA 1 $ 1,872.57 $ 1,872.57
23 1 - Inch Water Service Pipe LF 280 $ 5.22 $ 1,461.60
24 Water for Grass MG 33 $ 12.14 $ 400.62
25 6" Conduit & (3) 1-114" Innerducts, Underground LF 4,334 $ 12.50 $ 54,175.00
26 6" Conduit & (3) 1-1/4" Innerducts, Directional Bore LF 508 S 25.50 $ 12,954.00
27 Pull & Junction Box EA 22 $ 650.00 $ 14,300.00
28 Mulch (Pine Bark) CY 55 $ 28.00 $ 1,540.00
29 Adonidia Merrillii (Christmas Palm) 8-10 ft oa ht single trunk PL 20 $ 181.60 $ 3,632.00
30 Quercus Virginiana (Live Oak) 65 gallon 14-16' ht 3" cal Florida Fancy PL 9 $ 335.97 $ 3,023.73
31 Murraya Particulate (orange Jasmine) STD 6"$ it oa 25 gal PL 14 $ 317.80 $ 4,449.20
32 Plumbago Auriculata (Imperial blue Plumbago) 3 gal 36" oc PL 124 $ 8.17 $ 1,013.08
33 Archis Glabrota-Rhizoma (Perennial Peanut'Ecturf") SF 2,480 S 2.28 $ 5,654.40
34 Canna X generalis "Black Knight" (Canna Lily) 1 gal 24" Oc PL 190 S 4.54 $ 862.60
35 Canna X generalis "Lucifer" (Canna Lily) 1 gal 24" Oc PL 112 $ 4.54 $ 508.48
W Canna X generalis "Striped Beauty" (Canna Lily) 1 gal 24" Oc PL 168 S 4.54 $ 762.72
37 Irrigation System LS 1 $ 8,789.00 $ 8,789.00
38 UTILITY ALLOWANCE LS 1 $ 75,000.00 $ 75,000.00
10% CONTINGENCY LS 1 $ *97P t10 $ 48,279.00
CONTRACTOR: nl7 u
CLARK HUNT CONSTRUCTION, INC. O
BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL PLUS CONTINGENCY $ 533,iV?i9 (NUMBERS)
51111M.114
BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL PLUS CONTINGENCY $ Five hundred thirty-three thousand
tits.
E BID E=RAS TOTAL AB L BID BASED ON HIS UNIT PRICES AND 10.2-A
LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE EST ATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED THIS FIGURE IS
FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT THE TIME OF OPENING BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE: THE
TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF THERE IS AN
ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNIT
PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN.
A
LbT"H 111
a
Beach Connector Estimate Final030609.xis Page 1 of 1
CLARK HUNT
CONSTRUCTION, INC.
011190 I Annul c%-rnrr--r
LEARWATER, FL 33765 Bid Form
Project: Beach Connector Trail and Walk (Phase 2)
Bid
Item
No.
tem
nit Non
Participating
Items Total
Quantity
Participating
Items Total
Quantity
nit Price
otal
101 MOBILIZATION/DEMOBILIZATION LS 1 $ 1,655.00 $ 1,655.00
102 TRAFFIC CONTROL LS 1 $ 860000 $ 8,600.00
103 CLEARING & GRUBBING EROSION CONTROL AND CONTRA LS 1 $ 25 063.00 $ 25,063.00
104 Tree Barricade LF 90 $ 4.37 $ 393.30
105 Root Pruning LF 790 $ 3.00 $ 2,370.00
106 Asphalt Driveway Removal SY 79 $ 2.04 $ 161.16
107 Concrete Curb Removal LF 1,940 $ 1.30 $ 2,522.00
108 Concrete Driveway Removal SF 2,416 $ 1.02 $ 2,464.32
109 Concrete Sidewalk Removal SY 1,140 $ 3.58 $ 4,081.20
110 Roadway Pavement Removal SY 588 $ 2.04 $ 1 199.52
111 Relocate Water Meter EA 7 $ 293.83 $ 2,050.61
112 Sidewalk Metal Railing Removal LF 72 $ 1.98 $ 142.56
113 Tree Removal EA 10 $ 255.00 $ 2,550.00
114 Excavation, Trail CY 191 $ 112,13 $ 21,416.83
115 Excavation Roadway CY 29 $ 4.60 $ 133.40
116 Fill, Roadwa Cy 24 $ 16.32 $ 391.68
117 Topsoil Fill, Median CY 20 $ 16.32 $ 326.40
118 6" T e B Stabilization SY 1,160 $ 3.30 $ 3 828.00
119 6" Crushed Concrete Base BY 990 $ 8.00 $ 7,920.00
120 8" to 2" Variable Crushed Concrete Base SY 118 $ 7,09 $ 836.62
121 Flowable Fill, Base CY 3 $ 356.64 $ 1,069.92
122 1" Sue ave Asphalt concrete (Traffic A rail TON 54 $ 111.00 $ 5,994.00
123 2" Sue ave Asphalt Concrete Traffic A)_(Roadway) TON 13 $ 150.00 $ 1,950.00
124 Concrete Driveway SF 1 407 2,317 $ 4.63 $ 17,242.12
125 Concrete Sidewalk, 4" SF 151 127 $ 2.65 $ 736.70
126 Concrete Sidewalk 6" SF 7,690 $ 4.83 $ 37,142.70
127 Concrete sidewalk Ram SF 1,608 $ 5.92 $ 9,519.36
128 Detectable Wamin Strip SF 302 $ 19.21 $ 5,801.42
129 Header Curb, 6" Concrete LF 1,527 $ 5.00 $ 7,635.00
130 Curb & Gutter, Type 1 LF 1,123 $ 15.19 $ 17,058.37
131 Straight Curb, 6" LF 001 $ 8.79 $ 9,677.79
132 18" RCP LF 505 $ 20,57 $ 10 387.85
133 18" Concrete Flared End Section EA 1 $ 1,644.22 $ 1,644.22
134 FDOT Inlet Type P-5 EA 1 $ 3,464.54 $ 3,464,54
135 FDOT Inlet Type J-5 EA 1 $ 4,126.87 $ 4,126.87
136 FDOT Inlet Type P-9 EA 6 $ 3,858.30 $ 23,149.80
137 FDOT DBI T e C EA 1 $ 1,368.86 1,368.86
138 Modify Draina a Structure EA 2 $ 1,270.40 $ 2,540.80
139 Ad'ust Manhole EA 2 $ 483.29 $ 966.58
140 Ad'ust water valve box EA 4 $ 328.14 $ 1,312.56
Beach Connector Cost Estimate Final 030609.xsl iol2
CLARK HUNT
CONSTRUCTION, INC.
2165 LOGAN STREET
- .,.rrr, ri r347=
Project: Beach Connector Trait and Walk (Phase 2) Bid Form
Bid
Item
No.
tem
nit Non
Participating
Items Total
Quantity
Participating
Items. Total
Quantity
nit Price
otal
141 Reflective Paint Median Nose Yellow SY 2 $ 12.00 S 24.00
142 Pavement Markings, 6' LF 5,945 $ 0.80 $ 4.756.00
143 Pavement Markings, 12" LF 309 $ 1-35 $ 417.15
144 Pavement Markings. 18" LF 196 $ 2.65 $ 519.40
145 Pavement Markings. 24" LF 80 $ 3.00 S 240.00
146 Pavement Markin Removal. 6" LF 2,200 $ 0.75 $ 1,650.00
147 Pavement Markin Removal, 12" LF 100 $ 1.50 $ 150.00
148 Pavement Markin Removal, 24' LF 72 $ 3.00 S 216.00
149 Directional Arrows. Thermoplastic EA 4 $ 49.50 $ 198.00
150 Bi-Directional Arrows Thermoplastic EA 4 $ 88.00 $ 352.00
151 Thermoplastic Inlay SF 1.461 $ 10.00 $ 14,610.00
152 Remove Existing Pavement Markin 2s SF 1,800 $ 1.50 $ 2,700.00
153 Retro-Reflective Pavement Marker EA 129 $ 4.10 $ 528.90
154 Si na a Roadwa EA 11 $ 144.00 $ 1.584.00
155 Sod SF 7.604 $ 0.26 $ 1,977.04
156 Water for Grass MG 5 $ 46.80 $ 234.00
157 Irrigation Sleeve SCH 80 - 2 inch LF 135 $ 6.45 $ 870.75
158 UTILITY ALLOWANCE LS 1 $ 50.000.00 $ 50,000.00
159 10% CONTINGENCY LS 1 $ 31,890.68 $ 31,890.68
CONTRACTOR;
CLARK HUNT CONSTRUCTION, INC. 8/5'9g
"
BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL PLUS CONTINGENCY $ $ ?
SIDDE" GRAND TOTAL PLUS CONTINGENCY $ Three hundre4sixty-thres-th-usan
nineteen dollars and eighteen cents. - R. •LL ?? v
4 1- \ A qq ?"i Ye, c.??r ?.
THE BIDDIR'S TOTAL ABOVE IS HIS TOTAL BID tBASED ON HIS UNIT PRICES AND
LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED THIS FIGURE IS
FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT THE TIME OF OPENING BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE THE
TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF THERE IS AN
ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNIT
PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN. ?- (NUMBERS)
d eight ed INAr
.,. ° ? ?
`I
5
Beach Connector Cost Estimate Final 030609.xsl 2of 2
A + +IDAVIT
(To be tilled in and executed if the bidder is a corporation)
STATE OF FLORIDA
ida )
COUNTY Or )
Janet Chandler
Secretary of Clark Hunt Construction,
a corporation organized and existing under and
its principal office at:
2165 Logan Street, Clearwater, FL
Street & Number
being duly sworn, deposes and says that he/she is
Inc_
by virtue of the laws of the State of Florida, and having
33765
City County State
Affiant further says that he is familiar with the records, minute books and by-laws of
Clark Hunt Construction, Inc.
(Name of Corporation)
Affiant further says that Warren C. Hunt is President
(Officer's Name) (Title)
of the corporation, is duly authorized to sign the Proposal for Clark Hunt__ one Tnc
for said corporation by virtue of By Laws
(state whether a provision of by laws or a Resolution of the Board of
WAR _ Directors. If by Resolution give date of ado tion).
Afriant
Sworn to before me this 16 day of April 2009
211111
r
C
11 Sectionv.doc Page 8
Notary Public
Type/print/stamp name of Notary
Title or rank, and Serial No., if any
• JULIANA A COPPlLL
MY COMMISSION # 150861812
EXPIRES January 14, 2013
tW) 153 FWrMsNow SMVjr,,0M
Revised: 5/09/2007
NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
7L,
STATE OF FLORIDA
COUNTY OF Pinellas
Warren C. Hunt
President
being, first duly sworn, deposes and says that he is
of Clark Hunt Construction, Inc.
the party making the foregoing Proposal or Bid; that such Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham: that
said bidder is not financially interested in or otherwise affiliated in a business way with any other
bidder on the same contract; that said bidder has not colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed, directly
or indirectly, with any bidders or person, to put in a sham bid or that such other person shall refrain
from bidding, and has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion, or
communication or conference, with any person, to fix the bid price or affiant or any other bidder, or to
fix any overhead, profit or cost element of said bid price, or that of any other bidder, or to secure any
advantage against the City of Clearwater, Florida, or any person or persons interested in the proposed
contract; and that all statements contained in said proposal or bid are true; and further, that such bidder
has not directly or indirectly submitted this bid, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data
relative thereto to any association or to any member or agent thereof.
Affiant
Sworn to and subscribed before me this 16 day of April , 2009
Notary Public
t
a
?'J
I SectionV.doc
Page 9
Revised: 5/09/2007
A
F
CLARK HUNT
CONSTRUCTION, INC.
2165 LOGAN STREET
CLEARWATER, FL 33765
FLORIDA TRENCH SAFETY ACT
CERTIFICATION AND DISCLOSURE STATEMENT
The undersigned acknowledges the requirements of the Florida Trench Safety Act (Section 553.60 et.
seq. Florida Statutes).
A. The Bidder further acknowledges that the Florida Trench Safety Act, (the Act) establishes the
Federal excavation safety standards set forth at 29 C.F.R. Section 1926.650 Subpart P, as the
interim state standard until such time as the state of Florida, through its Department of Labor and
Employment Security, or any successor agency, adopts, updates, or revises said interim standard.
This State of Florida standard may be supplemented by special shoring requirements established
by the State of Florida or any of its political subdivisions.
B. The Bidder, as Contractor, shall comply with all applicable excavation/trench safety standards.
C. The contractor shall consider the geotechnical data available from the County, if any, the
Contractor's own sources, and all other relevant information in its design of the trench safety system
to be employed on the subject Project. The Contractor acknowledges sole responsibilities for the
selection of the data on which it relies in designing the safety system, as well as for the system
itself.
D. The amounts that the Bidder has set forth for pipe installation includes the following
excavation/trench safety measures and the linear feet of trench excavated under each safety
measure. These units, costs, and unit values shall be disclosed solely for the purpose of
compliance with procedural requirements of the Act. No adjustment to the Contract time or price
shall be made for any difference in the actual number of linear feet of trench excavation, except as
may be otherwise provided in these Contract Documents.
Trench Safety Measure
(Description) Units of
Measure
LF, SF Unit
(Quantity) Unit
Cost Extended
Cost
1 slope/543nch box LF 505 $$1.00 $ 505.00
2. $ $
3. $ $
4. $ $
5. $ $
For Information Only, Not for Payment Purposes $ 505.00
Bidder may use additional sheets as necessary to extend this form.
Failure to complete the above may result in the bid being declared non-responsive.
CLARK HUNT
90NOTRUCTION, INC.
@196 I+CCAN STREET
W-AAWATER, FL 33765
FLORIDA TRENCH SAFETY ACT continued
E. The amount disclosed as the cost of compliance with the applicable trench safety requirements
does not constitute the extent of the Contractor's obligation to comply with said standards. The
Contractor shall extend additional sums at no additional cost to the County, if necessary, to comply
with the Act (except as otherwise be provided).
F. Acceptance of the bid to which this certification and disclosure applies in no way represents that the
County or its representatives has evaluated and thereby determined that the above costs are
adequate to comply with the applicable trench safety requirements nor does it in any way relieve
the Contractor of its sole responsibility to comply with the applicable trench safety requirements.
Clark Hunt Construction, Inc.
Company Name
Name and Title Warren C. Hunt, Pres
Address:
2165 Logan Street _
Clearwater, FL 33765
727--441--1559
Telephone
-----
727-461-2,34-9
Fax
chci@clarkhunt.com
Email of Account Representative
59-2141560
Federal Employee ID NO. (FEIN)
APPENDIXIES
Appendix A
49 CFR Part 29 - Appendix A
CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION, AND OTHER
RESPONSIBILITY MATTERS--PRIMARY COVERED TRANSACTIONS
Instructions For Certification
1. By signing and submitting this proposal, the prospective primary participant is providing the
certification set out below.
2. The inability of a person to provide the certification required below will not necessarily result
in denial of participation in this covered transaction. The prospective participant shall submit
an explanation of why it cannot provide the certification set out below. The certification or
explanation will be considered in connection with the department or agency's determination
whether to enter into this transaction. However, failure of the prospective primary participant
to furnish a certification or an explanation shall disqualify such person from participation in
this transaction.
3. The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was
placed when the department or agency determined to enter into this transaction. If it is later
determined that the prospective primary participant knowingly rendered an erroneous
certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the
department or agency may terminate this transaction for cause or default.
4. The prospective primary participant shall provide immediate written notice to the department
or agency to which this proposal is submitted if at any time the prospective primary
participant learns that its certification was erroneous when submitted or has become
erroneous by reason of changed circumstances.
5. The terms covered transaction, debarred, suspended, ineligible, lower tier covered transaction,
participant, person, primary covered transaction, principal, proposal, and voluntarily
excluded, as used in this clause, have the meanings set out in the Definitions and Coverage
sections of the rules implementing Executive Order 12549. You may contact the department
or agency to which this proposal is being submitted for assistance in obtaining a copy of those
regulations.
6. The prospective primary participant agrees by submitting this proposal that, should the
proposed covered transaction be entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier
covered transaction with a person who is proposed for debarment under 48 CFR part 9,
subpart 9.4, debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from
participation in this covered transaction, unless authorized by the department or agency
entering into this transaction.
7. The prospective primary participant further agrees by submitting this proposal that it will
include the clause titled "Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and
Voluntary Exclusion- Lower Tier Covered Transaction," provided by the department or
agency entering into this covered transaction, without modification, in all lower tier covered
transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier covered transactions.
8. A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a certification of a prospective
participant in a lower tier covered transaction that it is not proposed for debarment under 48
CFR part 9, subpart 9.4, debarred, suspended, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from the
covered transaction, unless it knows that the certification is erroneous. A participant may
decide the method and frequency by which it determines the eligibility of its principals. Each
participant may, but is not required to, check the List of Parties Excluded from Federal
Procurement and Nonprocurement Programs.
9. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system
of records in order to render in good faith the certification required by this clause. The
knowledge and information of a participant is not required to exceed that which is normally
possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings.
10. Except for transactions authorized under paragraph 6 of these instructions, if a participant in
a covered transaction knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a person
who is proposed for debarment under 48 CFR part 9, subpart 9.4, suspended, debarred,
ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction, in addition to other
remedies available to the Federal Government, the department or agency may terminate this
transaction for cause or default.
CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION, AND OTHER
RESPONSIBILITY MATTERS--PRIMARY COVERED TRANSACTIONS
(1) The prospective primary participant certifies to the best of its knowledge and belief, that it
and its principals:
(a) Are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible,
or voluntarily excluded by any Federal department or agency;
(b) Have not within a three-year period preceding this proposal been convicted of or had
a civil judgment rendered against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense
in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal,
State or local) transaction or contract under a public transaction; violation of Federal
or State antitrust statutes or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery,
falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, or receiving stolen
property;
(c) Are not presently indicted for or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a
governmental entity (Federal, State or local) with commission of any of the offenses
enumerated in paragraph (1)(b) of this certification;
(d) Have not within a three-year period preceding this application/proposal had one or
more public transactions (Federal, State or local) terminated for cause or default.
(2) Where the prospective primary participant is unable to certify to any of the statements in this
certification, such prospective participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal.
Signature/Authorized Certifying Official Typed Name and Title
Applicant/Organization Date Signed
Appendix B
DISCLOSURE OF LOBBYING ACTIVITIES
Complete this form to disclose lobbying activities pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 1352 (See reverse for public burden disclosure.)
1. Type of Federal Action: 2. Status of Federal Action: 3. Report Type:
a. contract a. bid/offer/application a. initial filing
b. grant b. initial award b. grant
c. cooperative agreement c. poet-award For material change only:
d. loan year quarter
e. loan guarantee date of last report
f. loan insurance
4. Name and Address of Reporting Entity: 5. If Reporting Entity in No. 4 is Subawardee,
Enter Name and Address of Prime:
? Prime ? Subawardee
Tier , if known: Congressional District, if known:
Congressional District, if known:
6. Federal Department/Agency: 7. Federal Program Name/Description:
CFDA Number, if applicable:
8. Federal Action Number, if known: 9. Award Amount, if known:
$
10. a. Name and Address of Lobbying Entity b. Individuals Performing Services (including address if different
(if individual, last name, first name, Ml): from No. I Oa) (last name, first name, Ml):
(attach Continuation Sheet(s) SF-LLL-A, if necessary)
11. Amount of Payment (check all that apply): 13. Type of Payment (check all that apply):
a retainer
$ actual planned b. one-time fee
12. Form of Payment (check all that apply) a commission
d_ contingent fee
a. cash e. deferred
b. in-kind; specify: nature £ other specify:
value
14. Brief Description of Services Performed or to be Performed and Date(s) of Service, including
officer(s), employee(s), or Member(s) contacted, for Payment Indicated in Item 11:
(attach Continuation Sheet(s) SF-LLL-A, if necessary)
15. Continuation Sheet(s) SF-LLL-A attached: ? Yes ? No
16. Information requested through this form is authorized by title Signature:
31 U.S.C. section 1352. This disclosure of lobbying activities is a
material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed by Print Name:
the tier above when this transaction was made or entered into. This
disclosure is required pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 1352. This information Title:
will be reported to the Congress semi-annually and will be available
for public inspection. Any person who fails to file the required dis- Telephone No: Date:
closure shall be subject t0 a civil penalty of not less than $10,000
and not more than $100,000 for each such failure.
1! IN 1011111 ME! Authorizcd for Local Reproduction
Standard Form - LLL
INSTRUCTIONS FOR GOYPLEIION OF SF' LL pISCLoSURE OF OBBVIh O iR^TIES
This disclosure form shall be completed by the reporting entity, whether subawardee or prime Federal
recipient, at the initiation or receipt of a covered Federal action, or a material change to a previous filing, pursuant to
title 31 U.S.C section 1352. The filing of a form is required for each payment or agreement to make payment to any
lobbying entity for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress,
an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with a covered Federal
action. Use the SF-LLL-A Continuation Sheet for additional information if the space on the form is inadequate. Com-
plete all items that apply for both the initial filing and material change report. Refer to the implementing guidance pub-
lished by the Office of Management and Budget for additional information.
1. Identify the type of covered Federal action for which lobbying activity Is and/or has been secured to Influence
the outcome of a covered Federal action.
2. Identify the status of the covered Federal action.
3. Identify the appropriate classification of this report. If this is a follow-up report caused by a material change to
the information previously reported, enter the year and quarter In which the change occurred. Enter the date of
the last previously submitted report by this reporting entity or this covered Federal action.
4. Enter the full name, address, city, state and zip code of the reporting entity. Include Congressional District, if
known. Check the appropriate classification of the reporting entity that designates if It Is, or expels to be, a
prime or subaward recipient. identify the tier of the subawardee, e.g., the first subawardee of the prime is the
1st tier. Subawards include but are not limited to subcontracts, subgrants and contract awards under grants.
5. If the organization filing the report In item 4 checks "Subawardee", then enter the full name, address, city, state
and zip code of the prime Federal recipient. Include Congressional District, If known.
6. Enter the name of the Federal agency making the award or loan commitment Include at least one
organizational level below agency name, if known. For example, Department of Transportation, United States
Coast Guard.
7. Enter the Federal program name or description for the covered Federal action (item 1). If known, enter the full
Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance (CFDA) number for grants, cooperative agreements, loans, and loan
commitments.
8. Enter the most appropriate Federal identifying number available for the Federal action identified In item 1 (e.g.,
Request for Proposal (RFP) number; Invitation for Bid (IFB) number, grant announcement number, the
contract, grant, or loan award number, the application/proposal control number assigned by the Federal
agency). Include prefixes, e.g., "RFP-DE-90-001."
9. For a covered Federal action where there has been an award or ban commitment by the Federal agency, enter
the Federal amount of the award/loan oommibnent for the prime entity Identified in Item 4 or 5.
10. (a) Enter the full name, address, city, state and zip code of the lobbying entity engaged by the reporting entity
identified in Item 4 to influence the covered Federal action.
(b) Enter the full names of the individual(s) performing services, and include full address If different from 1 o(a).
Enter Last Name, First Name, and Middle Initial (MI).
11. Enter the amount of compensation paid or reasonably expected to be paid by the reporting entity (item 4) to the
lobbying. entity (item 10). Indicate whether the payment has been made (actual) orwill be made (planned).'
Check all boxes that apply. If this is a material change report, enter the cumulative amount of payment made
or planned to be made.
12. Check the appropriate box(es). Check all boxes that apply. If payment Is made through an in-kind contribution,
specify the nature and value of the in4dnd payment.
13., Check the appropriate box(es). Check all boxes that apply. If other, specify nature.
14. Provide a specific and detailed description of the services that the lobbyist has performed, or will be expected
to perform, and the date(s) of any services rendered. Include all preparatory and related activity, not just time
spent in actual contact with Federal officials. Identify the Federal official(s) or employee(s) contacted or the
officer(s), employee(s), or Member(s) of Congress that were contacted.
15. Check whether or not a SF-LLL-A Continuation Sheet(s) is attached.
16. The certifying official shall sign and date the form, print his/her name, titre, and telephone number.
Public reporting burdon kas this collection of h6omation Is estimated to average 30 minutes per response, including time for
reviewing insbuclions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and
reviewing the collection of information. Send comments reguarding the burden estimate or arty other aspect of this collection of
Information. Including suggestions for reducing this burdon, to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction
Project (0348-0046), Washington, D.C. 20503.
DISCLOSURE OF LOBBYING ACTIVITIES Approved by OMB
0398-OW
CONTINUATION SHEET
Reporting Entity:
Page of
Authorized for WA ftmducUon
SWderd Form - UJ- A
CONTRACTOR'S ASSURANCE
(Subcontracts-Federal Aid Projects)
By signing this proposal the contractor is giving assurances that all subcontract
agreements of $10,000 or more on this project will incorporate the following:
Special Provision - "Certification of Nondiscrimination in Employment"
Special Provision "Notice of Requirement for Affirmative Action to Ensure
Equal Employment Opportunity" (Executive Order 11246)
Special Provision "Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Con-
struction Contract Specifications" (Executive Order 11246)
Form FHWA 1273 "Required Contract Provisions Federal-aid Construction
Contracts" (Form FHWA 1273 must also be physically
attached to subcontracts and purchase orders of $10,000 or
more)
Applicable . "Wage Determination Decision"
Also, by signing this proposal the contractor is giving assurances that all subcon-
tract agreements will incorporate the Standard Specification and Special Provi-
sions to Section 9.6.B "Payment Provisions for Subcontractors"
11-05
Appendix C
FHWA-1273 Electronic version -- March 10, 1994
NOTE., In this document the word "proposal"
means bid" in other 000T documents.
REQUIRED CONTRACT PROVISIONS
FEDERAL.-AID CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS
Page
1. General ............................................................................................................ 1
11. Nondiscrimination ............................................................................................. 2
III. Nonsegregated Facilities .................................................................................. 7
IV. Payment of Predetermined Minimum Wage .................................................... 7
V. Statements and Payrolls .................................................................................. 13
VI. Record of Materials, Supplies, and Labor ........................................................ 15
VII. Subletting or Assigning the Contract ................................................................ 15
VIII. Safety. Accident Prevention ............................................................................ 16
IX. False Statements Concerning Highway Projects ............................................. 17
X. Implementation of Clean Air Act and Federal Water Pollution
Control Act ....................................................................................................... 17
XI. Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility,
and Voluntary Exclusion ..... ............................................................................. 18
XII. Certification Regarding Use of Contract Funds for Lobbying ........................... 22
ATTACHMENTS
A. Employment Preference for Appalachian Contracts
(included in Appalachian contracts only)
1. GENERAL
1. These contract provisions shall apply to all work performed on the contract by the
contractor's own organization and with the assistance of workers under the
contractor's immediate superintendence and to all work performed on the contract
by piecework, station work, or by subcontract.
2. Except as otherwise provided for in each section, the contractor shall -insert in
each subcontract all of the stipulations contained in these Required Contract
Provisions, and further require their inclusion in any lower tier subcontract or
purchase order that may in turn be made. The Required Contract Provisions
shall not be incorporated by reference in any case. The prime contractor shall be
responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with
these Required Contract Provisions.
3. A breach of any of the stipulations contained in these Required 'Contract
Provisions shall be sufficient grounds for termination of the contract.
4. A breach of the following clauses of the Required Contract Provisions may also
be grounds for debarment as provided in 29 CFR 5'.12:
Section I, paragraph 2;
Section IV, paragraphs 1, 2, 3, 4, and 7;
Section V, paragraphs 1 and 2a through 2g.
March 10, 19W Page 1 of 24
Required Contract Provisions (FHWAA273)
FHWA 1271doc
5. Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of Section 1V (except
paragraph 5) and section V of these Required Contract Provisions shall not be
subject to the general disputes clause of this contract. Such disputes shall be
resolved in accordance with the procedures of the U.S. Department of Labor
(DOL) as set forth in 29 CFR 5, 6, and 7. Disputes within the meaning of this
clause include disputes between the contractor (or any of its subcontractors) and
the contracting agency, the DOL, or the contractor's employees or their
representatives.
6. Selection of Labor: During the performance of this contract, the contractor shall
not:
a. discriminate against labor from any other State, possession, or territory
of the United States (except for employment preference for Appalachian
contracts, when applicable, as specified in Attachment A), or
b. employ convict labor for any purpose within the limits of the project
unless it is labor performed by convicts who are on parole, supervised
release, or probation.
Ill. NONDISCRIMINATION
(Applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and to all related subcontracts of
$10,000 or more.)
Equal Employment Opportunity: Equal employment opportunity (EEO)
requirements not to discriminate and to take affirmative action to assure equal
opportunity as set forth under laws, executive orders, rules, regulations (28 CFR
35, 29 CFR 1630 and 41 CFR 60) and orders of the Secretary of Labor as
modified by the provisions prescribed herein, and imposed pursuant to 23 U:S.C.
140 shall constitute the EEO and specific, affirmative action standards for the
contractor's project activities under this contract. The Equal Opportunity
Construction Contract Specifications set forth under 41 CFR 60-4.3 and the
provisions of the American Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12101 et sea.) set
forth under 28 CFR 35 and 29 CFR 1630 are incorporated by reference in this
contract. In the execution of this contract, the contractor agrees to comply with
the following minimum specific requirement activities of EEO:
a. The contractor will work with the State highway agency (SHA) and the
Federal Government in carrying out EEO obligations and in their review
of his/her activities under the contract.
b. The contractor will accept as his operating policy the following statement:
"it is the policy of this Company to assure that applicants are employed,
and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to
their race, religion, sex, color, national origin, age or disability. Such
action shall include: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer,
recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay
or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including
apprenticeship, preapprenticeship, and/or on-the-job training."
March 10, 1994 Page 2 of 24
Required Contract Provisions (FHWA-1273)
FHYYA 1273410C
2. EEO Officer: The contractor will designate and make known to the SHA
contracting officers an EEO Officer who will have the responsibility for and must
be capable of effectively administering and promoting an active contractor
program of EEO and who must be assigned adequate authority and responsibility
to do so.
3. Dissemination of Policy: All members of the contractor's staff who are
authorized to hire, supervise, promote, and discharge employees, or who
recommence-such action, or who are substantially involved in such action, will be
made fully cognizant of, and will implement, the contractor's EEO policy and
contractual responsibilities to provide EEO in each grade and classification of
employment. To ensure that the above agreement will be met, the following.
actions will be taken as a minimum:
a. Periodic meetings of supervisory and personnel office employees will be
conducted before the start of work and .then not less often than once
every six months,. at which time the contractor's EEO policy and its
implementation will be reviewed and explained. The meetings will be
conducted by the EEO Officer.
b. All new supervisory or personnel office employees will be given a
thorough indoctrination by the EEO Officer, covering all major aspects of
the contractor's EEO obligations within thirty days following their
reporting for duty with the contractor.
c. All personnel who are engaged in direct recruitment for the project will be
instructed by the EEO Officer in the contractor's procedures for locating
and hiring minority group employees.
d. Notices and posters setting forth the contractor's EEO policy will be
placed in areas readily accessible to employees, applicants for
employment and potential employees.
e. The contractor's EEO policy and the procedures to implement such
policy will be brought to the attention of employees by means of
meetings, employee handbooks, or other appropriate means.
4. 'Recruitment: When advertising for employees, the contractor will include in all
advertisements for employees the notation: "An Equal Opportunity Employer."
All such advertisements will be placed in publications having a large circulation
among minority groups in the area from which the project work force would
normally be derived.
a_ The contractor will, unless precluded by a valid bargaining agreement,
conduct systematic and direct recruitment through public and private
employee referral sources likely to yield qualified minority group
applicants. To meet this requirement, the contractor will identify sources
of potential minority group employees, and establish with such identified
sources procedures whereby minority group applicants may be referred
to the contractor for employment consideration.
March 10, 1994 Page 3 of 24
Required Contract Provisions (FHWA-1273)
FHWA 1273.doc
b. In the event the contractor has a valid bargaining agreement providing
for exclusive hiring hall referrals, he is expected to observe the
provisions of that agreement to the extent that the system permits the
contractor's compliance with EEO contract provisions. (The DOL has
held that where implementation of such agreements.have the effect of
discriminating against minorities or women, or obligates the contractor. to
do the same, such implementation violates Executive Order 11246, as
amended.)
C. The contractor will encourage his
group applicants for employment.
regard to referring minority grouX
employees.
Present employees to refer minority
information and procedures with
applicants will be discussed with
5. Personnel Actions: Wages, working conditions, and employee benefits shall be
established and administered, and personnel actions of every type, including
hiring, upgrading, promotion, transfer, demotion, layoff, and termination, shall be
taken without regard to race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age or disability.
The following procedures shall be followed:
a. The contractor will conduct periodic inspections of project sites to insure
that working conditions and employee facilities do not indicate
discriminatory treatment of project site personnel.
b. The contractor will periodically evaluate the spread of wages paid within
each classification to determine any evidence of discriminatory wage
practices.
c. The contractor will periodically review selected personnel actions in
depth to determine whether-there is evidence of discrimination. Where
evidence is found, the contractor will promptly take corrective action. If
the review indicates that the discrimination may extend beyond the
actions reviewed, such corrective action shall include all affected
persons.
d. The contractor will promptly investigate all complaints of alleged
discrimination made to the contractor in connection with his obligations
under this contract, will attempt to resolve such complaints, and will take
appropriate corrective action within a reasonable time. If the
investigation indicates that the discrimination may affect persons other
than the complainant, such corrective action shall include such other
persons. Upon completion of each investigation, the contractor will
inform every complainant of all of his avenues of appeal.
6. Training and Promotion:
a. The contractor will assist in locating, qualifying, and increasing the skills
of minority group and women employees, -and applicants for
employment.
March 10, 1994 Page 4 of 24
Required Contract Provisions (FHWA-1273)
FHWA 1273.doe
b. Consistent with the contractor's work force requirements and as
permissible under Federal and State regulations, the contractor shall
make full use of training programs, i.e., apprenticeship, and on-the-job
training programs for the geographical area of contract performance.
Where feasible, 25 percent of apprentices or trainees in each occupation
shall be in their first year of apprenticeship or training. In the event a
special provision for training is provided under this contract, this
subparagraph will be superseded as indicated in the special provision.
c. The contractor will advise employees and applicants for employment of
available training programs and entrance requirements for each.
d. The contractor will periodically review the training and promotion
potential of minority group and women employees and will encourage
eligible employees to apply for such training and promotion.
7. Unions: If the contractor relies in whole or in part upon unions as a source of
employees, the contractor will use his/her best efforts to obtain the cooperation of
such unions to increase opportunities for minority groups and women within the
unions, and to effect referrals by such unions of minority and female employees.
Actions by the contractor either directly or through a contractor's association
acting as agent will include the procedures set forth below:
a. The contractor will use best efforts to develop, in cooperation with the
unions, joint training programs aimed toward qualifying more minority
group members and women for membership in the unions and
increasing the skills of minority group employees and women so that
they may qualify for higher paying employment.
b. The contractor will use best efforts to incorporate an EEO clause into
each union agreement to the end that such union will be contractually
bound to refer applicants without regard to their race, color, religion, sex,
national origin, age or disability.
c. The contractor is to obtain information as to the referral practices and
policies of the labor union except that to the extent such information is
within the exclusive possession of the labor union and such labor union
refuses to furnish such information to the contractor, the contractor shall
so certify to the SHA and shall set forth what efforts have been made to
obtain such information.
d.. In the event the union is unable to provide the contractor with a
reasonable flow of minority and women referrals within the time limit set
forth in the collective bargaining agreement, the contractor will, through
independent recruitment efforts, fill the employment vacancies without
regard to race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age or disability;
making full efforts to obtain qualified and/or qualiflable minority group
persons and women. (The DOL has held that it shall be no excuse that
the union with which the contractor has a collective bargaining
agreement providing for exclusive referral failed to refer minority
employees.) In the event the union referral practice prevents the
March 10, 1994 Page 5 of 24
Required Contract Provisions (FHWA-1273)
FHWA 127340c
contractor from meeting the obligations pursuant to Executive Order
11246, as amended, and these special provisions, such. contractor shall
immediately notify the SHA.
8. Selection of Subcontractors, Procurement of Materials and Leasing of
Equipment: The contractor shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color,
religion, sex, national origin, age or disability in the selection and retention of
subcontractors, including procurement of materials and leases of equipment.
a. The contractor shall notify all potential subcontractors and suppliers of
his/her EEO obligations under this contract.
b. Disadvantaged business enterprises (DBE), as defined in 49 CFR 23,
shall have equal opportunity to compete for and perform subcontracts
which the contractor enters into pursuant to this contract. The contractor
will use his best efforts to solicit bids from and to utilize DBE
subcontractors or subcontractors with meaningful minority group and
female representation among their employees. Contractors shall obtain
lists of DBE construction firms from SHA personnel.
c. The contractor will use his best efforts to ensure subcontractor
compliance with their EEO obligations.
9. Records: and Reports: The contractor shall keep such records as necessary to
document compliance with the EEO requirements. Such records shall be
retained for a period of three years following completion of the contract work and
shall be available at reasonable times and places for inspection by authorized
representatives of the SHA and the FHWA.
a. The records kept by the contractor shall document the following:
(1) The number of minority and non-minority group members and
women employed in each work classification on the project;
(2) The progress and efforts being made in cooperation with unions,
when applicable, to increase employment opportunities for
minorities and women;
(3) The progress and efforts being made in locating, hiring, training,
qualifying, and upgrading minority and female employees; and
(4) The progress and efforts being made in securing the services of
DBE subcontractors or subcontractors with meaningful minority and
female representation among their employees.
b. The contractors will submit an annual report to the SHA each July for the
duration of the project, indicating the number of minority, women, and
non-minority group employees currently engaged in each work
classification required by the contract work. This information is to be
reported on Form FHWA-1391. If on-the-job training is being required by
March 10, 1994 Page 6 of 24
Required Contract Provisions (i=HWA-1273)
FHWA 1273.d6c
special provision, the contractor will be required to collect and report
training data.
Ill. NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES
(Applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and to all related subcontracts of
$10,000 or more.)
a. By submission of this bid, the execution of this contract or subcontract, or the
consummation of this material supply agreement or purchase order, as appro-
priate, the bidder, Federal-aid construction contractor, subcontractor, material
supplier, or vendor, as appropriate, certifies that the firm does not maintain or
provide for its employees any segregated facilities at any of its establishments,
and that the firm does not permit its employees to perform their services at any
location, under its control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The firm
agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the EEO provisions of this
contract. The firm further certifies that no employee will be denied access to
adequate facilities on the basis of sex or disability.
b: -As used in this certification, the term "segregated facilities" means any waiting
rooms, work areas, restrooms and washrooms, restaurants and other eating
areas, timeclocks, locker rooms, and other storage or dressing areas, parking
lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and
housing facilities provided for employees which are segregated by explicit
directive, or are, in fact, segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, national
origin, age or disability, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise. The only
exception will be for the disabled when the demands for accessibility override
(e.g. disabled parking).
c. The contractor agrees that it has obtained or will obtain identical certification from
proposed subcontractors or material suppliers prior to award of subcontracts or
consummation of material supply agreements of $10,000 or more and that it will
retain such certifications in its files.
IV. PAYMENT OF PREDETERMINED MINIMUM WAGE
(Applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts exceeding $2,000 and to all
related subcontracts, except for projects located on roadways classified as local roads
or rural minor collectors, which are exempt.)
1. General:
a. All mechanics and laborers employed or working upon the site of the work
will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week and without
subsequent deduction or rebate on any account [except such payroll
deductions as are permitted by regulations (29 CFR 3) issued by the
Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (40 U.S.C. 276c)] the full
amounts of wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof)
due at time of payment. The payment shall be computed at wage rates not
less than those contained in the wage determination of the Secretary of
Labor (hereinafter "the wage determination"} which is attached hereto and
March 10, 1994 Page 7 of 24
Required Contract Provisions (FHWA-1273)
FHWA 1273.doc
made a part hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be
alleged to exist between the contractor or its subcontractors and such
laborers and mechanics. The wage determination (including any additional
classifications and wage rates conformed under paragraph 2 of this Section
1V and the DOL poster (WH-1321) or Form FHWA-1495) shall be posted at
all times by the contractor and its subcontractors at the site of the work in a
prominent and accessible place where it can be easily seen by the workers.
For the purpose of this Section, contributions made or costs reasonably
anticipated for, bona fide fringe benefits under Section 1(b)(2) of the Davis-
Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a) on behalf of laborers or mechanics are
considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provi-
sions of Section IV, paragraph 3b, hereof. Also, for the purpose of this
Section, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly
period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs,
which cover the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively
made or incurred during such weekly period. Such laborers and mechanics
shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage
determination for the classification of work actually performed, without regard
to skill, except as provided in paragraphs 4 and 5 of this Section IV.
b. Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may
be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time
actually worked therein, provided, that the employee's payroll records
accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is
performed.
c. All rulings and interpretations of the Davis-Bacon Act and related acts
contained in 29 CFR 1, 3, and 5 are herein incorporated by reference in this
contract.
2. Classification:
a. The SHA contracting officer shall require that any class of laborers or
mechanics employed under the contract, which is not listed in the wage
determination, shall be classified in conformance with the wage
determination.
b. The contracting officer shall approve an additional classification, wage rate
and fringe benefits only when the following criteria have been met:
(1) the work to be performed by the additional classification requested
is not performed by a classification in the wage determination;
(2) the additional classification is utilized in the area by the construction
industry;
(3) the proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits,
bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the
wage determination; and
March' 10, 1994. Page 8 of 24
Required. Contract Provisions (FHWA-1273)
FHWA 1273.doc
(4) with respect to helpers, when such a classification prevails in the
area in which the work is performed.
c. If the contractor or subcontractors, as appropriate, the laborers and
mechanics (if known) to be employed in the additional classification or their
representatives, and the contracting officer agree on the classification and
wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where
appropriate), a report of the action taken shall be sent by the contracting
officer to the DOL, Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division,
Employment Standards Administration, Washington, D.C. 20210. The Wage
and Hour Administrator, or an authorized representative, will approve,
modify, or disapprove every additional classification action within 30 days of
receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting
officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary.
d. In the event the contractor or subcontractors, as appropriate, the laborers or
mechanics to be employed in the additional classification or their representa-
tives, and the contracting officer do not agree on the proposed classification
and wage rate (including the amount designated -for fringe benefits, where
appropriate), the contracting officer shall refer the questions, including the
views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the contracting
officer, to the Wage and Hour Administrator for determination. Said Adminis-
trator, or an authorized representative, will issue a determination within 30
days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the
contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary
e. The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined
pursuant to paragraph 2c or 2d of this Section IV shall be paid to all workers
performing work in the additional classification from the first day on which
work is performed in the classification.
3. Payment of Fringe Benefits:.
a. Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of
laborers or mechanics. Includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an
hourly rate, the contractor or subcontractors, as appropriate, shall either pay
the benefit as stated in the wage determination or shall pay another bona
fide fringe benefit or an hourly case equivalent thereof.
b. If the contractor or subcontractor, as appropriate, does not make payments
to a trustee or other third person, he/she may consider as a part of the
wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably
anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program,
provided, that the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of
the contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis-Bacgn Act have
been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the contractor to set aside in
a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or
program.
March 10, 1994 Page 9 of 24
RegUired Contract Provisions (FHWA-1273)
FHWA 1273.doc
4. Apprentices and Trainees (Programs of the U.S. DOL) and Helpers:
a. Apprentices:
(1) Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined
rate for the work they performed when they are employed pursuant
to and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program
registered with the DOL, Employment and Training Administration,
Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or with a State
apprenticeship agency recognized by the Bureau, or if a person is
employed in his/her first 90 days of probationary employment as an
apprentice in such an apprenticeship program, who Is not
individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by
the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training or a State apprenticeship
agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary
employment as an apprentice.
(2) The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeyman-level employees
on the job site in any craft classification shall not be greater than the
ratio permitted to the contractor as to the entire work force under the
registered program. Any employee listed on a payroll at an
apprentice wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed
as stated above, shall be paid not less than the 'applicable wage
rate listed in the wage determination for the classification of work
actually performed. In addition, any apprentice performing work on
the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered
program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the
wage determination for the work actually performed. Where a
contractor or subcontractor is performing construction on a project
in a locality other than that in which its program is registered, the
ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the
journeyman-level hourly rate) specified in the contractor's or
subcontractor's registered program shall be observed.
(3) Every apprentice must be paid at not less than the rate specified in
the registered program for the apprentice's level of progress,
expressed as a percentage of the journeyman-level hourly rate
specified in the applicable wage determination. Apprentices shall
be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the
apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship program does not
specify fringe benefits, apprentices must be paid the full amount of
fringe benefits listed on the wage determination for the applicable
classification. If the Administrator for the Wage and Hour Division
determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable
apprentice classification, fringes shall be paid in accordance with
that determination. '
(4) In the event the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or a State
apprenticeship agency recognized by the Bureau, withdraws
approval of an apprenticeship program, the contractor or
subcontractor will no longer be permitted to utilize apprentices at
March 10, 1994 Page 10 of 24
Required Contract Provisions (FHWA-1273)
FHWA 1273.doC
less than the applicable predetermined rate for the comparable work
performed by regular employees until an acceptable program is
approved.
b. Trainees:
(1) Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16, trainees will not be
permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work
performed unless they are employed pursuant to and individually
registered in a program which has received prior approval,
evidenced by formal certification by the DOL, Employment and
Training Administration.
(2) The ratio of trainees to journeyman-level employees on the job
site shall not be greater than permitted under the plan approved by
the Employment and Training Administration. Any employee listed
on the payroll at a trainee rate who is not registered and
participating in a training plan approved by the Employment and
Training Administration shall be paid not'less than the applicable
wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work
actually performed. In addition, any trainee performing work on the
job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered
program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the
wage determination for the work actually performed.
(3) Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in
the approved program for his/her level of progress, expressed as a
percentage of the journeyman-level hourly rate specified in the
applicable wage determination. Trainees shall be paid fringe
benefits in accordance with the provisions of the trainee program. If
the trainee program does not mention fringe benefits, trainees shall
be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed. on the wage
determination unless the Administrator of the Wage and Hour
Division determines that there is an apprenticeship program
associated with the corresponding journeyman-level wage rate on
the wage determination which provides for.less than full fringe
benefits for apprentices, in which case such trainees shall receive
the same fringe benefits as apprentices.
(4) In the event the Employment and Training Administration
withdraws approval of a training program, the contractor or
subcontractor will no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less
than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until
an acceptable program is approved.
c. Helpers:
Helpers will be permitted to work on a project If the helper classification is
specified- and defined on the applicable wage determination or is approved
pursuant to the conformance procedure set forth in Section IV.2. Any worker
listed on a payroll at a helper wage rate, who is .not a. helper under an approved,
Mare 16, 1994 Page-1 1 of 24
Required Contract Provisions (FHWA-1273)
FHWA 1273400
definition, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage
determination for the classification of work actually performed.
5. Apprentices and Trainees (Programs of the U.S. DOT):
Apprentices and trainees working under apprenticeship and skill training
programs which have been certified by the Secretary of Transportation as
promoting EEO in connection with Federal-aid highway construction programs
are not subject to the requirements of paragraph 4 of this Section IV. The straight
time hourly wage rates for apprentices and trainees under such programs will be
established by the particular programs, The ratio of apprentices and trainees to
journeymen shall not be greater than permitted by the terms of the particular
program,
6. Withholding:
The SHA shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized
representative of the DOL withhold, or cause to be withheld, from the contractor
or subcontractor under this contract or any other Federal contract with the same
prime contractor,. or any other Federally-assisted contract subject to Davis-Bacon
prevailing wage requirements which is held by the same prime contractor, as
much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to
pay laborers and mechanics, including apprentices, trainees, and helpers,
employed by the contractor or any subcontractor the full amount of wages
required by the contract. In the event of failure to pay any laborer or mechanic,
including any apprentice, trainee, or helper, employed or working on the site of
the work, all or part of the wages required by the contract, the SHA contracting
officer may, after written notice to the contractor, take such action as may be
necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or
guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased.
7. Overtime Requirements:
No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which
may require or involve the employment of laborers, mechanics, watchmen, or
.guards (including apprentices, trainees, and helpers described in paragraphs 4
and 5 above) shall require or permit any laborer, mechanic, watchman, or guard
in any workweek in which he/she is employed on such work, to work in excess of
40 hours in such workweek unless such laborer, mechanic, watchman, or guard
receives compensation at a rate not less than one-and-one-half times his/her
basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of 40 hours in such workweek.
8. Violation:
Liability for Unpaid Wages; Liquidated Damages: In the event of any violation of
the clause set forth in paragraph 7 above, the contractor and any subcontractor
responsible thereof shall be liable to the affected employee for his/her unpaid
wages. In- addition, such contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to 'the
United States (in the case of work done under contract for the District of Columbia .
or a territory, to such District or to such territory) for liquidated damages. Such
liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer,
March 10. 1994 Page 12 of 24
Required Contract Provisions (FHWA-1273)
FHWA i278.doc
mechanic, watchman, or guard employed in violation of the clause set forth in
paragraph 7, in the sum of $10 for each calendar day on which such employee
was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard work week of 40
hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in
paragraph 7.
9. Withholding for Unpaid Wages and Liquidated Damages:
The SHA shall upon its own action or upon written request of any authorized
representative of the DOL withhold, or cause to be withheld, from any monies
payable on account of work performed by the contractor or subcontractor under
any such contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor,
or any other Federally-assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and
Safety Standards Act, which is held by the same prime contractor, such sums as
may be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such contractor or
subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in the clause
set forth in paragraph 8 above.
V. STATEMENTS AND PAYROLLS
(Applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts exceeding $2,000 and to all
related subcontracts, except for projects located on roadways classified as local roads
or rural collectors, which are exempt.)
1. Compliance with Copeland Regulations (29 CFR 3):
The contractor shall comply with the Copeland Regulations of the Secretary of
Labor which are herein incorporated by reference.
2. Payrolls and Payroll Records:
a. Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be maintained by the
contractor and each subcontractor during the course of the work and
preserved for a period of 3 years, from the date of completion of the contract
for all laborers, mechanics, apprentices, trainees, watchmen, helpers, and:
guards working at the site of the work.
b. The payroll records shall contain the name, social, security number, and
address of each such employee; his or her correct classification; hourly rates
of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona
fide fringe benefits or cash equivalent thereof the types described in Section
1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis Bacon Act); daily and weekly number of hours
worked; deductions made; and actual wages paid.- In addition, for
Appalachian contracts, the payroll records shall contain a notation indicating
whether the employee does, or does not, normally reside in the labor area as
defined in Attachment A, paragraph 1. Whenever the Secretary of Labor,
pursuant to Section IV, paragraph 3b, has found that the wages of any
laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated
in providing benefits under a plan or program described in Section 1(b)(2)(B)
of the Davis Bacon Act, the contractor and each subcontractor shall maintain
records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is
March 10, 1994 Page 13 of 24
Required. Contract Provisions (FHWA-1273)
FHWA 1273.dvc
enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, that the plan
or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics
affected, and show the cost anticipated or the actual cost incurred in
providing benefits. Contractors or subcontractors employing apprentices or
trainees under approved programs shall maintain written evidence of the
registration -of apprentices and trainees, and ratios and wage rates
prescribed in the applicable programs.
c. Each contractor and, subcontractor shall furnish, each week in which any
contract work is performed, to the SHA resident engineer a payroll of wages
paid each of its employees (including apprentices, trainees, and helpers,
described in Section IV, paragraphs 4 and 5, and watchmen and guards
engaged on work during the preceding weekly payroll period). The payroll
submitted shall set out accurately and completely all of the information
required to be maintained under paragraph 2b of this Section V. This
information may be submitted in any form desired. Optional Form WH-347 is
available for this purpose and may be purchased from the Superintendent of
Documents (Federal stock number 029-005-0014-1), U.S. Government
Printing Office, Washington, D.C.. 20402. The prime contractor is
responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors.
d. Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a "Statement of
Compliance," signed by the contractor or subcontractor or his/her agent who
pays or supervises the payment of the persons employed under the contract
and shall certify the following:
(1) that the payroll for the payroll period contains the information
required to be maintained under paragraph 2b of this Section V and
that such information is correct and complete;
(2) that such laborer or mechanic (including each helper, apprentice,
and trainee) employed on the contract during the payroll period. has
been paid the full weekly wages earned, without rebate, either
directly or indirectly, and that no deductions have been made either.
directly or indirectly from the full wages earned, other than
permissible deductions as set forth in the Regulations, 29 CFR 3;
(3) that each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less that the
applicable wage rate and fringe benefits or cash equivalent for the
classification of worked performed, as specified in the applicable
wage determination incorporated into the contract.
e. The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the
reverse side of Optional Form WH-347 shall satisfy the requirement for
submission of the "Statement of Compliance" required by paragraph 2d of
this Section V.
The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the contractor
to civil or criminal prosecution under 18 .U.S.C. 1001 and 31 U.S.C. 231.
March 10, 1994 Page 14 of 24
Required Contract Provisions (FHWA-1273)
FHWA 1273.doo
g. The contractor or subcontractor shall make the records required under
paragraph 2b of this Section V available for inspection, copying, or
transcription by authorized representatives of the SHA, the FHWA, or the
DOL, and shall permit such representatives to interview employees during
working hours on the . job. If the contractor or subcontractor fails to submit
the required records or to make them available, the SHA, the FHWA, the
DOL, or all may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant, or
owner, take such actions as may be necessary to cause the suspension of
any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to
submit the required records upon request or to make such records available
may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR 5.12.
VI. RECORD OF MATERIALS, SUPPLIES, AND LABOR
1_ In all Federal-aid contracts on the National Highway System, except those which
provide solely for the installation of protective devices at railroad grade crossings,
those which are constructed on a force account or direct labor basis, highway
beautification contracts, and contracts for which the total final construction cost
for roadway and bridge is less than $1,000,000 (23 CFR 635) the contractor shall:
a. Become familiarwith the list of specific materials and supplies contained in
Form FHWA-47, "Statement, of Materials and Labor Used by Contractor of
Highway Construction Involving Federal Funds," prior to the commencement
of work under this contract.
b. Maintain a record of the total cost of all materials and supplies purchased for
and incorporated in the work, and also of the quantities of those specific
materials and supplies listed on Form FHWA-47, and in the units shown on
Form FHWA-47. '
c. Furnish, upon the completion of the contract, to the SHA resident engineer
on Form FHWA-47 together with the data required in paragraph 1 b relative
to materials and supplies, a final labor summary of all contract work
indicating the total hours worked and the total amount earned.
2. At the prime contractor's option, either a single report covering all
contract work or separate reports for the contractor and for each
subcontract shall be submitted. .
VII. SUBLETTING OR ASSIGNING THE CONTRACT
1. The.contractor shall perform with its own organization contract work amounting to
not less than 30 percent (or a greater percentage if specified elsewhere in the
contract) of the total original contract price, excluding any specialty items
designated by the State. Specialty items may be performed by subcontract and
the amount of any such specialty items performed may be deducted from the total
original contract price before computing the amount of work required to be
performed by the contractor's own organization (23 CFR 635). -
a. "Its own organization" shall be construed to include only workers
employed and paid directly by the prime contractor and equipment
March 10, 1994 Page 15 of 24
Required Contract Provisions (FHWA-1273)
FHWA 1M.doa
owned or rented by the prime contractor, with or without operators. Such
term does not include employees or equipment of a subcontractor,
assignee, or agent of the prime contractor.
b. "Specialty Items" shall be construed to be limited to work that requires
highly specialized knowledge, abilities, or equipment not ordinarily
available in the type of contracting organizations qualified and expected
to bid on the contract as a whole and in general are to be limited to minor
components of the overall contract.
2. The contract amount upon which the requirements set forth. in paragraph 1 of
Section VII is computed includes the cost of material and manufactured products
which are to be purchased or produced by the contractor under the contract
provisions.
3. The contractor shall furnish (a) a competent superintendent or supervisor who is
employed by the firm, has full authority to direct performance of the work in
accordance with the contract requirements, and is in charge of all construction
operations (regardless of who performs the work) and (b). such other of its own
organizational resources (supervision, management, and engineering services)
as the SHA contracting officer determines is necessary to assure the
performance of the contract.
4. No portion of the contract shall be sublet, assigned or otherwise disposed of
except with the written consent of the SHA contracting officer, or authorized
representative, and such consent when given shall not be construed to relieve the
contractor of any responsibility for the fulfillment of the contract. Written consent
will be.given only after the SHA has assured that each subcontract is evidenced
in writing and that it contains all pertinent provisions and requirements of the
prime contract.
VIII. SAFETY: ACCIDENT PREVENTION
In the performance of this contract the contractor shall comply with all applicable
Federal, State, and local laws governing safety, health, and sanitation (23 CFR
635). The contractor shall provide all safeguards, safety devices and protective
equipment and take any other needed actions as it determines, or as the SHA
contracting officer may determine, to be reasonably necessary to protect the'life
and health of employees on the job and the safety of the public and to protect
property in connection with the performance of the work covered by the contract.
2. It is a condition of this contract, and shall be made a condition of each
subcontract, which the contractor enters into pursuant to this contract, that the
contractor and any subcontractor shall not permit any employee, in performance
of the contract, to work in surroundings or under conditions which are unsanitary,
hazardous or dangerous to his/her health or safety, as determined under
construction safety and health standards (29 CFR 1926) promulgated by the
Secretary of Labor, in accordance with Section 107 of the Contract Work Hours
and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 333).
Mardi 10, 1994 Page 16 of 24
Required Contract Provisions (FHWA-1273)
FHWA 1273.doc
3. Pursuant to 29 CFR 1926.3, it is a condition of this contract that the Secretary of
Labor or authorized representative thereof, shall have right of entry to any site of
contract performance to inspect or investigate the matter of compliance with the
construction safety and health standards and to carry out the duties of the
Secretary under Section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards
Act (40 U.S.C. 333).
IX. FALSE STATEMENTS CONCERNING HIGHWAY PROJECTS
In order to assure high quality and durable construction in conformity with approved
plans and specifications and a high degree of reliability on statements and
representations made by engineers, contractors, suppliers, and workers on Federal-
aid highway projects, it is essential that all persons concerned with the project
perform their functions as carefully, thoroughly, and honestly as possible. Willful
falsification, distortion, or misrepresentation with respect to any facts related to the
project is a violation of Federal law. To prevent any misunderstanding regarding the
seriousness of these and similar acts, the following notice shall be posted on each
Federal-aid highway project (23 CFR 635) in one or more places where it is readily
available to all persons concerned with the project:
NOTICE TO ALL PERSONNEL ENGAGED ON FEDERAL-AID HIGHWAY PROJECTS
18 U.S.G. 1020 reads as follows:
"Whoever, being an officer, agent, or employee of the United States, or of any State or
Territory, or whoever, whether a person, association, firm, or corporation, knowingly makes
any false statement, false representation, or false report as to the character, quality,
quantity, or cost of the material used or to be used, or the quantity or quality of the work
performed or to be performed, or the cost thereof in connection with the submission of
plans, maps, specifications, contracts, or costs of construction on any highway or related
project submitted for approval to the Secretary of Transportation; or
Whoever knowingly makes any false statement, false representation, false report or false
claim with respect to the character, quality, quantity, or cost of any work performed or to be
performed, or materials fumished or to be fumished, in connection with the construction of
any highway or related project approved by the Secretary of Transportation; or
Whoever knowingly makes any false statement or false representation as to material fact in
any statement,, certificate, or report submitted pursuant to provisions of the Federal-aid
Roads Act approved July 1, 9996, (39 Stat. 355), as amended and supplemented;
Shall be fined not more that $90, 000 or imprisoned not more than 5 years or both."
X. IMPLEMENTATION OF CLEAN AIR ACT AND FEDERAL WATER POLLUTION
CONTROL ACT
(Applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and to all related subcontracts.of
$10.0,000 or more.)
March 10, 1994 Page 17 of 24
Required Contract Provisions (FHWA-1273)
FHWA 1273.doc
By submission of this bid or the execution of this contract, or subcontract, as
appropriate, the bidder, Federal-aid construction contractor, or subcontractor, as
appropriate, will be deemed to have stipulated as follows:
1. That any facility that is or will be utilized in the performance of this contract,
unless such contract is exempt under the Clean Air Act, as amended (42 U.S.C.
1857 et sea., as amended by Pub.L. 91-604), and under the Federal Water
Pollution Control Act, as amended (33 U.S.C: 1251 et seg., as amended by
Pub.L. 92-500), Executive Order 11738, and regulations in implementation
thereof (40 CFR 15) is not listed, on the date of contract award, on the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) List of Violating Facilities pursuant to 40
CFR 15.20.
2. That the firm agrees to comply and remain in compliance with all the
requirements of Section 114 of the Clean Air Act and Section 308 of the Federal
Water Pollution Control Act and all regulations and guidelines listed thereunder.
3. That the firm shall promptly notify the SHA of the receipt of any communication
from the Director, Office of Federal Activities, EPA, indicating that a facility that is
or will be utilized for the contract is under consideration to be listed on the EPA
List of Violating Facilities.
4. That the firm agrees to include or cause to be included the requirements of
paragraph 1 through 4 of this Section X in every nonexempt subcontract, and
further agrees to take such action as the government may direct as a means of
enforcing such requirements.
XI. CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION, INELIGIBILITY AND
VOLUNTARY EXCLUSION
1.. Instructions for Certification -Primary Covered Transactions:
(Applicable to all Federal-aid contracts - 49 CFR 29)
a. By signing and .submitting this proposal, the prospective primary participant
is providing the certification set out below.
b. The inability of a person to provide the certification set out below will not
necessarily result in denial of participation in this covered transaction. The
prospective participant shall submit an explanation of why it cannot provide
the certification set out below. - The certification or explanation will be
considered in connection with the department or agency's determination
whether to enter into this transaction. However, failure of the prospective
primary participant to fumish a certification or an explanation shall disqualify
such a person from participation in this transaction.
c. The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact upon which
reliance was placed when the department or'agency, determined to enter into
this transaction. If it is later determined that the prospective primary
participant knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other
remedies available to the Federal Government, the department or agency
may terminate this. transaction for cause of default. .
March 10, 1994 Page 18 of 24
Required Contract Provisions (FHWA 1273)
FHWA 1279.doc
d. The prospective primary participant shall provide immediate written notice to
the department or agency to whom this proposal is submitted,if any time the
prospective primary participant learns that its certification was erroneous
when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed
circumstances.
e. The terms "covered transaction," "debarred," "suspended," "ineligible,"
".lower tier covered transaction," "participant," "person," "primary covered
transaction," "principal," "proposal," and "voluntarily excluded," as used in
this clause, have the meanings set out in the Definitions and Coverage
sections of rules implementing Executive Order 12549. You may contact the
department or agency to which this proposal is submitted for assistance in
obtaining a copy of those regulations.
f. The prospective primary participant agrees by submitting this proposal that,
should the proposed , covered transaction be entered into, it shall not
knowingly enter into any lower tier covered transaction with a person who is
debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from
participation in this covered transaction, unless authorized by the department
or agency entering into this transaction.
g. The prospective primary participant further agrees by submitting this
proposal that it will include the clause titled "Certification Regarding
Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion-Lower Tier
Covered Transaction," provided by the department or agency entering into
this covered transaction, without modification, in all lower tier covered
transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier covered transactions.
h. A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a certification of a
.prospective participant in a lower tier covered transaction that is not de-
barred, suspended, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from the covered
transaction, unless it knows that the certification is erroneous. A participant
may decide the method and frequency by which it determines the eligibility of
its principals. Each participant may, but Is not required to, check the
nonprocurement portion of the "Lists of Parties Excluded From Federal
Procurement or Nonprocurement Programs" (Nonprocurement List) which is
compiled by the General Services Administration.
Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require
establishment of a system of records in order to render in good faith the
certification required by this clause. The knowledge and information of
participant is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a
prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings.
j. Except for transactions authorized under paragraph f of these instructions, if
a participant in a covered transaction knowingly enters into a lower tier
covered transaction with a person who is suspended, debarred, ineligible, or
voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction, in addition to other
remedies available to the Federal Government, the department or agency
may terminate this transaction for cause or default.
March 10, 1994 Page 19 of 24
Required Contract Provisions (FHWA-1273)
FHWA IZT3.doc
eta*xx
Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary
Exclusion--Primary Covered Transactions
1. The prospective primary participant certifies to the best of its knowledge and
belief, that it and its principals:
a_ Are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared
ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from covered transactions by any Federal
department or agency;
b. Have not within a 3-year period preceding this proposal been convicted of or
had a civil judgement rendered against them for commission of fraud or a
criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or
performing a public (Federal, State or local) transaction or contract under a
public transaction; violation of Federal or State antitrust statutes or
commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or
destruction of records, malting false statements, or receiving stolen property;
c. Are not presently indicted for or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a
governmental entity (Federal, State or local) with commission of any of the
offenses enumerated in paragraph 1b of this certification;'and
d. Have not within a 3-year period preceding this application/proposal had one
or more public transactions (Federal, State or local) terminated for cause or
default.
2. Where the prospective primary participant is unable to certify to any of the
statements in this certification, such prospective participant shall attach an
explanation to this proposal.
xx**?
2. Instructions for Certification - lower Tier Covered Transactions:
(Applicable to all subcontracts, purchase orders and other lower tier transactions
of $25,000 or more - 49 CFR 29)
a. By signing and submitting this proposal, the prospective lower tier is
providing the certification set out below.
b. The certification, in this clause is a material representation. of fact upon. which
reliance was placed when this transaction was entered into. If it is later
determined that the prospective lower tier participant knowingly rendered an
erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal
Government, the department, or agency with which this transaction
March 10, 1994 Page 20 of 24
Required Contract Provisions (FHWA-1273)
FHM 1278.doc
originated may pursue available remedies, including suspension and/or
debarment.
c. The prospective lower tier participant shall provide immediate written notice
to the person to which this proposal is submitted if at any time the prospec-
tive lower tier participant learns that its certification was erroneous by reason
of changed circumstances.
d. The terms "covered transaction," "debarred," "suspended," "ineligible,"
"primary covered transaction," "participant," "person," "principal," "proposal,"
and "voluntarily excluded," as used in this clause, have the meanings set out
in the Definitions and Coverage sections of rules implementing Executive
Order 12549. You may contact the person to which this proposal is
submitted for assistance in obtaining a copy of those regulations.
e. The prospective lower tier participant agrees by submitting this proposal that,
should the proposed covered transaction be entered into, it shall not
knowingly enter into any lower tier covered transaction with a person who is
debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from
participation in this covered transaction, unless authorized by the department
or agency with which this transaction originated.
f. The prospective lower tier participant further agrees by submitting this
proposal that it will include this clause titled "Certification Regarding
Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion-Lower Tier
Covered Transaction," without, modification, in all lower tier covered
transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier covered transactions.
g. A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a certification of a
prospective participant in a lower tier covered transaction that is not de-
barred, suspended, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from the covered
transaction, unless it knows that the certification is erroneous. A participant
may decide the method and frequency by which it determines the eligibility of
its principals. Each participant may, but is not required to, check the
Nonprocurement List.
h. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require
establishment of a system of records in order to render in good faith the
certification required by this clause. The knowledge and information of
participant is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a
prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings.
i. Except for transactions authorized, under paragraph a of these instructions, if
a participant in a covered transaction knowingly enters into a lower tier
covered transaction with a person who is suspended, debarred, ineligible, or
voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction, in addition to other
remedies available to the Federal Government, the department or agency
with which this transaction originated may pursue available remedies,
including suspension and/or debarment.
March 10. 1994 Page 21 of 24
Required Contract Provisions (FHWA-1273)
FHWA 1273.doc
x?rx+rx
Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary
Exclusion--Lower Tier Covered Transactions:
1. The prospective lower tier participant certifies, by submission of this proposal,
that neither it nor its principals is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for
debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this
transaction by any Federal department or agency.
2. Where the prospective lower tier participant is unable to certify to any of the
statements in this certification, such prospective participant shall attach an
explanation to this proposal.
XII. CERTIFICATION REGARDING USE OF CONTRACT FUNDS FOR LOBBYING
(Applicable to all Federal-aid construction contracts and to all related subcontracts which
exceed $100,000 - 49 CFR 20)
The prospective participant certifies, by signing and submitting this bid or
proposal, to the best of his or her knowledge and belief, that:
a. No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on
behalf of the undersigned, to any person for influencing or attempting to
influence an officer or employee of any Federal agency, a Member of
Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member
of Congress in, connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the
making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering
into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal,
amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or coopera-
tive agreement.
.b. If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be
paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or
employee of any Federal agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or
employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in
connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement,
the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form-LLL, "Disclosure
Form to Report Lobbying," in accordance with its instructions.
2. This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance Was
placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this
certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed
by 31 U.S.C. 1352. Any .person who falls to file the required certification shall be
subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for
each such failure.
March 10, 1994 Page 22 of 24
Required Contract Provisions (FHWA-1273)
FHWA 1273.doo
3. The prospective participant also agrees by submitting his or her bid or proposal
that he or she shall require that the language of this certification be included in all
lower tier subcontracts, which exceed $100,000 and that all such recipients shall
certify and disclose accordingly.
March 10, 1994 Page 23 of 24
Required Contract Provisions (FHWA 1273)
FHWA 1273_dw
NOTICE TO ALL BIDDERS
To report bid'rigging activities call:
1800-424-9071
the U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT), operates
the above toll-free "hotline" Monday through Friday, 8:00
a.m. to 5:00 p.m., eastern time. anyone with knowledge
of possible bid rigging, bidder collusion, or other
fraudulent activities should use the "Hotline" to report
such activities.
The "hotline" is part of the DOTS continuing effort to
identify and investigate highway construction contract
fraud and abuse and is operated under the direction of
the DOT Inspector General. All information will be
treated confidentially and caller anonymity will be
respected.
March 10, 1994 Page 24 of 24
Required Contract Provisions (FHWA-1273)
FHWA 1273.doc
Appendix D
REPORT OF THE
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION
BEACH CONNECTOR TO DRUID TRAIL .
CLEARWATER, FLORIDA
Driggers Engineering Services Incorporated
OR I G G E R S ENGINEER I NO SERVICES I N CORPORATE D
Geotechnical Engineering & Construction Materials Testing
July 23, 2007
Wade Trim, Inc.
8745 Henderson Road
Suite 22.0
Tampa, Florida 33634
Attention: Mr. Gregory S. Trim, P.E.
RE: Report of the Geotechnical Investigation
-1 Beach Connector to Druid Trail
J Clearwater, Florida
Our File: DES 015311
Dear Greg:
Pursuant to your authorization, DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES, INC. has
completed the geotechnical investigation for the subject project. Presented herein are the results of
our field and laboratory studies together with geotechnical recommendations. Our report on the
Druid Trail portion of the project was previously submitted to you on August 22, 2005.
INTRODUCTION AND PROJECT DESCRIPTION
The Beach Connector segment of the project will involve construction of a bicycle trail
beginning at Turner Street where it joins the Pinellas Trail, and running westward along Turner
Street to Bay Avenue and north along Bay Avenue to the Memorial Causeway. The trail will run
westward along the Causeway and connect to the-Trail Approach from Clearwater Beach: We
understand that as with the Druid Trail, construction will incorporate 1.5 inches of asphaltic
concrete, 8 inches of crushed concrete base and 9 inches of subgrade stabilized to a minimum LBR
of 40.
Sarasota Clearwater Tampa
-ry Phone: 941.371.3949 12220 49th Street North • Clearwater. Florlda 33762 Phone! 813.948.6027
Fax: 941.371.8962 Phone: 727.571.1313 • Fax: 727.572.4090 Fax: 813.948.7645
saroffice@driggers-eng.com clwoffice@drigger"ng.com tpaofflce@drlggers-eng.com
i
.I.
2
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGA ON PROGRAM
FMLD INVESTIGATION, -The field investigation consisted ofa series offifteen (15) classification
1 borings (13H-1 through BH-15) along the trail alignment, In addition, five (5) cores ofthe existing asphaltic
concrete pavement (BC-1 through BC-5) were obtained at locations where the trail will join existing
pavements or where existing pavements will be removed.
J The classification borings were conducted utilizing hand auger equipment wherein the soils were
classified virtually continuously from existing grade to termination at a nominal depth of 6 feet.' The
k appended logs also reflect the approximate station and offset based upon the stationing on the plans
provided to us. Note that the boring locations were located in the field by our geotechnician utilizing
features identified on the plan provided to us and accordingly, the locations on the logs are considered
approximate.
At the core locations, pavement constituent thicknesses were measured and ahand augerboring
was advanced below the base course to identify the subgrade soil type. Upon completion of the field
testing, the holes were backfilled and core holes were patched with an asphalt cold patch.
LABORATORY TESTING - Laboratory classification tests were conducted to aid in characterizing
the engineeringpropeWes ofthe subsurface soils. Ourlaboratorytests included grainsize analyses together.
with Atterberg limits determinations and organic content tests on selected specimens. The results of the
laboratory tests are included in the report attachments.
Limerock Bearing Ratio (LBR) testing was also performed on a sample of subgrade soils obtained
from along the Memorial Causeway. Results of the LBR test are also included in the report attachments.
GENERALIZED SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS
Pavement Cores - Cores ofthe existing asphaltic concrete pavement indicate asphalt thicknesses ranging
from about 1.0 to 6.9 inches, with the 6.0-inch asphalt measured along Turner Street. An 8-0 inch thick
limerock base course was measured at core location BC-4, located on Bay Avenue, near Pierce
-? Boulevard. At the remaining core locations along the existing walks, the asphalt was directly above a shelly
•..l fine sand.
11
Driggers Engineering Services Incorporated
3
$oil Conditions - In general, the subgrade soils encountered along Turner Street and BayAvenue portion
ofthe alignment consisted ofpredommantly sandy soils with minimal to some silt, clay and organic fines and
occasional shell fragments. These soils generally comprised the A-3 AASHTO Soil Classification. An
exception was noted at boring location BH-14 at approximate Station 195+46 on Turner Street where a
pocket of high plasticityclay (A-7-6 soils) was penetrated between about 2 and 3 feet beneath present
grade. Along the Memorial Causeway, soils consisted principally of shellyfine sands with some interbedded
seams and pockets ofsiltyto clayey fine sand, clay and occasional organics. The sandysubgrade soils in
the roadway classification borings are typicallynonplastic. The clays encountered exhibitedhigh plasticity
characteristics.
Groundwater - The depth at which groundwater was recorded during the course ofour studies is noted
on each respective boring log. Groundwater was typically not evidenced within the nominal 6 foot
completion depth oftheborings conducted along Turner Street and BayAvenue. Along the Causeway,
? depths to groundwatervariedfrorn 1,6 to 5.7 feetbelow existing grade. Our field studies were conducted
r...?
early in the typical wet season. Considering the antecedent rainfall and the existing development and
j... drainage along the roadways, normal seasonal high groundwaterlevels wouldprobably occurbelow a
depth of 6 feet along Turner and Bay and close to the measured levels along the Causeway where
groundwater levels are tidally influenced.
GEOTECHNXCAL EVALUATION AND RECO NDA ONS
PAVEMMI: DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
Suite ' ' of Sub de Soils -Our geotechnical investigation has identified the presence
of existing subgrade soils that are generally suitable for support ofthe planned pavement
structure with proper subgrade preparation. Subgrade preparation will necessitate stripping
of surface vegetation and any organic topsoil, where present, followed byproof-rolling and
compaction of the subgrade prior to the placement of any additional fill materials needed
to establish the design subgrade elevation. Embankmentfill shouldbe an inorganic granular
material comprising the A-3 to A-2-4 AASHTO classifications. Subgrade preparation
and compaction shall conform to requirements set forth in the FDOT Standard
l Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (latest edition).
{T?
i
Origgers Engineering Services Incorporated
_J
In localized areas, soils with some organic content were evidenced. It appears, however,
that the organic content is generally low and less than about 5 percent, by weight.
However, soils with an elevated organic content of 9.1 percent werepenetratedbetween
about 0.5 and 1.4 feet: This organic seam and any additional isolated soils with excessive
organic content which may be identified during construction should be removed in
accordance with FDOT Standard Specification Index Sheet No. 500.
1. '1
Isolated seams and pockets of clay in the subgrade soils should generally not be
detrimental, considering the anticipated verylight traffic loads on the trail. However, any
soft and yielding areas which may be identified during the proofrolling and subgrade
' compaction should be undercut and replaced with suitable, granular backfill.
Construction Considerations -The subgrade soils identifiedbytheprogram ofborings
generally consist of predominantly sandy soils comprising the A-3 AASHTO Soil
Classification. These soils exhbitnegligibletolowplasticityandwill respond favorablytD,
vibratory compaction. The soils will require appropriate adjustment in moisture contents
to achieve required compaction. It is recommended that moisture contents in all soils be
controlled to within t2% of the optimum moisture content as established by the Modified
Proctor moisture density relationship of AASHTO T-180. Based upon results of the
exploratoryborings and the preliminaryLBR Nesting, the existing fine sand subgrade soils,
particularly along Turner Street and Bay Avenue will likely require the addition of a
stabilizingmixWm to achieve a nmmum LBR of40. The sands with sufficient shell content
may have LBR values of40 or more. Therefore, subgrade soils along the alignment will
require evaluation during the early phase of construction in order to check bearing
characteristics and stabilizing requirements.
4
LIMITATIONS - The geotechnical investigation herein was conducted to develop generalized
information with respect to subsurface soil and groundwater conditions for design ofthe planned facilities.
Our investigation was conducted in accordance with generallyaccepted geotechnicai engineering practice
with resTectto the contemplated construction. Our studies may not have included development of all
?. information that maybe required bythe prospective contractor in the preparation ofhis bidproposal. The
contractor is certainly encouraged to conduct such additional studies as he may deem necessaryto qualify
his bid proposal.
Driggers Engineering Services Incorporated
5
There is always the potential that conditions could be encountered that may not have been
evidenced by the general program ofgeotechnical investigation. Accordingly, careful inspection during
earthwork operations will clearlybe wamanted so that geotechnical decisions can be made with respect
to subgrade preparation requirements. Therefore, we would certainly encourage the involvement ofa
representative ofthe project geotechnical engineer especially during the subgrade preparation phase ofthe
project.
DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES, INC appreciates the opportunity to be of service
to you and we trust, ifyou have any questi ons concerning our report, you will not hesitate to contact this
office at your convenience.
Respectfully submitted,
DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES, INC.
7-23.07
Ni olas T. Korecki, P.E.
Senior Geotechnical Engineer.
FL Registration No. 45529
r
i -?
I
NTK:cmc
NTK/REP/0453 l ] a
Copies Submitted: (3)
Origgers Engineering Services Incorporated
APPENDIX
VIAND AUGER BORING LOGS
PAVEMENT CORE LOGS
SUIVIlVIARY OF LABORATORY TEST. RESULTS
GRAINSIZE DISTRIBUTION CURVES
LIMEROCK BEARING RATIO TEST
Origgers Engineering Services Incorporated
HAND AUGER BORING LOGS
Driggers Engineering Services Incorporated
L?
FJ
DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED
NAND AUGER BORING LOG
PROJECT:
Beach Connector to the Druid Trail CLIENT:
W Inc.
Clearwater, Florida
Pro ect No.: DES 045311 WATER TABLE: DATE:
1.6' 6115107
TECHNICIAN:
J.F./G.C. DATE:
6/15/07 COMPLETION DEPTH:
6.0'
LOCATION:
See " e rke TEST NUMBER:
BH-1
??'
DESCRIPTION
D(F) PTH O
H
REMARKS
wn sli
htl
ilt
Fine SAND
B 9+/-'
Surface Elevation: +3
g
y s
y
ro
with roots (SP-SM) (A-3) bt?i
y
y .
, Location: Memorial Causeway;
31+00; On Baseline Construction
Sta
ht brow
d brown l=ine SAND
Li = .
3 g
n an
with trace of shell and rock fragments
(SP) (A-3)
1 a?
?,
'q
Brownish-gray Fine SAND
with shell fragments (SP) (A-3)
2 2 ?
7'
:
t7
t
1 3
:?• rr
0 4
.r?rr
e SAND
B
i
h-
silt
cla
e
Fi
o
wn
s
gray
y,
y
y
n
r
with shell fragments (SM-SC) (A•2-6)
-1 5
-2
6
-3 7
I H
HAND AUGER BORING IAG
PROJECT:
Beach Connector to the Druid Trail CLIENT:
ad m Inc.
Clearwater, Florida
P ect No.: DES 045311 WATER TABLE: DATE.
3.1' 6/15/07
TECHNICIAN:
J.F .C. DATE:
611ml- COMPLETION DEPTH:
6.0'
LOCATION:
See "Remarks' TEST NUMBER:
13_
tEL". DESCRIPTION D PTH p
g
U) REMARKS
Grayish-brown Fine SAND .4'.v:
• Surface Elevation: Unknown
with shell fragments (SP) (A-3) ; ?q; q
Location: Memorial Causeway,
36-x00; Offset 3' Left
Sta
.
- q. .
of Baseline Construction
Light brownish-gray Fine SAND
With shell fragments (SP) (A-3)
. •4: sue.
Light brown and grayish-brown Fine SAND 2
with shell fragments (SP) (A-3)
Tan Fine SAND with shell fragments •.xy:b
(SP) (A-3)
r3:v
Light brownish-gray Fine SAND 3
with shell fragments (SP) (A-3)
4 tr:d
.q:v•
tI :17:
. • y: v
fit: v=
g v ?v =
- vi v
ST :Y.
V:
6
7
DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED
?i
ORIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED
n
it
H
HAND AUGER BORING LOG
PROJECT:
Beach Connector to the Druid Trail CLIENT:
Wad2jrlm. Inc.
Clearwater, Florida
roiect No.: DES 045311 WATER TABLE: DATE:
07
TECHNICIAN:
J.FJG.C. DATE:
i 7 COMPLETION DEPTH:
6.0'
LOCATION:
SeyRftg " ema TEST NUMBER:
Bii-3
` E '
DESCRIPTION
D` PT 0
REMARKS
Brown Fine SAND with trace of roots 0 37' :t :7• Surface Elevation: Unknown
and trace of shell fragments
C
SP A-3 Location: Memorial
auseway:
Brown Fine SAND with trace of shell 50+00; On Baseline Construction
Sta
fragments and trace of cemented CLAY .
5P A
Light brown silty,
L
•° =
-Slightly cla a Fine SAND SM A-2-4
G
i
h
b
Fi
SAND
rown
ray
s
-
ne
with shell fragments (SP) (A-3) W t
:er
Light grayish-brown and gray Fine SAND 2
•?
with shell fragments (SP) (A-3) '
Fi
SAND with shell fra
ments
T
an
g
ne
(SP) (A-3)
a•?'"
3 4:p
°• =
tr: n
=
q fi3 : v
v:t7
°
lie .
Brownish-gray Fine SAND •?; ,
with shell fragments (SP) (A-3) ,; -
:?i:ti•
_T7 CM!
6
7
DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED
HAND AUGER BORING LOG
PROJECT:
Beach Connector to the Druid Trail CLIENT:
W Trlm Inc.
Clearwater, Florida
Project No.: DES 04 311 WATER TABLE:
3.0' DATE:
6/15/07
TECHNICIAN:
J.FJG.C. DATE:
6115107 COMPLETION DEPTH:
6.01
LOCATION:
"Remarks" TEST NUMBER:
B H-4
ELEV.
(Fn
DESCRIPTION
DtEPT O
?
H
REMARKS
Brown Fine SAND with trace of roots 0 ` : Surface Elevation: Unknown
(SP) (A-3)
Location: Memorial Causeway..
Sta. 55+00; Offset 6' Left
of Baseline Construction
:r.
ac
Light grayish-brown Fine SAND
with shell fragments (SP) (A-3)
9
A
.7 ;
Light gray l=ine SAND
with shell fragments (SP) (A-3)
3 .V: V.
•:?; q
X7
q:.i
.7. %7
Light gray Fine SAND with shell 4
fragments and brownish-gray CLAY :o i :
SP/CH A-WA-7-6 V.
Brownish-gray Fine SAND ?x =v:
with shell fragments (SP) (A-3)
5
Brownish-gray Fine SAND
and greenish-gray CLAY with shell
;,
fragments (SP/CH) (A-31A-7-6)
6 LI Z
7
1
ORIGGERS
ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATEO
HAND AUGER BORING LOG
PROJECT:
Beach Connector to the Druid Trail CLIENT:
Wade-Trim Inc.
Clearwater, Florida
roed .: DES 04531 WATER TABLE: DATE:
3.7' 5/07
TECHNICIAN:
J.FJG.C DATE:
§11§107 COMPLETION DEPTH:
'
LOCATION:
"Remark " TEST NUMBER:
ELEV.
DESCRIPTION
D(FT) O
REMARKS
Brown Fine SAND with roots and rock 0 " Surface Elevation: Unknown
fragments and trace of gravel
(SP) (A-3)
gar
tl
Location: Memorial Causeway;
60+00; Offset 5' Left
Sta
.
of Baseline Construction
Brown and dark brown Fine SAND
?
with trace of roots SP A-3 •
`
Brown Fine SAND with trace
of rock fra
ments (SP) (A-3)
g a?
Grayish-brown and light brown Fine SAND
(SP) (A-3)
2
Grayish-brown Fine SAND with pockets
of green CLAY (SP1CH) (A-3/A-7-6)
Grayish-brown slightly silty Fine SAND
with trace of roots and trace of shell
3 ?.
fragments SP-SM 8-)
Grayish-brown slightly clayey Fine SAND
:
?
`?
with some shell fragments
SP
SM
A
3 •'
(
-
) (
-
)
Grayish-brown clayey Fine SAND 4
with seams of light grayish-brown
Fine SAND SC/SP (A-2-&M) ?; .:
Li
ht
ra
ish-brown Fine SAND :
g
g
y
with trace of shell fragments
(SP) (A-3)
.
Brownish-gray Fine SAND 5 ??
with shell fragments (SP) (A-3)
. Vii:
cer.'
6 a
7
7
H
n
0
H
I?
HAND AUGER BORING LOG
PROJECT:
Beach Connector to the Druid Trail CLIENT:
W-ade-Trim. Inc.
Clearwater, Florida
Proect No.; DES 045311 WATER TABLE:
5.T DATE:
6115/07
TECHNICIAN: J.FJG.C. DATE:
1
07 COMPLETION DEPTH:
.lY
LOCATION:
See "R m " TEST NUMBER:
ELEV.
DESCRIPTION
D?? O
M
w
REMARKS
Grayish-brown Fine SAND f::: • . Surface Elevation: Unknown
with trace of roots SP A-3
Light brown Fine SAND with shell
fragments and pockets of
ra
ish-brown Location: Memorial Causeway;
Sta
64+03; Offset 5' left
g
y
clayey Fine SAND SP/SC A-3/A-2-6 :. .
of Baseline Construction
Dark brown organic Fine SAND
with trace of cemented sand fragments ?'-
A ::
- -
`.
._
(SP-SM/Pt) (A-8) .:
Grayish-brown Fine SAND with trace
of dark brown cemented sand fragments
(SP) (A-3)
2
• i
3 .?;
Gra
ish-brown Fine SAND with sh
ll
y
e
fragments and dark grayish-green
cemented CLAY (SP/CL) (A-3/A-7-6) e
.s
Dark grayish-green 4
variably cemented CLAY (CL) (A-7-6) 000.
Brown slightly silty Fine SAND
with shell fragments and seams
of light gray Fine SAND
(SP-SM/SP) (A-3)
5
wG
-
B 6.1
rownish-gray slightly silty Fine SAND
with shell fragments (SP-SM) (A-3) .?
Vt ty
6
7
?RIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATE?
HAND AUGER BORING LOG
PROJECT: CLIENT:
Beach Connector to the Druid Trail Wade-Trim Inc.
Clearwater, Florida WATER TABLE: DATE:
ro ect No., DES 045311 .T 6115/07
TECHNICIAN: DATE: COMPLETION DEPTH:
J.FJG.C. 6115107 6.0'
LOCATION: TEST NUMBER;
See " -7
t
ELEV.
DESCRIPTION
DEPTH a
O
REMARKS
rA
Brown Fine SAND with shell fragments 0 '_'T: . Surface Elevation: Unknown
and trace of gravel (SP) (A-3)
'=Sr Location: Memorial Causeway,
Sta
68+05; Offset 4
5' Right
.
.
of Baseline Construction
Grayish-brown Fine SAND
with shell fragments (SP) (A-3) =4-
2
a:V
.57;;'{7.•
Grayish-brown Fine SAND with shell -y?? TUC
fragments and dark brown cemented sand :00:
f
SP
ragments
(A-3)
Light gray and brownish-gray Fine SAND
with shell fragments (SP) (A-3) 3 - ;.;7:
Q
•
V.l
Dark brown slightly silly Fine SAND 4:
r
1
with brown Fine SAND and trace
ll f
f
h
S
5M/S " '
'
7
o
s
e
ragments (
P-
P) (A-3)
4 b:
Brownish-gray Fine SAND u.v.
with shell fragments (SP) (A-3)
5
>wl :iv.
6
7
DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORRORATE?
?RIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED
HAND AUGER BORING LOG
PROJECT:
Beach Connector to the Druid Trail CLIENT:
Wade-Trim Inc.
Clearwater, Florlda
Prolect DE 5391 WATER TABLE: DATE:
2A 1 15107
TECHNICIAN:
J.FJG C. DATE:
6/15/07 COMPLETION DEPTH:
6.0'
LOCATION:
See eftmadg TEST NUMBER:
B11-8
ELEV.
DESCRIPTION
D`PT O
N
REMARKS
Grayish-brown Fine SAND with shell 0 y:
;r ;
Surface Elevation: Unknown
fragments and-trace of roots
(SP) (A-3 Location: Memorial Causeway,
li
ht b
i
h
d li
ht b Sta
16+02; Offset 2' Left
rown
g
s
-gray an
g
rown
Fine SAND with shell fragments b . .
of Baseline Construction
(SP) (A-3)
Light brownish-gray Fine SAND
with shell fragments (SP) (A-3) 4= Q
sr: b
Light gray and brownish-gray Fine SAND
with shell fragments and trace
f
2 9:k:.
.?
o
cemented day fragments (SP)
Dark grayish-green silt
CLAY
o
y
with seams of light gray Fine SAND o e
(CH/SP) (A-7-6/A-3)
3
X
4
p
o
r
Grayish-brown Fine SAND " •'
with shell fragments (SP) (A-3)
Brownish-gray Fine SAND 5
with shell fragments (SP) (A-3)
6
7
DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED
i]
HAND AUGER BORING LOG
PROJECT:
Beach Connector to the Druid Trail CLIENT:
Wade-Trim Inc.
Clearwater, Florida
Procd No.: DES 045311 WATER TABLE:
"Note DATE:
07
.-.--M C07
TECHNICIAN:
J.FJG.C. DATE:
0115107 COMPLETION DEPTH:
LOCATION:
S 'Remarks' TEST NUMBER:
SW-9
ELEV.
DESCRIPTION
DEPTH 0
y
REMARKS
Brown Fine SAND with roots •"; Surface Elevation: +34.8+/-'
(SP) (A-3)
- Location: Bay Avenue;
Sta
175+00; Offset 12
5` Left
._` .
.
of of Baseline Construction
34 :
Brawn Fine SAND (SP) (A-3)
Light brown Fine SAND .r`.
with trace of roots (SP) (A-3)
33
2
32
Tan Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) 3
31
4
30
5
29 Light tan Fine SAND (SP) (A••3)
G Note: Groundwater not encountered
'
within depth of 6.0
.
28
7
n
n
HAND AUGER BORING LOG
PROJECT:
Beads Connector to the Druid Trail CLIENT:
Wade-Trim Inc.
Clearwater, Florida
Prolect No.: D 045311 WATER TABLE:
See "NOte" DATE:
6/15107
TECHNICIAN:
J_FJG.C. DATE:
6115107 COMPLETION DEPTH:
6.0'
LOCATION:
Se-e "Remarks' TEST NUMBER-
- 0
ELEV.
(FT)
DESCRIPTION
DEPTH J
O
H
REMARKS
Dark brown Fine SAND Surface Elevation: +35.9+/2
with trace of roots (SP) (A-3)
Location: Bay Avenue;
Sta
178+97; Offset 13
5' Left
.
.
of Baseline Construction
35 1
Grayish-brown Fine SAND
with trace of roots (SP) (A-3)
34 Light brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3)
2
33
Tan Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) 3
32 4
31 5
30
6 Note: Groundwater not encountered
'
within depth of 6.0
.
29 7
ORIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED
i
l_J
DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED
HAND AUGER BORING LOG
PROJECT:
Beach Connector to the Druid TraA CLIENT:
ade-Trim Inc.
Clearwater, Florida
ect No.: DES QMIJ WATER TABLE:
See 'Note* DATE:
M5107
TECHNICIAN:
F .C. DATE:
15/07 COMPLETION DEPTH:
LOCATION:
See "Remarks" TEST NUMBER:
-1
ELEV.
DESCRIPTION
D PTH J
H
REMARKS
D
k br
Fi
SAND
ith
t S
f
El
+36
9-12
ti
ar
awn
ne
w
roo
s eva
ur
ace
on:
.
SP A-3
Brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) Location: Turner Street;
Sta
183+29; Offset 22' Left
.
of Baseline Construction
36
1
35 2
34
Light brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) 3
33 4
Brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3)
32. 5
31 6
Note: Groundwater not encountered
within depth of 6.1'.
30 7
rim
DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED
HAND AUGER BORING LOG
PROJECT:
Beach Connector to the Druid Trail CLIENT:
W c.
Clearwater, Florida
DyjEj h ho.; DES 045311 WATER TABLE: DATE:
See'Note" /07
TECHNICIAN:
J.FJG C. DATE:
6/15/07 COMPLETION DEPTH:
6.0'
LOCATION:
fte- " Remarks " TEST NUMBER:
BN-1
ELEV.
(FT)
DESCRIPTION
DEPTH
(FT) J
m
REMARKS
Grayish-brown Fine SAND 0 f c c : Surface Elevation: +38.4+/-'
38 with trace of roots (SP) (A-3)
. Location: Turner Street,
187+92
St
Off
t
2'
a.
;
se
3
Left
of Baseline Construction
Brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3)
37
2 -
36
3
35 Grayish-brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3)
.
Tan Fine SAND (SP) (A-3)
4
34 -
5 -
33
6 Note: Groundwater not encountered
32 within depth of 6.0'.
7
U
I H
I H
HAND AUGER BORING LOG
PROJECT:
Beach Connector to the Druid Trall CLIENT:
Wade-Trim.-Inc.
Clearwater, Florida
Pro ect No., DES 04.5 ,31 WATER TABLE: DATE:
See -Note" 6/15107
TECHNICIAN:
J.FJG.C DATE:
7 COMPLETION DEPTH:
6.0'
LOCATION:
" erne s" TEST NUMBER:
13W-1
ELEV.
(FT) DESCRIPTION DEPTH
(FT) °q REMARKS
Brown Fine SAND with trace of roots Surface Elevation: +36.5+/-'
(SP) (A-3)
36
- Location: Turner Street;
Sta
192+02; Offset 27
5' Left
.
.
of Baseline Construction
Light brown slightly silty Fine SAND 1 r
with trace of roots (SP-SM) (A-3) ? ( f
rx. t
35 a4is c r
:i:1, t I
2 ri:c
34 VC i.d
[
Light brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3)
3
33
4
Grayish-brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3)
32
5
31 -
6 Note: Groundwater not encountered
'
within depth of 6.0
.
30
7
URIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED
DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED
HAND AUGER BORING LOG
PROJECT:
Beach Connector to the Druid Tran CLIENT:
Wade-Trim Inc.
Clearwater. Florida
Pro' NO.: DES 045311 WATER TABLE:
See "Note" DATE:
6115107
TECHNICIAN:
J.F./G.C. DATE:
6115107 COMPLETION DEPTH:
6.1'
LOCATION:
See"Remarks' TEST NUMBER:
H- 4
ELEV.
(FT) DESCRIPTION DEPTH
(FT)
2
vJ REMARKS
Grayish-brown slightly silty Fine SAND ,;; r Surface Elevation: +31.5+/-'
with trace of roots (SP-SM) (A-3) ? t
31
't;i;?.+: Location: Tumer Street;
Sta
195+46; Offset 22' Left
?)rt .
of Baseline Construction
Light grayish-brown Fine SAND
with pocket of light green CLAY 1
SP/CH
3/A
7
6
(
) (A-
-
-
)
30
1000
Light green sandy CLAY
with seams of light brown Fine SAND
CH/SP 2
A-7-6/A-3
Light brownish-gray Fine SAND
29 (SP) (A-3)
Grayish-brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) 3
28
Light tan Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) 4
27
5
26
6
Note: Groundwater not encountered
within depth of 6.1'.
25
7
III
DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED
HAND AUGER BORING LOG
PROJECT:
Beach Connector to the Druid Trall CLIENT:
Wade-Trim Inc.
Clearwater, Florida
Pro ect No ES 045311 WATER TABLE: DATE:
See 'Note" 6115/07
TECHNICIAN:
J.FJG.C. DATE:
15107 COMPLETION DEPTH:
60
LOCATION:
See "Rem TEST NUMBER:
BH-15
ELEV. DESCRIPTION D(FT)
N REMARKS
D
k b
Fi
SAND 0 : S
f
El
ti
+25
9+/
'
ar
ne
rown •a
: eva
ur
ace
on:
.
-
with trace of shell fragments
(SP) (A-3)
:v Location: Turner Street;
Sta
199+50; Offset 21
5' Left
.
.
of Baseline Construction
25
sv
24
2
:v
23
3
Light grayish-brown Fine SAND
(SP) (A-3)
22 4
21
Dark brown slightly silty Fine SAND 5 ? t t
"?
'`
with trace of shell fragments
P =
• ??
r
-SM A-3
S L
?:c r t
2
0
Dark grayish-brown silty Fine SAND
6
-
with shell fragments and seams
of light brown Fine SAND
(SM/SP) (A-2-4/A-3)
Note: Groundwater not encountered
'
19
7 within depth of 6.6
.
t
i
r. .I
-_1
r?
PAVEMENT CORE LOGS
?Z_
Driggers Engineering Services Incorporated
TRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED
i7
n
n
LAND AUGER BORING LOG
PROJECT: CLIENT-
Beach Connector to the Druid Trail Wa rim Inc.
Clearwater, Florida WATER TABLE: DATE:
ProlM No.: DES 045S111 4.5! 6125/07
TECHNICIAN: DATE: COMPLETION DEPTH:
F./J.F. W5107 0'
LOCATION: TEST NEIMBER:
arks' See "Rem • gC-
ELEV.
(Fr)
DESCRIPTION
p(Fr)
REMARKS
1" Asphalt Pavement Surface Elevation: Unknown
Light brown Fine SAND
with some shell fragments (SP) (A-3)
• Location: Memorial Causeway;
?=? Sta
26+71
On Baseline Constructio
Light grayish-brown Fine SAND .
;
n
with shell fragments (SP) (A-3) •xr: #
nr:v
sn-
2
:v s cr
-
.
-:v: p
?-
3
.V:o
'7:)7
4 :r
.
76!
.
o
5
Sa ? fir:
6
7
i'
(J
HAND AUGER BORING LUG
PROJECT: CLIENT:
Beach Connector to the Druid Trail Wade-Trim, Inc.
Clearwater, Fbrida WATER TABLE: BATE:
TECHNICIAN: Proiact DE 5311
DATE: 4,o, 5107
COMPLETION DEPTH:
LOCATION: M.F F.
5/07 6.0'
612 1
TEST NUMBER:
See "Raa s' g
ELEV.
(FT)
DESCRIPTION
-
(FT) DEPTH J
m
REMARKS
C*
2" Asphalt Pavement Surface Elevation: Unknown
Tannish-brown slightly silty Fine SAND J:vt V
with shell fro ments SP-5M
:
• Location: Memorial Causeway;
Light brown Fine SAND with trace r Sta. 39+20: On Baseline Construction
of shell fragments (SP) (A-3) .
I '
:v
Grayish-brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3)
Brownish-gray slightly silty Fine SAND 2 • •
with shell fragments (SP-SM) (A-3) ?.
•
?,r
a: 4.
+ ?i• F
3
h?F
77
.1: Pt
UM ?
ir
?
4 ?,,+
-U
-
7
1
I
J:R r?1
Brown Fine SAND with shell fragments
and some roots (SP) (A-3)
F
'"qF
?F
G
7
?•--??I??c?? ?i?c?i?F?ING SERVICES INCORPORATED
H_
n
n
HAND AUGER BORING LOG
PROJECT: CLIENT:
Beach Connector to the Druid Trail adeJrim Inc.
Clearwater, Florida WATER TABLE: DATE:
Pro No.: DE 11 4.0' 6125107
TECHNICIAN: DATE: ETION DEPTH:
COMPL
M.F. J.F.
5107 610'
LOCATION: TEST NUMBER:
See `R "
Ems'
l? DESCRIPTION DEPTH
(FT) m
N REMARKS
2" Asphalt Pavement Surface Elevation: Unknown
Grayish-brown Pine SAND with shell
f p:
ragments and trace of gravel : a Location: Memorial Causeway,
(SP) (A-3) Sta
44+20
Offset 3' Left
. .
;
V of Baseline Construction
Light brown Pine SAND with shell
fragments and trace of gravel
(SP
A
3
) (
-
)
aq. Q
jV:
2
Grayish-brown Fine SAND
with shell fragments and gravel
(SP) (A-3) 3 xt
.a
:S7
4
:e
Y"
•
b
• V:p.
5
v?•
6
7
UH1UULHU ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORRORATED
H
l
DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED
HAND AUGER BOW NG LOG
PROJECT: CLIENT:
Beach Connector to the Druid Trail W de-Trim Inc.
Clearwater, Florida WATER TABLE: DATE:
TECHNICIAN: P o ect No.: DES 045311 see 'Note" 6125/07
PATE: COMPLETION DEPTH:
LOCATION: M•F 6/25/07
TEST NUMBER:
g
See'ftmarke
C-4
ELEV.
(FT) DESCRIPTION DEPTH m
(FT)
REMARKS
4" Asphalt Pavement Surface Elevation: +34.3+/-'
34
8" Crushed Limestone Base -,,
Af Location: Day Avenue;
o Sta_ 174+26; Offset 6' Right
0a D v0 of Baseline Construction
C ° v0
v
Brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) w ?
1
33
2
32
3
31
4
30
5
29
Light brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3)
6
Note: Groundwater not encountered
28 within depth of 6.1'.
M7- 7
DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED
HAND AUGER BORING LOG
PROJECT: CLIENT:
Beach Connector to the Druid Trail ade-Trim Inc
Clearwater, Florida
6 WATER TABLE: DATE:
TECHNICIAN: Pro
ad No._ DE-S M311 - See'N
DATE: ote" 6/25107
COMPLETION DEPTH:
LOCATION: M.F. .F. 6 2 07
TEST NUMBER: 6.0'
"Rem s" BC
ELEV.
DESCRIPTION J
DEPTH
(FT)
REMARKS
32 6" Asphalt Pavement Surface Elevation: +32.0+/-'
Location: Turner Street;
Brown Fine SAND with shell a.:$• Sta. 194+44; Offset 17' Left
and limestone fragments (SP) (A-3) of Baseline Construction
31 1
Light brawn Fine SAND with trace ?d
Y : ; ;
of weakly cemented sand fragments
SP A.3
Light tan Fine SAND
30 with pockets of light green CLAY 2
(SP/CH) (A-3/A-7-6)
Green CLAY with seams
29 of light brown Fine SAND 3
(CH/SP) (A-7-6/A-3)
Light grayish-brown Fine SAND
28 with trace of green CLAY (SP) (A-3) 4
27 Light grayish-brown Fine SAND 5
(SP) (A-3)
Light tan Fine SAND (SP) (A-3)
26 6 Note: Groundwater not encountered
within depth of 6.0'.
25 7
SUMMARY OF LABORATORY TEST RESULTS
I??l
i..
! . triggers Engineering Services Incorporated
i
Il
?j
r
?I
a?
7
a
0
?I
TV
0
a
a
c?
c5
a?
a
a
3
W ? m "w
? a
?c .q v
v n
v m
n
of a!
v? n
.i
a N
Q ? r}
!?1
PI O
!?1 G
C
N
? Li 0x9 P?9 x x a
3 m u ca
?i
?
H
?a
° Jq r.
?
z
-Nil
1 a
H
.0
391 ?
9
9 It u R II f A II
? v aU ?
c
°
E
I d
1111111 111 oil
S b
U
3s?? ? ? a a
i
r?
GRAINSIZE DISTRIBUTION CURVES
?riggers Engineering Services Incorporated
lil
IJi
I?
it
f
I?
l)
V
11I
W
V
Z
W
W
Z
L7
a
W
cc
cc
w
/0
V
Q.
0
ImIja µ 6q jasieaa juamad
P
P
G
0
• P
: n
?R
7
w
P
it
2
N
S
8
2 Q a p Q Q O O o p O^
- 100M dq aauii Wag/ed ..
V
0
J
U1
Y
C
N
?z
Q!
F
v
d
v
A
o v
44 T
U D P
r- 43 W
U
N
G U 44
frl
S.U q7 [!1
fo ? 41 N
fo r lal
3 Co O V Q
W f,)
7C W
w •a iv
o a
J 06
U 0. W
r
W
N
y
C1 ? N
i N
O? C
? r
W
bI
7S
P p
i r
U
4
J
1?:
J
C ?
O
x4 ?
?+ N
r
,. m
LI
1
fl
r?
fl
fl
it
f]
it
d
z
N
W
V
RC
Lu
y
C7
Z
E
W
LLI
Z
0
Z
LLI
N
Q
Lv
t?
ac
0
1 48p M Aq aaw M jua wad
a I
b
L
A
o?
?r
N L
L O
U r
e
` @
m
Q r O 4 C9
1 ? F 6
?
b ?0 d IA
?
? O
0 C? d
F-U
2 W
4J ' W
J C.
? U LL LL
a
Ll CD
U
L
ce C
'1
?
tn
o:
N
d
.
o J
?
a
O cc ZM
?. ua
n. ?
q x
y O
P7
8 5 t a R 3 n S $ O o ..
?? M ? q Y? ?Na7 1ad . . ? ?+
d
z
H
W
V
7
Q
4i
H
Z
cr
W
W
Z
Z
>i
N
(c
W
Ec
G
I yaIa M Aq Am M wa wad
A
o ?
v
3
L
d
V
4 'C
`r
V
!- Q
H V
. ' o D o 44 M
L U 10 Y7
? d V ?6 O
'? ?0 C1 fA
W d r^ W
.Y Or1. U ?
U
? W
?'
y?
4 W
S W
J 6S ?J+
c v a ti
i
S
d
g ( V m
c
S w
? 1b (TI
1C N
R G z „ O
? a ? vii
t
nE
w
b
U
S.
o ?
r
U
r ?
?
J
w d
a
? b
x
d '
a
0
8
Wh OM 14 -O w.1 I vd
a x
as
V
Z
CO)
W
_V
Q
W
H
a
w
W
W
Z_
Z
W
iA
w
W
Q
O
1 04M Fq W S AM M UM
c t-
a
L
D
m
{
1
.
A
O 'C3
Y ?
L
L 4
? U O
? ?+ V
U m
e
£ d V 1
40 LLl
O J L
F' 39 -CP-
? 1 ? L O
d V O
b O N
m ca A
r
- H ca
1n
O 4 J
J GG
o .
U C !L
- Q
$
?
c e
° _ E LL e
? h
' 01 N
[7
N O
P r
L Y
tu 3c
r o
U
0.
N
d
O
?
ra. '
0
?4s! aM 6q ? au? ;uaa ?ay
- E ?
a =
m
L?
V
Z
w
w
V
7
Q
IY
H
Z
OC
W
UW
Z
C7
Z
LLI
N
Ix
w
V
Q
O
4 4Ili M Aq *M W3 iUO IAIW
o ~
v
A
W
Z
4+
O 'C
p • ? d
C
O V 4 ?'
G i1 li
? ?+ U
d
U c
?
p u
i
E
'
r O ?a l
?7
O H ? ?
J -?
i r L O
Cq d U b
W d N
a
?6 d f? W
? W C7 C
W
U
.'? 4i
Li "7 41
R v a u
0 .
- o
m
F
'N
L L
E w
b
N
C C yf V.
¢
C
~
N
A N
12
a
g ?o
h N ?
I
? $ W
V
y
N
0.
? a J
m
c W w ?t
3
cc z
? r v
g ?
?
S
p
V
0 pp
1 pp
m
A
1 pp
O
? p
? pp
N
p
W PM 4 J aws ,
P.M f
. N . ..
?
N
? U
m
n
J
i ...I
t
1. .1
1 ?
-J
r
?.l
?l
LIMEROCK SEARING RATIO TEST
triggers Engineering Services Incorporated
I
I.i
LJ 1000
1
r--? z
Q
BJ
z
4!
°- 100
fj 0
1 1 ?
J
f
10
112-
f_
110-
f 108-
10"
107
(1
106
z 105
104-
102-
i01
loo
6
LIMEROCK BEARING RATIO
JOB NO.: DES 045311
PROJECT: Beach Connector to Druid Trail
CLIENT: Wade Trim, Inc.
LOCATION: Approx. Sta. 50+00
MATERIAL DESC: Gray Pine SAND with
shell and roots
IMAX. L.B.R. = 44
6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
SHTO L -M
MAX DENSITY= 109.0 pef
DPT. MOISTURE= 11.6%
T 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
MOISTURE CONTENT - %
By.
Construction Services Ma ager